SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY


FOUNDED 15th AUGUST 1885

1900 - 1940

• 1901 - John Kauffmann was invited to judge the South Australian Photographic Society Annual Salon.
• 1902 and 1903 the South Australian Photographic Society conducted International Salon's and John Kauffmann was invited to be a judge.

Tuesday 23rd January 1900
Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Friday 26th January 1900
Page 9 - South Australian Register (Adelaide SA)

At the January meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society, Mr. R.T. Griffiths presided over twenty-one members. Two new members were elected and one nominated for election at the next meeting. Specimens of work were shown by Messrs. Stace Anderson, Beaney, Wadey and Hack. It was reported that Miss Wood, of Cliff House, Port Elliot, had provided a darkroom for the convenience of photographers visiting that seaside resort. The evening was devoted to a discussion of various subjects taken from the question-box, when a number of enquiries were dealt with by the members.



Monday 12th February 1900
Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held on 8th February, at the Royal Society's room, North-terrace. The President (Mr. Andrew Scott) was in the chair and there was an attendance of 30 members and friends. The opportunity was taken of welcoming back to the society Mr. A.W. Dobbie, who was present for the first time after his trying and tedious illness. Two new members were nominated and one elected. Work by Messrs. Anderson and Beaney was handed in for criticism and a short discussion ensued on the difficulties of carrying on photography during hot weather. The main business of the evening was instruction for beginners in printing and toning. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. S.P. Bond) read an interesting paper on the subject, dealing with the whole matter, from the mixing of the ingredients for the various baths down to the final washing. Mr. Bond handled his subject in a thoroughly practical manner and gave a number of valuable hints and suggestions as to what to do and what to avoid. A demonstration of toning made the instruction very clear and interesting. Two prints were toned, one on P.O.P., the other on albumenised paper, the former being treated with the usual sulphocyanide bath and the latter with phosphate of soda, resulting in a blue-black and rich brown tone respectively. An interesting discussion followed and a hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Bond.



Monday 12th March 1900
Page 3 - South Australian Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 3 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Royal Society's Rooms, North-terrace, on Thursday 8th March. Mr. Andrew Scott B.A., presided over a large attendance of members and friends. Two new members were elected and one nomination was received for membership. Mr. F.A. Joyner showed a collection of photographs charmingly executed in numerous shades of carbon tissue, which were much admired. A bromide enlargement from a small negative of a river scene was exhibited by Mr. E.W. Belcher and various other prints by Mr. Watson.

The President, Mr. Andrew Scott, read a paper on "Copying and the Production of Lantern Slides from Illustrations". The lecture from beginning to end had been well thought out and the manner in which it was delivered was so explicit that the youngest tyro could not fail to thoroughly grasp the lecturer's methods. The slides shown on the screen were perfect, the various tones obtained being a revelation to the majority of lanternists. The slides not only confirmed the lecturer's statements, but clearly showed that he was a past master in the art of reproducing photographs from illustrations of all kinds. The apparatus used as a copying stand was unique and gave every required movement. Mr. Scott mentioned that he used the well known Thomas's developer for making his slides and with a good, long exposure and prolonged development he produced many pleasing warm tones. The samples shown of the unfinished slides were made in the first place as a very dense positive and then reduced with the ferri-cyanide bath. Regarding the plates used he mentioned almost all the well known brands and the results obtained from each. A hearty vote of thanks was passed to the lecturer for his instructive paper.

During the evening Mr. H.V. Lawes, of the Photographic Society of New South Wales, was introduced by Mr. Whitham. Mr. Lawes advocated the necessity of acquiring permanent rooms and a darkroom. This was essential to the success of any Photographic Society. He mentioned that most of the New Zealand Societies he had visited possessed their own special rooms.



Tuesday 20th March 1900
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

THE CENTURY EXHIBITION
FINE AND APPLIED ARTS
For photographers the northern portion of the western wing of the main building possesses most interest. A corner has been partitioned off and the walls have been hung with the productions of a number of amateur photographers. For really good work the display is not equal to the exhibitions held by the South Australian Photographic Society. No distinction has been made between amateur and professional work and it is interesting to compare the two classes. Mr. Ernest C.V. Ziegler has entered a collection of group portraiture which does him much credit, the individual likenesses being most distinct. Some interior views by the same photographer are also very good. Two seascape photos by Mr. A.H. Kingsborough have been generally admired and the photographer has indeed been fortunate to get such fine views. Some of the best photos of the exhibition are the work of Mr. Henry H. Tillbrook. He has two panoramic views of the Mount Gambier lakes, taken in halves, which are slightly spoilt by bad joining. It is in his tele-photographic and other landscape work that Mr. Tilbrook has been most successful. His views of Mount Bryan, Mount Gambier, the Cape Northumberland lighthouse and Mount Schanck are unique in their excellence. The view of Mount Schanck has been taken from the top of Mount Gambier, nine miles distant and the picture is so clear that the trees growing on the sides of the old crater can be seen most distinctly. Miss Ethel M. Stace shows a very fine panorama of the city of Adelaide and southern suburbs, taken from some eminence in North Adelaide. Mr. C.L. Whitham exhibited a number of Continental pictures, which have previously been shown in Adelaide. One little group of three showing two views of the Grand Canal, Venice and one of the Bridge of Sighs, Venice, has already taken two first prizes at Adelaide Exhibitions. They are, however, hung at a disadvantage, as they do not get the benefit of the window under which they are laced and at night they are in the shadow of a gas-pipe. Mr. C.L. Whitham also shows some pretty cloud studies alongside some entered by Mr. E.W. Belcher. A large number of specimens of the retoucher's art are exhibited, all of them showing very good work.



21st March 1900  Page 26 - The Australasian Photographic Review

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Royal Society’s rooms, North-terrace, on Thursday 8th March. Mr. Andrew Scott, presided over a large attendance of members and friends. Two new members were elected, and one nomination was received for membership. Mr. F.A. Joyner showed a collection of photographs charmingly executed in numerous shades of carbon tissue, which were much admired. A bromide enlargement from a small negative of a river scene was exhibited by Mr. E.W. Belcher, and various other prints by Mr. Watson. The President (Mr. Andrew Scott) read a paper on “Copying, and the production of lantern slides from illustrations”. The lecture from beginning to end had been well thought out, and the manner in which it was delivered was so explicit that the youngest tyro could not fail to thoroughly grasp the lecturer’s methods. The slides shown on the screen were perfect, the various tones obtained being a revelation to the majority of lanternists. These slides not only confirmed the lecturer’s statements, but clearly showed that he was a past-master in the art of reproducing photographs from illustrations of all kinds. The apparatus used as a copying stand was unique and gave every required movement. Mr. Scott mentioned that he used the well-known Thomas’s developer for making his slides, and with a good long exposure and prolonged development he produced many pleasing warm tones. The samples shown of the unfinished slides were made in the first place as a very dense positive, and then reduced with the ferrid-cyanide bath. Regarding the plates used he mentioned almost all the well-known brands and the results obtained from each. A hearty vote of thanks was passed to the lecturer for his instructive paper. During the evening Mr. H.V. Lawes, of the Photographic Society of New South Wales, was introduced by Mr. Witham. Mr. Lawes advocated the necessity of acquiring permanent rooms and a dark-room. This was essential to the success of any photographic society. He mentioned that most of the New Zealand societies he had visited possessed their own special rooms.



Friday 13th April 1900
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Saturday 14th April 1900
Page 11 - South Australian Register (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Royal Society's rooms on Thursday 5th April. Mr. Andrew Scott, B.A., presided over a large attendance. One new member was elected and two nominated for election at next meeting. A letter was read from Sir J.A. Cockburn, thanking the society for their congratulatory message. He stated that at the investiture at Windsor he had the pleasure of meeting Sir William, formerly Captain Abney, whose name is so well known to all photographers and who was knighted in recognition of his valuable services. Attention was drawn to the prize list at the photographic competition at the Century Exhibition, where a number of the members were awarded prizes and certificates of merit. The business for the evening was a limelight lecture by Mr. A.W. Dobbie, upon his travels in the South Sea Islands. A number of beautiful and interesting slides made by the lecturer from his own negatives were projected upon the screen and the evening was pleasantly and profitably spent in hearing Mr. Dobbie's description of the various places he had visited during his trip. On Tuesday 10th April, the members met at the University to hear a lecture by Mr. R.W. Chapman B.A., on "The colors of thin films". The subject was ably dealt with and the members expressed their thanks to the lecturer for the trouble he had incurred in arranging this special evening for their benefit. It was arranged to have a photographic excursion to Bridgewater on Saturday 28th April.



Saturday 26th May 1900
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Society of Arts rooms, North-terrace, on Thursday evening. Mr. Andrew Scott B.A., presided over a large attendance of members and friends. Two new members were elected and two nominated for election at the next meeting. A letter was read by Mr. Clough from the Amateur Photographic Society of Victoria, suggesting a mutual interchange of work. This was agreed to by the members. A great variety of photographic work was shown by Messrs. Dobbie, Joyner, Unbehaun, Bond and Beaney for criticism. The evening was taken up with a display of members Lantern slides, the exhibitors being Messrs. Clough, Radcliffe, Stace, Wadey and Adamson.



Wednesday 20th June 1900
Page 11 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Society of Arts Room, North-terrace, on Thursday 14th June, under the presidency of Mr. Andrew Scott B.A There was a large attendance of members and friends. Two new members were elected and two nominated for election at the ensuing meeting. Prospectuses were laid upon the table for the use of intending competitors at the Royal Photographic Society exhibition in London and the Philadelphia Photographic Salon. Some excellent work was submitted for inspection by Messrs. Belcher, Whitham, Kingsborough, Dobbie, Unbehaun and Beaney, in addition to a number of contributions by the lady members. Miss Stace gave a demonstration of platinotype printing, a process which is not in general use by amateurs. The instructions were clear and concise and the operation of developing some prints made during the day proved how quickly and easily very beautiful results could be obtained. Mr. A.H. Kingsborough followed with a paper on "Preparing negatives for printing". The lecturer entered very fully into the various methods that could be adopted to obviate defects in negatives. Undue contrasts, especially in interiors, disproportionate shades in the rendering of colors and the halation resulting from strong lighting and reflections could all be equalized by various methods, which the lecturer proceeded to explain. Examples had been prepared showing prints from the negatives before and after treatment, which fully bore out his remarks. Mr. K.T. Griffiths read a paper on "Photography and meteorology". This was written in an interesting style and threw considerable light upon the part which photography played in obtaining automatic records from the various instruments used in observatories. A hearty vote of thanks was passed to the three members who had contributed to the evening's program. The papers were printed for distribution to the members of the society.



Friday 20th July 1900
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

The annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Royal Society's Rooms, North-terrace, on Thursday 12th July. Mr. Andrew Scott B.A., presided. Two new members were elected and five nominated for membership. After the criticism of members work the Hon.Secretary presented the annual report, from which the following is extracted:

The membership is now 84. During the year 31 new members have been elected and five have resigned and the average attendance at meetings has been 28, not including the numerous visitors who are frequently present.

The following program has been carried out:
August - Beginners evening, "The use of the camera", by Mr. J. Gazard.
September - "Practical hints", by Mr. F.A. Joyner.
November - "The production of a negative", by various members.
December - Lantern lecture, entitled "With a hand camera", by Mr. C.F. Clough.
January - Question-box evening, various members.
February - Beginners evening, "Printing and toning", by Mr. S.P. Bond.
March - "Copying and the production of lantern slides from illustrations", by Mr. A. Scott B.A.
April - Lantern lecture, "The South Sea Islands", by Mr. A.W. Dobbie.
May - Lantern slide evening.
June - Short papers, "Platinotype", Miss Stace; "Photography and meteorology", Mr. R.F. Griffiths; "Preparation of negatives for printing", Mr. A.H. Kingsborough.

In April, a special lecture was delivered at the University by Mr. R.W. Chapman M.A., on "The colors of thin films". Three photographic excursions have been organized, the average attendance being 25. The annual exhibition was held at the Victoria Hall in October, the work shown being an improvement on past years in both quality and quantity and the attendance very satisfactory. The library has been increased to over 100 books, in addition to the usual periodicals.

The balance-sheet presented by the Hon.Treasurer showed a credit balance of over £14. The report and balance-sheet were unanimously adopted. The retiring President (Mr. Andrew Scott B.A.) delivered the annual address and referred to the progress which had been made by the photographic art during the year. After a hearty vote of thanks to the officers had been passed on the motion, of Mr. Clough, the election of new officers was proceeded with and resulted as follows: Patrons, his Excellency the Governor, Lord Tennyson, Sir Samuel Way, Sir E.T. Smith, Sir Charles Todd, Sir John A. Cockburn, Professor E.H. Rennie M.A., Professor W.H. Bragg M.A. and Mr. J.J. Green; President, Mr. R.F. Griffiths; vice-Presidents, Messrs. F.A. Joyner and A.H. Kingsborough; Hon.Secretary, Mr. S.P. Bond; Hon.Treasurer, Mr. J.D. Dixon; librarian, Mr. R.B. Adamson; committee, the executive officers and Messrs. A.W. Dobbie, C. Radcliffe and H.P. Gill; auditors, Messrs. West and Wight. It was decided to hold the next exhibition from 8th to 13th October, the sum of 12 guineas being voted as prize-money in the following classes: Landscape (two divisions), genre, enlargements, seascapes or clouds, lantern slides, portrait copying, flower study, hand camera work; also a ladies prize and a special prize for the best picture in the exhibition. The prizes this year will be restricted to members of the society.

       

SIR SAMUEL JAMES WAY, 1st Baronet

Born 11th April 1836 - Portsmouth, England
Died 8th January 1916 - North Adelaide, South Australia

LIEUTENANT-GOVERNOR of SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Saturday 21st July 1900
Page 11 - South Australian Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

At the annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society, held at the Royal Society's Rooms, North-terrace. Mr. Andrew Scott B.A., presided. Two new members were elected and five nominated for membership. After the criticism of members work the Hon.Secretary presented the annual report, from which the following is extracted: The membership is now 84. During the year 31 new members have been elected and five have resigned and the average attendance at meetings has been 28, not including the numerous visitors who were frequently present. An interesting program has been carried out. Three photographic excursions have been organized and the average attendance was 25. The annual exhibition was held at the Victoria Hall in October, the work shown being an improvement on past years in both quality and quantity and the attendance very satisfactory. The library has been increased to over 100 books, in addition to the usual periodicals. The balance-sheet presented by the Hon.Treasurer showed a credit balance of over £14. The report and balance-sheet were unanimously adopted. The retiring President (Mr. Andrew Scott, B.A.) delivered the annual address and referred to the progress which had been made by the photographic art during the year. After a hearty vote of thanks to the officers had been passed, on the motion of Mr. C.F. Clough, the election of new officers was proceeded with. It was decided to hold the next exhibition from 8th to 13th October. Twelve guineas was voted as prize money in the following classes: Landscape, (two divisions), genre, enlargements, seascapes or clouds, lantern slides, portrait copying, flower study, hand-camera work; also a ladies prize and a special prize for the best picture in the exhibition. The prizes this year will be restricted to members of the Society.



21st July 1900  Page 26 - The Australasian Photographic Review

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Society of Arts Room, North-terrace, on Thursday 14th June, under the presidency of Mr. Andrew Scott. There was a large attendance of members and friends. Two new members were elected, and two nominated for election at the ensuing meeting. Prospectuses were laid upon the table for the use of intending competitors at the Royal Photographic Society’s exhibition in London and the Philadelphia Photographic Salon. Some excellent work was submitted for inspection by Messrs. Belcher, Whitham, Kingsborough, Dobbie, Unbehaun and Beaney, in addition to a number of contributions by the lady members. Miss Stace gave a demonstration of Platinotype printing, a process which is not in general use by amateurs. The instructions were clear and concise, and the operation of developing some prints made during the day proved how quickly and easily very beautiful results could be obtained. Mr. A.H. Kingsborough followed with a paper on “Preparing Negatives for Printing”. The lecturer entered very fully into the various methods that could be adopted to obviate defects in negatives. Undue contrasts, especially in interiors, disproportionate shades in the rendering of colors, and the halation resulting from strong lighting and reflections could all be equalized by various methods, which the lecturer proceeded to explain. Examples had been prepared showing prints from the negatives before and after treatment, which fully bore out his remarks. Mr. R. Griffiths read a paper on “Photography and Meteorology”. This was written in an interesting style, and threw considerable light upon the part which photography played in obtaining automatic records from the various instruments used in observatories. A hearty vote of thanks was passed to the three members who had contributed to the evening’s program. The papers were printed for distribution to the members of the society.



Friday 10th August 1900
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Saturday 18th August 1900
Page 22 - Chronicle (Adelaide SA)

The South Australian Photographic Society just issued, the first number of a quarterly magazine under the title of "The Quarterly Record". The joint hon. editors are Messrs. F.A. Joyner and A.H. Kingsborough. The journal is attractive in appearance and the reading matter is carefully selected and well arranged. Accompanying the paper is an admirable photograph, by Mr. F.A. Joyner, of Adelaide, entitled "The Reed Gatherer". Mr. Joyner ranks among the best of Australian amateur photographers. His work is always artistic and always technically good. The present picture is an exceptionally fine sample of true art photography. The principal figure, a boy carrying a bundle of reeds, stands out prominently in strong sunlight, but the bundle of reeds is so skillfully arranged that the light reflected from them relieves the dark shadow into which the face is thrown and secures the most perfect modeling of the features. The surroundings are admirably chosen, but are all subordinated to the principal object. The picture is printed on Platino Matt Bromide paper and is one which any photographer, professional or amateur, might be proud to produce. A print from the negative was accepted and hung at the Philadelphia Photographic Salon, 1898.



Saturday 6th October 1900
Page 8 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)
Page 12 - South Australian Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 1 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Monday 8th October 1900
Page 1 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS, OLD INSTITUTE, NORTH-TERRACE
OCTOBER 8th to 13th, 1900

Will be Opened by
HIS EXCELLENCY the GOVERNOR
on MONDAY 8th October, at 3pm,

will remain Open Daily from 10am to 5pm and 7pm to 10pm

LANTERN SLIDES WILL BE EXHIBITED BY LIMELIGHT EACH EVENING
ADMISSION ONE SHILLING

Tuesday 9th October 1900
Page 7 - South Australian Register (Adelaide SA)

The annual exhibition of the work of the members of the South Australian Photographic Society was opened by His Excellency the Governor on Monday 8th October. In previous years the display has been confined to one day only, but on this occasion the committee, having secured the use of the Society of Arts room in the Old Institute, North-terrace, decided to extend the time to a week. Lord and Lady Tennyson, attended by Captain Maurice A.D.C., visited the Exhibition and when His Excellency, in as many words, had declared it open the vice regal party made a thorough inspection of each of the three rooms in which the pictures are hung and were delighted at the beautiful work produced. Sir Edwin Smith, Patron of the Society, was also present. Lord Tennyson has lent several magnificent photographs of English celebrities, taken by Mr. H.H. Hay Cameron and the late Mrs. Cameron. They are of such a high standard that one of the prominent members said they were the perfection of artistic photography. Amateur photography, as shown by the Society, is of high-class order in this colony and the Exhibition gives a capital idea of the work done by its members. The sections for competition are landscape (2), unretouched portraits, hand camera work, enlargements, seascapes, copying work and genre. The pictures are effectively grouped, the arrangement tending to display their qualities to best advantage. Though the number of exhibits is, perhaps, less than last year, due, probably, to the decision not to show unframed photos, the technical excellence shows an advance. Three exhibitors may be singled out for special mention, Messrs. F.A. Joyner. C.L. Whitham. and A.H. Kingsborough, whose contributions are exceedingly fine. In addition to the competitive groups, there is a capital collection representing the devotedness of the members to their particular branch of artistic work.

The following is the prize-list:
LANDSCAPE, WHOLE PLATE AND OVER; F.A. Joyner, "Nightfall".
LANDSCAPE, HALF-PLATE AND UNDER; N.W. Beaney, "Summer Stillness", A.H. Kingsborough, "A Relic of Pioneer Day" (equal).
UNRETOUCHED PORTRAIT; A.H. Kingsborough, "The Evening News".
HAND CAMERA, SET OF THREE PRINTS; F.A. Joyner, "Sheep on the River Bank", "Weighing the Anchor", "Across the Pathway of the Sun".
ENLARGEMENTS; F.A. Joyner, "Sheep on the River Bank".
SEASCAPES AND CLOUDS; C.L. Whitham, "Everflowing Clouds".
COPYING; F.A. Joyner, "Under Fire".
GENRE; F.A. Joyner, "Waiting and Watching".
LADIES CLASS; Miss E. Stace, "The Brook".
LANTERN SLIDES, SET OF THREE; C.L. Whitham.
CHAMPION PRIZE, FOR THE BEST PICTURE IN THE EXHIBITION; F.A. Joyner, "Nightfall".

The competing lantern slides were shown in the evening by limelight and Mr. W.B. Poole contributed an interesting set illustrating "Phylloxera", taken from microscopical slides.

HIS EXCELLENCY LORD HALLAM TENNYSON

Born 11th August 1852 Twickenham, Surrey
Died 2nd December 1928 (aged 76) Freshwater, Isle of Wight

14th GOVERNOR of SOUTH AUSTRALIA
10th April 1899 – 17th July 1902

Tuesday 9th October 1900
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

THE PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The seventh annual display of the South Australian Photographic Society was opened on Monday afternoon. Lord Tennyson, who was accompanied by Lady Tennyson and Captain Maurice, briefly performed the ceremony and then proceeded to inspect the work of the members. Last year the exhibition was held in Victoria Hall and the society has made a decided change for the better in taking the rooms of the Society of Arts, on North-terrace, as the lighting is admirable for the purpose of showing off the pictures and the tinting of the walls sets them off to the best advantage. The society has done a good thing in deciding to have no trade displays this year, as they detracted largely from the artistic appearance of the exhibition on former occasions. Taken as a whole, the show of photographs is a decided advance on anything the society has ever had before and the general all-round standard of excellence is very high.

Taking the non-competitive section first, the most noteworthy exhibit is a magnificent collection of photographs, heads of famous men, kindly lent to the society by Lord Tennyson. They are the work of Mrs. Hay Cameron and her son, of London and are truly admirable examples of photographic art. The average amateur is weak in portraiture and in this line the exhibits of members are not very good, so that Lord Tennyson's splendid pictures may well be studied by them. They include such notables as Carlyle, Jowett, Browning, Longfellow, G. F. Watts, Darwin, Irving, Lord Roberts, Sir John Herschell and his Excellency's late father. Each face is a study in itself and is so treated as to bring out all the "character" in it.

Amongst other exhibitors in the non-competitive section are Messrs. C.L. Whitham, A.H. Kingsborough, F.A. Joyner, C.F. Rainsford and C. Radcliffe. Mr. Whitham's best pictures are his cloud studies and sunsets, which are very artistic and are carefully chosen. Mr. Radcliffe has some beautiful flower studies. Mr. Gall has a group of good pictures, the best of which is a full length figure of a lady taken out of doors, which shows none of the harshness of some outdoor portraits. One of the best pictures in the section is shown by Mr. George Collis, a study of a fruit-seller. Great care has been taken in posing the figure and the entire effect is very charming. It is well worth an inspection. In quite a different line Mr. W.B. Poole's enlarged micro-photographs show clever and painstaking work.

In the competitive section the work is of a high level in most of the classes and a distinct advance on that of last year. Of course crudity and harshness are to be found here and there, but the exhibition as a whole is singularly free from those defects. Nearly every picture shows careful choice of subject and admirable treatment of it when chosen. There are some effects to be found which must have cost the operators hours of patient watchfulness and even this would have been thrown away had they lacked the artistic perception which pointed to the right moment for making the exposure. There can be no doubt that the society is doing excellent work in arousing a spirit of emulation amongst its members and even those who stood high last year have something to show the public better than they have ever done before. In the ladies section Miss Ethel Stace won easily and there was nothing particularly notable in the work of the other exhibitors. In the genre class Mr. F.A. Joyner scored heavily with a splendid picture, entitled "Waiting and Watching" and though there was other good work in the class there could be no doubt about the merit of Mr. Joyner's, win. He has done splendidly this year and practically swept the board. It would be difficult to imagine a better collection than could be made out of his exhibits alone. In the class for "copies" he has managed by a clever use of coloring to give an admirable representation of the picture in the Art Gallery, "Under Fire." The effect of fire in a photograph is a most difficult one to obtain, but Mr. Joyner has conquered the difficulty and his picture is a perfect gem. Mr. Whitham is supreme in the class for seascapes and clouds. He well deserved the win and had there been other prizes would doubtless have obtained them. In enlargements, Mr. Joyner again comes to the fore, with a beautifully soft representation of "Sheep on a River Bank". Mr. Kingsborough is close up with "Breakers at Port Elliot".

In the landscapes, as usual, is to be found some of the best work of the exhibition. The class is divided into two sections, one for "whole plate and over" and the other for "half-plate and under". In the former are two pictures by Mr. Joyner, which may be set down as the best in the room. They are "Nightfall" and "A Misty Morning", both taken on the Torrens. The former has won the prize and also the champion award as the best in the exhibition, but many people will like the morning scene as well as the other. Praise for either is superfluous and they were generally conceded to be well nigh perfect. At a very short distance away the evening scene could easily be mistaken for a high-class etching and Mr. Joyner is to be congratulated on his splendid success. In the smaller landscape class Mr. Kingsborough and Mr. Beaney divided the award, the former showing a pretty scene at Klemzig. In the unretouched portraits there was no specially remarkable work. As has been said before, this is not a strong point with amateurs, who cannot be expected to compete with professionals, who have studios fitted up with everything needful for such work. Mr. Joyner again won in the hand camera photographs and in flower studies. In the latter he had the only two exhibits, both of them of high merit.

The members of the hanging committee have done their work admirably and as the room is not overcrowded every picture gets a fair chance of being seen to advantage. They are all framed and this is another excellent change that has been made. During the afternoon the patron of the society, Sir Edwin Smith, was present. The other officials are:- President, Mr. W.B. Griffiths; vice-Presidents, Messrs. Joyner and Kingsborough and Hon.Secretary, Mr. S.P. Bond.

Over 200 framed exhibits, the work of the members, are shown. The society has been in existence for 15 years and the present exhibition is equal to, if not better, than any of its predecessors.

The prize-list is as follows:

LANDSCAPE whole plate and over: F.A. Joyner "Nightfall"	LANDSCAPE half-plate and under: EQUAL: N.W. Beaney "Summer Stillness" A.H. Kingsborough "A Relic of Pioneer Days"	PORTRAIT UNRETOUCHED: A.H. Kingsborough "The Evening News"	HAND CAMERA SET OF THREE PRINTS: F.A. Joyner "Sheep on the River Bank" "Weighing the Anchor" "Across the Pathway of the Sun"	ENLARGEMENTS: F.A. Joyner "Sheep on the River Bank"	SEASCAPES and CLOUDS: C.L. Whitham "Everflowing Clouds"
COPYING: F.A. Joyner "Under Fire"	GENRE: F.A. Joyner "Waiting and Watching"	LADIES CLASS: Miss E. Stace "The Brook"	LANTERN SLIDES, set of three: C.L. Whitham	CHAMPION PRIZE, FOR BEST PICTURE IN THE EXHIBITION: F.A. Joyner "Nightfall"

The competing lantern slides were shown in the evening by limelight and Mr. W.B. Poole contributed an interesting set illustrating "Phylloxera", taken from microscopical slides.



Tuesday 9th October 1900
Page 8 - South Australian Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 1 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Thursday 11th October 1900
Page 10 - South Australian Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 1 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)


SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS, OLD INSTITUTE, NORTH-TERRACE
Open this week from 10am to 5pm and 7pm to 9.30pm

LANTERN SLIDES WILL BE EXHIBITED BY LIMELIGHT EACH EVENING
ADMISSION SIXPENCE



Tuesday 9th October 1900
Page 4 - South Australian Register (Adelaide SA)

The standard of technical and artistic excellence attained in the pictures shown by the South Australian Photographic Society this year is very high. The Exhibition of that Association was opened on Monday by His Excellency the Governor and it deserves to secure good support from the public. The annual show of photographic art ought always to have a twofold object. It should be so arranged as to give to the spectator who admires fine pictures and great technical skill a chance of seeing the best works of South Australian experts and at the same time it must encourage the study of photography as an intellectual and artistic pastime. It is noticeable that from year to year there is hardly any increase in the number of the pictures exhibited and one reason for this may be the fact that the pre-eminence of those few operators, whether amateur or professional, who are masters of their art is so generally recognized that new contestants in the artistic arena are to some extent discouraged. One problem which has to be solved by those who would render photographic exhibitions really effective for promoting enthusiasm among even the beginners in photography is how to vary the classes for which prizes and other distinctions are awarded so that the expert of long experience shall not frighten away the amateur to whom photography is a new hobby. This has been partly accomplished in some cases by establishing competitions in which the nature of the subject, historically interesting, humorous, pathetic, or picturesque, is the principal factor in the considerations governing awards and in which only a moderate degree of technical excellence is demanded. A good deal more, however, can be advantageously done in the same direction. If it be granted that the promotion of the art among all classes of the people is a good thing, not only for the trade, but also for the general standard of culture in the community, it is equally obvious that some means of enabling even those who have only recently begun their photographic education to compare notes would be very desirable. The disappointments of the average amateur photographer usually arise from his own misdirected ardor. He generally makes the mistake of tackling the most difficult branches of the art before he has mastered the simpler grades of the work. He purchases an instantaneous hand camera carrying the most difficult kind of film to manipulate and then he tries to take a portrait of a baby, or to secure a snapshot of a horse race on a dull day. However convenient the hand camera may prove itself for the execution of special kinds of pictures in peculiar circumstances, every beginner is well advised who starts with his apparatus fixed upon a steady stand and is content with "time exposures" until he can appreciate the mysteries of correct manipulation and development. The most satisfactory and also the most healthful, use to which a novice can apply the art of photography is that of securing landscape pictures of picturesque scenes which he may see in his rambles. The camera for general purposes ought to correspond exactly to the sketcher's easel, providing a reason for many a healthful excursion and giving pictorial records which may be treasured for reference in after years. The invention of the beautiful modern bromide paper which gives prints by gaslight has in conjunction with the rapid dry plate, revolutionized almost the whole art of photography. Even the hand camera films, which have so often vexed the soul of the amateur, are becoming more tractable, being made in sheets almost exactly like glass. The professional photographer also is assisted by new and convenient processes. He can produce a bromide print for his sitter in a few minutes after the negative has been taken in the studio and he is able to make enlargements of the same kind with remarkable rapidity. An example of this was given a few weeks ago in the case of the large group taken by flash light at the room's of the Y.M.C.A., when an enlarged picture was handed round forty minutes after the negative had been secured. Photography will play a much more important part in the historical records of the present time than it has done in those of the last half-century and a suggestion worthy of consideration is whether it would not be well to inaugurate, with the Australian Commonwealth, a system of preserving in some uniform shape the photographs of all who have "done the State some service".



Wednesday 10th October 1900
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

The South Australian Photographic Society exhibition, which is being held at the Institute, North-terrace, was well patronized on Tuesday. The display is a first class one and will be open to the public to-day and throughout the week.



Saturday 24th November 1900
Page 7 - South Australian Register (Adelaide SA)

The second number of the "Quarterly Record", the journal of the South Australian Photographic Society, is even better than the first. The supplement is an almost perfectly reproduced photograph, "In Leisure Hour", which depicts with wonderful naturalness a lady lounging at ease while engaged in fancy needlework. The original was a prize picture in a competition won by Mr. W. Anderson. The letterpress in the "Record" is full of interest and practical value to amateur photographers.



Friday 14th December 1900
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

ARTISTIC AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHY
Two South Australian amateur photographers have recently won valuable trophies for the excellence of their work, of which they and the colony may will be proud. The "Amateur Photographer", a well known London photographic journal, some twelve months ago adopted the practice of holding periodical competitions, open to the amateur photographers of the world outside of Europe. The extent and importance of the competition and the consequent value of the prizes may be gathered from the fact that at the recent competition the prize-winners resided in Adelaide, Durban, India, Valparaiso and New South Wales. At the previous competition the first prize, a silver medal, was won by Mr. John Kauffmann, of Grenfell-street. This year the principal prize, the gold token, was carried off by Mr. F.A. Joyner, a well known Adelaide amateur photographer and Mr. Kauffmann secured second prize, a silver medal, which he will not be able to take, as he won it at the last competition. The only other prize in the colonies goes to New South Wales. Mr. Joyner showed two "Genre" studies and Mr. Kauffmann two snowscapes, taken in Europe. The artistic work of Messrs. Joyner and Kauffmann is well-known to local photographers, in connection with the exhibitions of the South Australian Photographic Society. Some of the pictures exhibited by them would be worthy of a place in any competition.



Saturday 12th January 1901
Page 11 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 10 - South Australian Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Royal Society's rooms on, Thursday evening under the presidency of Mr. R.F. Griffiths. There was a large attendance of members and friends. The President announced the resignation of the Hon.Secretary, Mr. S.P. Bond, owing to pressure of business and the appointment or Mr. P.N. Evans in his stead. The President and Messrs. C.L. Whitham, A.W. Dobbie and G. Stace spoke in eulogistic terms of the manner in which Mr. Bond, had performed his onerous duties and referred to the great personal assistance he had rendered to individual members, not only in his official capacity, but at his business establishment. The committee were congratulated on having secured the services of Mr. Evans. Mr. Bond suitable responded. A discussion took place on the question as to whether, upon an operator focusing for enlarging with a full aperture and then reducing by inserting a stop, the focus would be altered, by such reduction. The President and Mr. Dobbie expressed their opinions regarding the result of experiments at a demonstration by Mr. Gazard at his rooms. The President announced that, as they did not agree, he had written to Messrs. Ross and Goerz on the subject and it was resolved that the matter stand over until receipt of their reply. Mr. Bond gave a late instance of an apparent alteration of focus taking place in similar circumstances whilst operating on a still subject. Some beautiful views, taken by Miss Stace and Messrs. Greenlees, Dobbie, Wadey, Radcliffe, Poole and Gazard, were exhibited through the lantern, manipulated by Mr. R.B. Adamson, Messrs. Whitham, Belcher and Radcliffe delivered criticisms of work exhibited by members. Mr. George Stace exhibited an album of snapshots taken during a recent visit to the eastern colonies, of Sydney Harbor and street scenes in Sydney and Melbourne. The members adjourned to the rooms of the Society of Arts, where a social gathering was held to welcome Mr. Andrew Scott B.A. and his son, Mr. Douglas Scott, on their return from the old country. On behalf of the Society, the President and Messrs. A.W. Dobbie, C.L. Whitham and G. Stace in the warmest terms expressed the pleasure they felt at the return of Mr. Scott and his son and congratulated Mr. Scott upon his improved state of health. Mr. Scott, in reply, on behalf of himself and son, expressed his gratitude for the kind things that had been said and the good wishes expressed. He briefly outlined his trip through England and Scotland and described the exhibition held in London by the Royal Photographic Society. Amongst other things he remarked in the amateur section the prevalence of the bromide and platinotype prints and the comparative absence of the silver print. His eloquent description of a visit to the great Westminster Abbey and his feelings in the presence of the mortal remains of England's famous men was most impressive and greatly appreciated to the hearers.



Saturday 16th February 1901
Page 4 - South Australian Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Arts Society's rooms on Thursday evening under the presidency of Mr. B.F. Griffiths. There was a full attendance of members and friends. One new member was nominated for election at next meeting. Miss Haycraft and Messrs. Stace and Belcher exhibited samples of their work and criticisms were delivered by Messrs. Dobbie, Clough and Gazard. At the request of the President and members Mr. Belcher replied to criticisms delivered on his work. The balance and larger portion, of the evening was occupied with an instructive and interesting address delivered by Mr. H.P. Gill on "Composition". Mr. Gill illustrated his subject by displaying a great many examples of good and faulty composition. Mr. A.W. Dobbie moved, Mr. A.H. Kingsborough and Messrs. A. Scott B.A. and G. Stace supported a hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Gill for his address, which was characterized by the various speakers as one of the best of those delivered before the society. The editor of the "Quarterly Record", the South Australian Photographic Society's journal, intimated that the full text of the lecture would, by the permission of Mr. Gill, appear in his next issue.



21st February 1901  Page 24 - The Australasian Photographic Review

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Royal Society’s rooms on Thursday evening, under the presidency of Mr. R.P. Griffiths. There was a large attendance of members and friends. The President announced the resignation of the Hon.Secretary, Mr. S.P. Bond, owing to the pressure of business, and the appointment of Mr. P.N. Evans in his stead. The President and Messrs. C.L. Whitham, A.W. Dobbie, and G. Stace spoke in eulogistic terms of the manner in which Mr. Bond had performed his onerous duties, and referred to the great personal assistance he had rendered to individual members, not only in his official capacity, but at his business establishment. The committee were congratulated on having secured the services of Mr. Evans. Mr. Bond suitably responded, A discussion took place on the question as to whether, upon an operator focusing for enlarging with a full aperture, and then reducing by inserting a stop, the focus would be altered by such reduction. The President and Mr. Dobbie expressed their opinions regarding the result of experiments at a demonstration by Mr. Hazard at his rooms. The President announced that, as they did not agree, he had written to Messrs Ross and Goerz on the subject, and it was resolved that the matter stand over until receipt of their reply. Mr. Bond gave a late instance of an apparent alteration of focus taking place in similar circumstances whilst operating on a still subject. Some beautiful views, taken by Miss Stace, and Messrs. Greenless, Dobbie, Wadey, Radcliffe, Poole, and Gazard, were exhibited through the lantern, manipulated by Mr. R.B. Adamson. Messrs. Whitham, Belcher, and Radcliffe delivered criticisms of work exhibited by members. Mr. G. Stace exhibited an album of snapshots taken during a recent visit to the Eastern colonies, of Sydney Harbour, and street scenes in Sydney and Melbourne. The members adjourned to the rooms of the Society of Arts, where a social gathering was held to welcome Mr. Andrew Scott and his son, Mr. Douglas Scott, on their return from the old country. On behalf of the society, the President and Messrs. A.W. Dobbie, C.L. Whitham, and G. Stace in the warmest terms impressed the pleasure they felt at the return of Mr. Scott and his son, and congratulated Mr. Scott upon his improved state of health, Mr. Scott, in reply, on behalf of himself and son, expressed his gratitude for the kind things that had been said and the good wishes expressed. He briefly outlined his trip through England and Scotland, and described the exhibition held in London by the Royal Photographic Society. Amongst other things he remarked in the amateur section the prevalence of the bromide and platinotype prints and the comparative absence of the silver print. His eloquent description of a visit to the great Westminster Abbey and his feelings in the presence of the mortal remains of England’s famous men was most impressive, and greatly appreciated by the hearers.



Saturday 16th March 1901
Page 11 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Art Society's rooms on Thursday 14th March, under the presidency of Mr. R.F. Griffiths. There was a large attendance of members and friends. One new member was elected and one nominated for election at next meeting. The President, on behalf of the society welcomed Mr. F.A. Joyner on his return from a trip to New Zealand. Mr. Joyner suitably acknowledged the compliment and promised to give an account of his experiences whilst away to members in what he hoped would be a tangible form on a future occasion. He passed a negative round for inspection. It was, unfortunately, one of a number which had been spoiled, owing, he believed, to condensation of moisture on the inner lens occurring whilst climbing in the mountains with the camera on his back. He did not think it possible for the plates to have been damaged after exposure, as they were all most carefully wrapped with brown paper in small packages and carried oversea in an airy deck cabin. He mentioned this fact in order that members might guard against similar misfortune. Mr. Witham remarked that the Art Society's rooms were rather awkwardly shaped for lantern evenings and suggested that permission be respectfully sought from the Royal Society to use their larger room whenever a lantern might be used. The chief event of the evening was an account given by Mr. W.B. Poole of a trip to Colombo. The lecture was profusely illustrated by lantern slides of pictures taken by Mr. Poole, beginning with the entrance to and shipping in Colombo harbor and progressing by easy and some beautiful stages through the streets, markets and temples of Colombo, lovely country roads, past picturesque shrines and sylvan spots to the mountains of Kandy. Mr. Poole also exhibited most interesting portraits of type of the peoples of Ceylon, from his rickshaw boy to the descendants of the ancient rulers of the island. The lantern was effectively operated by Mr. R.B. Adamson. At the conclusion of Mr. Poole's account of his travels the President moved that a hearty vote of thanks be accorded to him for so pleasantly and instructively entertaining the members. Mr. F.A. Joyner and Mr. A.H. Kingsborough seconded and supported and the vote was carried by acclamation. Mr. Poole suitably acknowledged and warned members visiting tropical and moist countries to be careful to use slides made as damp-proof as possible, as he had found the moisture and heat of Colombo to prejudicially affect the gelatine on his plates. The intensely glaring sunlight and the extremely narrow roadways were two other points that had to be considered by photographers in Colombo and other tropical towns. The first necessitated early rising and the second a great deal of maneuvering in order to focus for a high building.



23rd March 1901  Page 29 - The Australasian Photographic Review

The usual monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Art Society’s rooms on Thursday evening, under the presidency of Mr. R.F. Griffiths. There was a full attendance of members and friends. One new member was nominated for election at the next meeting, Miss Haycraft and Messrs. Stace, and Belcher exhibited samples of their work, and criticisms were delivered by Messes. Dobbie, Clough, and Gazard and at the request of the President and members, Mr. Belcher replied to criticisms delivered on his work, and explained away many of the points raised by his critics. The balance and larger portion of the evening was occupied by a most instructive and interesting address by Mr. H.P. Gill on “Composition”, which was listened to with marked attention. Mr. Gill illustrated his subject by displaying a great many examples of good and faulty composition, which were greatly appreciated by his hearers. At the close of his lecture Mr. A.W. Dobbie moved, and Messrs. A.H. Kingsborough, A. Scott and G. Stace, seconded and supported a hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Gill for his address, which was characterized by the various speakers as one of the best ever delivered before the Society. The editor of the Quarterly Record, the South Australian Photographic Society journal, intimated that the full text of the lecture would, by the permission of Mr. Gill, appear in his next issue.



Tuesday 2nd April 1901
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

In the "Amateur Photographer", an English photographic journal, of 1st March, appears a copy of Mr. F.A. Joyner's prize picture, "Waiting and watching", the companion of which was reproduced in the same journal in December last. Those who saw the original in the recent exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society will remember it is an excellent example of photographic work, both from an artistic and technical standpoint. The reproduction, however, scarcely does the picture justice.



Tuesday 16th April 1901
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 3 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)
Wednesday 17th April 1901
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the art society's rooms on Thursday 11th April, under the presidency of Mr. R.F. Griffiths. There was a large attendance of members and friends. One new member was elected. Messrs. Gabriel, Gazard and Stace and Miss Stace exhibited specimens of their work, including striking views of the great fire in Rundle Street and some more peaceful and beautiful scenes on the Torrens.

A letter was received from the Dunedin Photographic Society reminding members that that society's exhibition will be held on 22nd April.

The prospectus and entry forms of the fifth annual exhibition of the Photographic Society of New South Wales to be held in May next, were also received and distributed amongst members.

It was resolved that the committee endeavor if practicable make arrangements for a collective exhibit of the work of members to compete in the Victorian Gold Jubilee Exhibition at Bendigo in November next and following months.

The question of providing accommodation for the society's library was left in the hands of the committee with power to act.

Mr. F.A. Joyner held the close attention of his audience whilst delivering an instructive address on "Carbon Printing" the practice of which process he thought was not nearly general enough amongst either professional or amateur photographers. The results of the process were he explained, even more permanent than watercolors and the effects to be obtained by an intelligent manipulation of the media used were almost infinite. The actual time involved in printing and finishing (not taking into account the time occupied in drying the sensitized tissue) was as the lecturer showed by practical experiment, much less than that occupied by the same operations for an ordinary silver print. Mr. Joyner offered to place his experience and the results of his experiments at the disposal of any member to whom the methods were novel. The pictures resulting from the experiments were afterwards handed around and much admired.



22nd April 1901  Page 27 - The Australasian Photographic Review

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Art Society’s Rooms on Thursday 14th March, under the presidency of Mr. R.F. Griffiths. There was a large attendance of members and friends. One new member was elected, and one nominated for election at next meeting. The President, on behalf of the Society, welcomed Mr. F.A. Joyner on his return from a trip to New Zealand. Mr. Joyner suitably acknowledged the compliment, and promised to give an account of his experiences whilst away to members in what he hoped would be a tangible form on a future occasion. He passed a negative round for inspection. It was, unfortunately, one of a number which had been spoiled, owing, he believed, to condensation of moisture on the inner lens occurring whilst climbing in the mountains with the camera on his back. He did not think it possible for the plates to have been damaged after exposure, as they were all most carefully wrapped with brown paper in small packages and carried oversea in an airy deck cabin. He mentioned this fact in order that members might guard against similar misfortune.

Mr. Witham remarked that the Art Society’s Rooms were rather awkwardly shaped for lantern evenings, and suggested that permission be respectfully sought from the Royal Society to use their larger room whenever a lantern might be used. The chief event of the evening was an account given by Mr. W.B. Poole of a trip to Colombo. The lecture was profusely illustrated by lantern slides of pictures taken by Mr. Poole, beginning with the entrance to and shipping in Colombo harbour, and progressing by easy and some beautiful stages through the streets, markets, and temples of Colombo, lovely country roads, past picturesque shrines and sylvan spots to the mountains of Kandy. Mr. Poole also exhibited most interesting portraits of type of the peoples of Ceylon, from his rickshaw boy to the descendants of the ancient rulers of the island. The lantern was effectively operated by Mr. R.B. Adamson. At the conclusion of Mr. Poole’s account of his travels, the President moved that a hearty vote of thanks be accorded to him for so pleasantly and instructively entertaining the members. Mr. F.A. Joyner and Mr. A.H. Kingsborough seconded and supported, and the vote was carried by acclamation. Mr. Poole suitably acknowledged, and warned members visiting tropical and moist countries to be careful to use slides made as damp-proof as possible, as he had found the moisture and heat of Colombo to prejudically affect the gelatine on his plates. The intensely glaring sunlight and the extremely narrow roadways were two other points that had to be considered by photographers in Colombo and other tropical towns. The first necessitated early rising, and the second a great deal of maneuvering in order to focus for a high building.



Wednesday 15th May 1901
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Art Society's rooms on Thursday evening. The President (Mr. R.F. Griffiths) occupied the chair. A letter was received from a member suggesting that all papers read at the meetings should be printed, in order that non-attending members might receive the benefit of them. Attention was called to the fact that many of the papers appeared in the "Quarterly Record", the society's official paper. A letter was received from the Royal Photographic Society of London setting out the advantages and terms of affiliation of all photographic societies with that body. The matter was, on the motion of Mr. A. Scott B.A., seconded by Mr. George Stace, referred to a committee with power to act. A letter was received from the Royal Society granting the use of its rooms for lantern lectures. The offer was received with thanks. The President called attention of members to the fact that the annual exhibition would be held in October next. Messrs. S. Smeaton and C. L. Whitham M.A., occupied the rest of the evening with addresses on "Hand Camera Work", which were illustrated by the work of that now almost indispensable companion to the traveler. A discussion followed, in which Messrs. F.A. Joyner, E.W. Belcher, G. Stace, C.F. Clough and A. Scott B.A., took part.



Friday 17th May 1901
Page 5 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

"The Advertiser" has received a copy of the May number of the "Quarterly Record", the journal of the South Australian Photographic Society. The Hon. Editors (Messrs. F.A. Joyner and A.H. Kingsborough), who have conducted the little journal with much care and skill, complete their term with the present issue. The journal contains the report of an admirable address by Mr. H.P. Gill, on "Composition" and a paper by Mr. F.A. Joyner, on "Carbon printing". A well-executed print of a choice landscape, with sunset effects, by Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, accompanies the number.



22nd May 1901  Page 27 - The Australasian Photographic Review

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Art Society’s Rooms on Thursday evening, under the presidency of Mr. R.F. Griffiths. There was a large attendance of members and friends. One new member was elected. Messrs. Gabriel, Gazard and Stace and Miss Stace, exhibited specimens of their work, including striking views of the great fire in Rundle street, and some more peaceful and beautiful scenes on the Torrens. A letter was received from the Dunedin Photographic Society reminding members that that Society’s exhibition would be held on April 22nd. The prospectus and entry forms of the fifth annual exhibition of the Photographic Society of New South Wales, to be held in May, were also received and distributed amongst members. It was resolved that the committee endeavor, if practicable, to make arrangements for a collective exhibit of the work of members to compete in the Victorian Gold Jubilee Exhibition at Bendigo, in November next, and following months. The question of providing accommodation for the Society’s library was left in the hands of the committee with power to act. Mr. F.A. Joyner held the close attention of his audience whilst delivering an instructive address on “Carbon Printing”, the practice of which process he thought was not nearly general enough amongst either professional or amateur photographers. The results of the process were, he explained, even more permanent than water colors, and the effects to be obtained by an intelligent manipulation of the media used were almost infinite. The actual time involved in printing and finishing (not taking into account the time occupied in drying the sensitized tissue) was, as the lecturer showed by practical experiment, much less than that occupied by the same operations for an ordinary silver print. Mr. Joyner offered to place his experience and the results of his experiments at the disposal of any member to whom the methods were novel. The pictures resulting from the experiments were afterwards handed around and much admired.



22nd May 1901  Page 28 - The Australasian Photographic Review

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Art Society’s Rooms on Thursday evening. The President (Mr. R.F. Griffiths) occupied the chair. A letter was received from a member, suggesting that all papers read at the meetings should be printed, in order that non attending members might receive the benefit of them. Attention was called to the fact that many of the papers appeared in the Quarterly Record, the Society’s official paper. A letter was received from the Royal Photographic Society of London, setting out the advantages and terms of affiliation of all Photographic Societies with that body. The matter was, on the motion of Mr. A. Scott, seconded by Mr. G. Stace, referred to a committee, with power to act. A letter was received from the Society, granting the use of its rooms for lantern lectures. The offer was received with thanks. The President called attention of members to the fact that the Annual Exhibition would be held in October next. Messrs. S. Smeaton and C.L. Whitham, occupied the rest of the evening with addresses on “Hand Camera Work”, which were illustrated by the work of that now almost indispensable companion to the traveler. A discussion followed, in which Messrs. F.A. Joyner, E.W. Belcher, G. Stace, C.F. Clough, and A. Scott, took part.



Monday 17th June 1901
Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Royal Society's Room on Thursday 13th June. There was a large attendance of members and friends, presided over by Mr. R.F. Griffiths. Three new members were nominated. The following letter, received from the Queensland Amateur Photographic Society, was referred to the committee: "I am instructed by my committee to bring under your notice the question of a suggested Australasian Branch of the Affiliation of the Photographic Societies, of which the Royal Photographic Society of London is the head. This society has been for some years in the affiliation and recently a letter was addressed to the Royal Photographic Society requesting some more definite advantages from the connection than have hitherto been derived. In their reply, dated 16th January 1901, it was stated that the further advantages asked for would be more easily accomplished for the outlying societies if more of them were affiliated and with this object in view it was stated that letters were being sent to the other Australasian societies on the subject. This society was at the same time requested to communicate with the other Australasian Societies with the object of forming, as above stated, an Australasian branch of the affiliation. If such a scheme were accomplished the Australasian societies would secure the circulation of a large proportion of the traveling lectures, pictures and sets of slides and would thus be brought more into touch with the character of the work produced in other countries. On the other hand, the societies on this side would have to reciprocate and by this means, not only would Australasian photographic work be brought before the people of the mother country, but Australasian scenery, life and industries would be illustrated to them and Australasian interests correspondingly advanced. A better mutual understanding and appreciation would thus result. My committee's object now is to introduce the matter to your notice in co-operation with the letters which you will probably by this time have received from the Royal Photographic Society and, without at present formulating any definite scheme for the suggested branch, to request your consideration of the matter and an expression of the opinion of your society as to the practicability and advisability of the formation of an Australasian branch of the affiliation. I may add that the affiliation would carry with it to the societies concerned the receipt of the "Photographic Journal" and the various rights and privileges accorded to all members when on tour. The President reported that, in reply to a letter addressed to Messrs. Ross, Limited, containing the following question: "Suppose a pencil of rays incident normally on the center of a lens. After focusing with an open aperture, is it necessary to refocus after stopping down?" Messrs. Ross, Limited, had in effect stated that whenever in such a case distortion of the image appeared it was due to spherical aberration of the lens used. Messrs. Dick and Gabriel submitted specimens of their work, the former has fine enlargement of coast scenery near Second Valley and the latter's views of Glenelg containing some good cloud effects. Mr. Andrew Scott, B.A., supplied the principal business of the evening by delivering an instructive and interesting lecture on "Lantern slide making", during the course of which he exhibited through Mr. R.B. Adamson's lantern some beautiful slides, illustrating particularly the various methods of toning and development. Mr. Scott was accorded a hearty vote of thanks. A lengthy discussion followed, in which the President and Messrs. A.W. Dobbie, C.F. Clough, A.H. Kingsborough, W.B. Poole and F.V. Joyner took part. The President reminded members that the annual exhibition of the society was drawing nearer and expressed the hope that no pains would be spared by members in preparing for it.



Friday 28th June 1901
Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, SA)

On Wednesday evening a meeting was held for the purpose of forming an amateur photographers club. Mr. M. Thomson was elected President, Mr. Tom Warner Hon.Secretary and Messrs. F. Meincke, R. Hawke and Gropler committeemen. The meeting was adjourned for the purpose of getting information from the South Australian Photographic Society.



Saturday 6th July 1901
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, SA)

KAPUNDA AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Kapunda Amateur Photographic Society has been established and at a meeting on Tuesday evening arrangements were made for the beginning of a session at once. The rules of the South Australian Photographic Society have been adopted as far as practicable and efforts are to be made to get the amateur photographers of Eudunda, Angaston and other neighboring towns to take an active interest in the club. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. Tom Warner) is taking a very keen interest in the club and he is well supported by the President (Mr. M. Thomson) and other members.



22nd July 1901  Page 24 - The Australasian Photographic Review

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Royal Society’s Room on Thursday 13th June. There was a large attendance of members and friends, presided over by Mr. R.F. Griffiths. Three new members were nominated. The following letter, received from the Queensland Amateur Photographic Society was referred to the committee: “I am instructed by my committee to bring under your notice the question of a suggested Australasian Branch of the affiliation of the Photographic Societies, of which the Royal Photographic Society of London is the head. This society has been for some years in the affiliation, and recently a letter was addressed to the Royal Photographic Society, requesting some more definite advantages from the connection than have hitherto been derived. In their reply, dated 16th January 1901, it was stated that the further advantages asked for would be more easily accomplished for the outlying societies if more of them were affiliated, and with this object in view it was stated that letters were being sent to the other Australasian societies on the subject. This society was at the same time requested to communicate with the other Australasian societies with the object of forming, as above stated, an Australasian branch of the affiliation. If such a scheme were accomplished, the Australasian societies would secure the circulation of a large proportion of the traveling lectures, pictures, and sets of slides, and would thus be brought more into touch with the character of the work produced in other countries. On the other hand, the societies on this side would have to reciprocate, and by this means, not only would Australasian photographic work be brought before the people of the mother country, but Australasian scenery, life, and industries would be illustrated to them, and Australasian interests correspondingly advanced. A better mutual understanding and appreciation would thus result. My committee’s object now is to introduce the matter to your notice in co-operation with the letters which you will probably by this time have received from the Royal Photographic Society, and without at present formulating any definite scheme for the suggested branch, to request your consideration of the matter, and an expression of the opinion of your society as to the practicability and advisability of the formation of an Australasian branch of the affiliation. I may add that the affiliation would carry with it to the societies concerned the receipt of the Photographic Journal and the various rights and privileges accorded to all when on tour”.

The President reported that, in reply to a letter addressed to Messrs. Ross Limited, containing the following question: “Suppose a pencil of rays incident normally on the center of a lens. After focusing with an open aperture, is it necessary to refocus after stopping down?”. Messrs. Ross Limited, had in effect stated that whenever in such a case distortion of the image appeared, it was due to spherical aberration of the lens used.

Messrs. Dick and Gabriel submitted specimens of their work, the former’s a fine enlargement of coast scenery near Second Valley, and the latter’s views of Glenelg containing some good cloud effects.

Mr. Andrew Scott, supplied the principal business of the evening by delivering an instructive and interesting lecture on "Lantern-slide Making", during the course of which he exhibited through Mr. R.B. Adamson’s lantern some beautiful slides, illustrating particularly the various methods of toning and development. Mr. Scott was accorded a hearty vote of thanks. A lengthy discussion followed in which the President and Messrs. A.W. Dobbie, C.F. Clough, A.H. Kingsborough, W.B. Poole, and F.V. Joyner took part. The President reminded members that the annual exhibition of the society was drawing nearer, and expressed the hope that no pains would be spared by members in preparing for it.



22nd July 1901  Page 30 - The Australasian Photographic Review

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Annual Exhibition, 14th October. Open to the Society’s members only.
Address — P.H. Evans, Hon.Secretary, c/o S.A. Chamber of Manufactures, Adelaide.



Tuesday 23rd July 1901
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Royal Society's Rooms, North-terrace, on Thursday 18th July. There were present, Mr. R.F. Griffiths (President) and a moderate attendance of members. Three new members were elected and two nominated for membership. A letter was received from the Photographic Society of New South Wales, intimating that Mr. C.L. Whitham had secured the second silver award at the society's exhibition just closed in Sydney and stating that the judges had difficulty, in separating the first and second awards. The President heartily congratulated Mr. Whitham on his success. A letter was also received from the Hon.Secretary of the Kapunda Photographic Club, intimating that a club had been formed in that town and asking for copies of rules and all necessary information. Messrs. Baker & Rouse wrote calling attention of members to "The premo photographic competition", the 1st, 2nd and 3rd prizes in which amounted to £20, £10 and £5 respectively. The President announced, amid applause, that, through the kind offices of Dr. Norman he was able to announce that an anonymous donor offered a special prize of one guinea for competition at the annual exhibition of the society in October next, the subject to be a portrait taken in an ordinary dwelling-house and to be not less than whole plate. Specimens of members work, including, some beautiful pictures of the Melbourne and Adelaide decorations and illuminations by day and night were exhibited by Messrs. Butler, Dobbie, Gazard, Joyner, Kingsborough and Wadey and criticisms upon some of these were delivered by Messrs. Dobbie, Scott and Gazard. The annual report was presented, from which the following is extracted: "The membership is now 101, showing an increase of 17 during the year. Average attendance at meetings has been 30, not including a large number of visitors. One photographic excursion was held, the attendance being 28. The seventh annual exhibition was held at the society's rooms from 8th to 13th October and was characterized by the press as a decided advance on anything the society has ever had before. Owing to the generosity of one of the members the balance of incidental expenses did not fall upon the funds of the society and entailed no expense beyond the prize money. The society having become affiliated with the Society of Arts, has the right to share that society's rooms and has, by the courtesy of the Royal Society, obtained the use of the latter's large room on the occasion of lantern displays. A South Australian Photographic Journal, the 'Quarterly Record', has been issued, under the able editorship of Messrs. F.V. Joyner and A.H. Kingsborough and the committee feels that it would do much credit to any society". The balance-sheet submitted by the Hon.Treasurer showed a credit balance of £15/1/10. The report and balance-sheet were unanimously adopted. A vote of thanks was tendered to the retiring officers for the admirable way in which they had managed the affairs of the society for the past year. A special vote of thanks was accorded to the editors of the "Quarterly Record" (Messrs. Joyner and Kingsborough).



Tuesday 23rd July 1901
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

At the annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society, held on Thursday last, the retiring President (Mr. R.F. Griffiths) delivered an address on the development of the astronomical branch of photographic activity. In the course of his highly interesting remarks he showed conclusively that the development of the art was one of the most remarkable features of the age. One had but to look around today, he said, to note how largely it entered into daily life. Not only did science call in its aid, but it was incorporated with all the industrial arts and its educational influence was unbounded. By it we were brought in touch with passing events, far off lands and every new discovery and by means of the optical lantern its use in public lectures and schools alone entitled it to be considered the most mighty educational factor of our time. In a shorty address it was only possible to even briefly study one phase of its development. In 1839 Dagurre's valuable discovery was quickly recognized by Arago, the celebrated French astronomer, as a means for delineating the surface of the moon and sun. De La Rue's pictures were real and marvelous works of art. Having no clockwork, he guided his telescope by hand by keeping a lunar crater, as seen through the back of the collodion film, on the same spot on the plate and his photographs of the moon were not surpassed for more than 30 years, when the great Lick telescope was established. Mr. Griffiths led his audience by easy and fascinating stages through the various phases of the subject and showed that only by means of photography had many of the secrets of the sun's constitution been revealed. Up to 1878 freehand drawings were the only means by which the corona, that marvelous silvery halo which surrounds the sun and which is only seen during a total eclipse (lasting, under the most favorable conditions, not more than eight minutes), could be delineated; but in that year, out of 40 or 50 freehand drawings made, hardly any two in any way resembled each other and none of them the photographs. It was concluded that, under the exciting conditions of an eclipse, the average astronomer was quite unable to sketch what he really saw. By means of the art a daily record was kept all over the world of the sun, its spots and prominences, if any, around its edge. In the spectrum analysis of heavenly bodies and in the domain of the fixed stars photography had done and would do, the most useful work. To-day five-tenths of the stellar pectra work was done by its means. Within three years Professor Pickering, of Harvard College, completed a spectroscopic survey of all the stars higher than the 7th magnitude lying between latitude 25.5 and the north pole, recording over 10,000 stars. Without photography, this work would have been absolutely impossible. By photography the marvelous and stupendous daily changes in comets, wholly undreamt of before, had been revealed; it had brought about a great change of ideas as regards the constitution of the nebulae; double stars had been discovered which escaped detection through the largest telescopes in existence; the Pleiades (or Seven Sisters) had been accurately counted, measured and shown in their correct positions and now, to crown all, a marvelous photographic record of the entire heavens, started in 1891, was nearing completion and when completed would have utilized 44,108 plates and would reveal over 20,000,000 stars. These were being measured by a small army of computers for a catalog. This gigantic scheme was characterized as a fitting climax to the photographic work of the last century. The address was interspersed with humorous touches and was listened to with rapt attention. At its close, on the motion of Mr. Andrew Scott B.A., a hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Griffiths.



Saturday 10th August 1901
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Royal Society's room on Thursday evening, August 8. The large room was filled to overflowing by members and visitors and the President (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) occupied the chair. Four new members were nominated for election at next meeting and three new members nominated at last meeting were unanimously elected.

The following letter was read from Dr. H. Hayes Norman: "The conditions stipulated by the donor of the one-guinea prize I was able to secure for the society are as follows, the size of the picture to be approximately 8 1/2 inches by 6 1/2 inches, taken on whole plate. If an enlargement, it must not be from smaller than half-plate. Subject "Genre". Exhibit must not have previously taken a prize anywhere. Competition open to members of the Society only and subject to approval of the committee; to be open to those only who have not previously taken prizes in the society's exhibitions. I may add this last condition is with intention to encourage the younger members, but it is left entirely to the wishes of the committee". The major portion of the evening was devoted to an exhibition by means of Mr. R.B. Adamson's lantern of a number of members slides, portraying principally incidents which occurred during the royal visits to Melbourne and Adelaide and the snow scenes viewed during the recent heavy fall in the Mount Lofty Ranges. Some exceedingly effective pictures of the surf in the vicinity of Robe were also thrown upon the screen and a series of photographs illustrating the peculiar and very old rock formation discovered by the Rev. W. Howchin a few miles south-east of Sturt township, the latter being taken by Mr. Greenlees. The slides were the work of Miss Stace and Messrs. S.P. Bond, C.F. Clough, W. Dick, A.W. Dobbie, W. Dollman, J. Gazard, J. Greenlees, W.J. Hutchison, F.A. Joyner, A.H. Kingsborough, W.B. Poole, H.T. Wadey and C.L. Whitham. Many of the pictures were of a most artistic description and their display elicited the cordial applause of the audience. At the conclusion of the members slides a number of beautiful flower studies were thrown upon the screen by means of a set of carbon slides lent by Messrs. Baker & Rouse and were much appreciated. It was resolved that a photographic excursion be made to Norton's Summit on Saturday and 28 members and their friends signified their intention of joining it. Some interesting technical questions were asked and answered.



22nd August 1901  Page 23 - The Australasian Photographic Review

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Royal Society’s Rooms on Thursday 8th August. The large room was filled to overflowing by members and visitors, and the President (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) occupied the chair. Four new members were nominated for election at next meeting, and three new members nominated at last meeting were unanimously elected. The following letter was read from Dr H. Hayes Norman: “The conditions stipulated by the donor of the one guinea prize I was able to secure for the society are as follows: The size of the picture to be approximately 8 1/2 in. by 6 1/2 in, i.e., taken on whole plate. If an enlargement, it must not be from smaller than half-plate. Subject 'Genre', Exhibit must not previously have taken a prize anywhere. Competition open to members of the society only, and subject to approval of the committee; to be open to those only who have not previously taken prizes in the society’s exhibitions. I may add this last condition is with intention to encourage the younger members; but it is left entirely to the wishes of the committee”. The major portion of the evening was devoted to an exhibition by means of Mr. R.B. Adamson’s lantern of a number of members slides, portraying principally incidents which occurred during the royal visits to Melbourne and Adelaide and the snow scenes viewed during the recent heavy fall in the Mount Lofty Ranges. Some exceedingly effective pictures of the surf in the vicinity of Robe were also thrown upon the screen, and a series of photographs illustrating the Cambrian Glacial Conglomerates, discovered by the Rev. W. Howchin, F.G.S., a few miles south-east of Sturt township, the latter being taken by Mr. Greenlees. The slides were the work of Miss Stace and Messrs S.P. Bond, C.F. Clough, W. Dick, A.W. Dobbie, W. Dollman, J. Gazard, J. Greenlees, W.J. Hutchison, F.A. Joyner, A.H. Kingsborough, W.B. Poole, H.T. Waddey, and C.L. Whitham. Many of the pictures were of a most artistic description, and their display elicited the cordial applause of the audience. At the conclusion of the members slides a number of beautiful flower studies were thrown upon the screen by means of a set of carbon slides, lent by Baker and Rouse Proprietary Limited, and were much appreciated. It was resolved that a photographic excursion be made to Norton’s Summit on Saturday, and 28 members and their friends signified their intention of joining it. Some interesting technical questions were asked and answered.



22nd August 1901  Page 23 and 24 - The Australasian Photographic Review

The annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Royal Society’s Rooms, North Terrace, on Thursday 18th July. There were present, Mr. R.F. Griffiths, President and a moderate attendance of members. Three new members were elected and two nominated for membership. A letter was received from the Photographic Society of New South Wales, intimating that Mr. C.L. Whitham had secured the second silver award at the Society’s exhibition just closed in Sydney, and stating that the judges had difficulty in separating the first and second awards. The President heartily congratulated Mr. Whitham on his success. A letter was also received from the Hon.Secretary of the Kapunda Photographic Club, intimating that a club had been formed in that town, and asking for copies of rules, and all necessary information. Messrs. Baker & Rouse wrote calling attention of members to "The Premo Photographic Competition", the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd prizes in which amounted to £20, £10, and £5 respectively. The President announced, amid applause, that, through the kind offices of Dr. Norman he was able to announce that an anonymous donor offered a special prize of one guinea for competition at the annual exhibition of the Society in October next, the subject to be a portrait taken in an ordinary dwelling-house, and to be not less than whole plate. Specimens of members work, including some beautiful pictures of the Melbourne and Adelaide decorations and illuminations by day and night were exhibited by Messrs. Butler, Dobbie, Gazard, Joyner, Kingsborough and Wadey, and criticisms upon some of these were delivered by Messrs Dobbie, Scott, and Gazard. The annual report was presented, from which the following is extracted: “The membership is now 101, showing an increase of 17 during the year. Average attendance at meetings has been 30, not including a large number of visitors. One photographic excursion was held, the attendance being 28. The seventh annual exhibition was held at the Society’s rooms from October 8th to 13th, and was characterized by the press as “a decided advance on anything the Society has ever had before”. Owing to the generosity of one of the members the balance of incidental expenses did not fall upon the funds of the Society, and entailed no expense beyond the prize-money. The Society having become affiliated with the Society of Arts, has the right to share that Society’s rooms, and has, by the courtesy of the Royal Society, obtained the use of the latter’s large room on the occasion of lantern displays. A South Australian photographic journal, the Quarterly Record, has been issued, under the able editorship of Messrs. F.A. Joyner and A.H. Kingsborough and the committee feel that it would do much credit to any Society”. The balance-sheet submitted by the Treasurer showed a credit balance of £l5 1s. 1Od. The report and balance-sheet were unanimously adopted. A vote of thanks was tendered to the retiring officers for the admirable way in which they had managed the affairs of the Society for the past year. A special vote of thanks was accorded to the editors of the Quarterly Record (Messrs Joyner and Kingsborough).

The election of officers resulted as follows:
Patron, His Excellency the Governor; President, Mr. A.H. Kingsborough; Vice-Presidents, Messrs F.A. Joyner and S. Smeaton; Honorary Treasurer, Mr. J.D. Dixon; Hon.Secretary, Mr. P.H. Evans; Honorary Librarian and assistant Hon.Secretary, Mr. R.B. Adamson; Committee, the executive officers and Messrs. C.F. Clough, A.W. Dobbie, J. Hazard, and H.P. Gill; Honorary Auditors, Messrs. W.A. West and H.H. Wight.

Members were urged by the newly-elected President to bear in mind that the time for holding the annual exhibition was drawing near.



Saturday 14th September 1901
Page 10 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Monday 16th September 1901
Page 9 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the society of arts rooms on Thursday 12th September. There was a good attendance of members and visitors and the President, Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, occupied the chair. Four new members were nominated for election at next meeting and four new members nominated at last meeting were elected. The following circular letter was received from the Queensland Amateur Photographic Society and was referred to the committee: With regard to my circular letter of 13th May last, bringing under your notice the question of an Australian branch of the affiliation of the Royal Photographic Society of London, I am instructed to again write to you on the matter and to state that favorable replies have now been received from the following societies: Photographic Society of New South Wales, Amateur Photographic Association of Victoria, Northern Tasmania Camera Club, Dunedin Photographic Society, South Australian Photographic Society. With regard to further steps my committee considers that it is advisable for each society to affiliate separately with the London society without delay and that further action should take the form of an association or federation of the societies so affiliated for purposes to be defined. I am requested to ask that your society will take steps, if you have not already done so, to affiliate with the London society. My committee will in the meantime take into further consideration the details of a scheme for co-operation and will address you again on that matter as soon as possible. It would, at the same time, be of advantage for your committee also to take the question into consideration, but for the present I have two principal points to suggest; (1) The holding of an annual, biennial, or triennial congress of photographers in the chief cities and that (2) the initiating of such congresses would appropriately come from one of the senior states, say, either New South Wales or Victoria. The question of allowing members nominated at this meeting for election at next meeting to compete in the annual exhibition of the society, to be held during the week, October 14th to 19th next, was discussed. It was pointed out that the rules would not allow it and it was resolved that persons concerned should be informed of this fact and that the society would be pleased to see their work exhibited in the non-competitive section. The President announced that many satisfactory enquiries had been received from photographers in the eastern states and Tasmania for prospectuses of the exhibition and that he anticipated a large number of entries from the other states. A letter was received from "Magpie", of "The Register", enquiring as to photographs of the old road taken during the society's excursion to Norton's Summit on 12th August. The President announced that Mr. George Stace had provided some pictures and that Lady Tennyson, who had seen them, had paid Mr. Stace the high compliment of asking "Magpie" to obtain duplicates of some of them for her. The President suggested that in recognition of "Magpie's" kindly assistance in many ways members should send her a selection of the pictures taken. The following letter was received from S. P. Bond, Limited: "With reference to the forthcoming exhibition to be held in your society, we have pleasure in making you the offer, for intending exhibitors, of the use of our enlarging room free; also, for work intended for exhibition, the free use of any 12 x 10 bromide paper, Wellington & Ward make". Mr. C.L. Whitham, in proposing a vote of thanks to Mr. S.P. Bond for his generous offer, which was carried by acclamation, mentioned that members were already deeply indebted to him for great assistance. Messrs. Dobbie and Radcliffe endorsed Mr. Whitham's remarks and Mr. Radcliffe added that Mr. Bond's new room was an exceedingly comfortable one. On the recommendation of the committee, Sir Edwin Smith was, in recognition of his eminent services to the society, unanimously elected a life member. The committee brought forward a recommendation that the society's journal, the "Quarterly Record", be continued and the President made some caustic comments on the lack of support which should have been extended to the "Record" by many members. A motion that the publication he discontinued was not seconded, but on the proposition of Mr. C.L. Whitham, seconded by Mr. F.W. Martin and supported by Messrs. C. Radcliffe and Andrew Scott, B.A., it was resolved "that the question be referred back to the committee in the hope that the magazine may be continued". The President announced several donations to the annual exhibition prize fund and reminded members that the last date for receiving entries to the exhibition was October 7, at noon. The subject for the evening was an interesting address by Mr. A.W. Dobbie on "Stereoscopic Photography", during which he explained to members and illustrated by practical work, the additions necessary to be made to the camera to follow up this most fascinating branch of the art. In Mr. Dobbie's hands the operations appeared exceedingly simple and from the number of members who questioned him at the close of his remarks and inspected his apparatus, it would appear that many of them intend to take up the subject. If any one thing were required to quite convert the doubtful ones, that was abundantly supplied by the magnificent sets of stereoscopic transparencies supplied in hundreds by Mr. Dobbie, together with dozens of stereoscopes and the necessary small tables and lamps. Members were seated at these lamps until a late hour, traveling all over the world by stereoscope. The lecturer was accorded a hearty vole of thanks on the motion of Mr. C.L. Whitham, seconded by Mr. Andrew Scott B.A.



Monday 30th September 1901
Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Saturday 5th October 1901
Page 35 - Adelaide Observer (Adelaide SA)

VICTORIAN GOLD JUBILEE EXHIBITION
The monthly meeting of the honorary commission for South Australia was held at the Chamber of Manufactures on Friday afternoon. The Hon.Secretary reported that the whole of the applications for space received by the commission had been forwarded to Bendigo, that many of the most important manufactures of the state were represented and that representative exhibits would be sent from the South Australian School of Mines and Industries, the School of Design and Technical Art, the South Australian Society of Arts, the South Australian Photographic Society, Convent of Mercy and other institutions. The attendance of the Hon.Secretary at Bendigo for two weeks out of every four was sanctioned and for the present this was limited to three months.



Tuesday 1st October 1901
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society will be held in the rooms of the Society of Arts at the Institute, North-terrace, in the middle of the present month. A departure has been made this year from the usual custom by extending the scope of the exhibition and making it inter-State in character. We are informed that from enquiries received from all over the Commonwealth and New Zealand, the committee anticipate many entries from the various States. The exhibition will be opened on 14th October and visitors will be enabled to inspect and admire some of the very best examples of the photographic art and to realize to some extent that the uses of the camera are unbounded. The exhibition each evening of prize lantern slides and the delivery of 20 minutes lectures, with lantern slide illustrations, by well-known gentlemen, will be amongst the most popular items.



Friday 4th October 1901
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

Entries are coming in rapidly for the annual exhibition in connection with the South Australian Photographic Society, to be opened in the Society of Arts rooms on 14th October. The exhibition will remain open until 29th October. The show of views will be a record one and it is doubtful if the hanging space available will be sufficient to accommodate them all. Amongst the competitors are photographers from all the other States in the Commonwealth and from New Zealand.



Monday 7th October 1901
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

14th to 19th October 1901

ALL EXHIBITS must be delivered at the
Society of Art's Rooms, Institute, North-terrace,
to-day, by noon.

P.H. EVANS
HON.SECRETARY

Monday 7th October 1901
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

Members of the South Australian Photographic Society and others are reminded in our advertising columns that all exhibits for the annual exhibition must be delivered at the society's rooms by noon today. A determined assault is being made upon the prize-list by photographers all over Australia and New Zealand and South Australians will need to exhibit their best work if they desire to prevent the bulk of the honors from leaving the state. The judges are Messrs. H.P. Gill A.R.C.A., John Kauffmann and Ernest Gall. The judging will begin on Tuesday morning.



Monday 7th October 1901
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

This year's annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society will include photographs from all parts of Australia and New Zealand and photographers are reminded in to-day's issue that all exhibits must be delivered at the society's rooms by noon to-day. The public will await with considerable interest the announcement of the awards and judging from the number of entries already received from other States the task of the judges will not be by any means a light one. The society is to be congratulated upon having secured the services of such capable judges as Messrs. H.P. Gill A.R.C.A., J. Kauffmann and Ernest Gall, who will enter upon their arduous duties to-morrow morning.



Thursday 10th October 1901
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 3 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

The annual exhibition in connection with the South Australian Photographic Society will be opened at the institute, North terrace, at 3pm on Monday next. It promises to be very successful. There will be about 350 pictures in all, the works being from South Australia, New South Wales, Victoria, Queensland and New Zealand. The photographs have been judged, with the exception of those from Brisbane and Sydney. These, having been delayed in Melbourne, have missed the competition, but will arrive in time to be hung. Some of these photographs are by noted people and include champion work. It is a great pity they did not arrive in time to be judged. The work of hanging will start today. The principal South Australian prize takers are Messrs. F.A. Joyner, N.W. Beaney, C.L. Whitham and Andrew Scott and Dr Norman. Mr. E.C. Joshua, of Melbourne, is the winner of the champion prize. Mr. A.J. Campbell, of Melbourne, is another prize taker. The beautiful photographs by Mr. John Kauffmann, the well-known South Australian amateur, which are not for competition, are a delightful collection of works of art in themselves. Mr. Ernest Gall has some good work, not for competition. The judges were Messrs. H.P. Gill, A.R.C.A., John Kauffmann and Ernest Gall. Generally speaking the exhibition is a capital one.



Saturday 12th October 1901
Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

ANNUAL EXHIBITION
One of the finest, if not the finest, exhibitions of photographs that has ever been seen in Australia and undoubtedly the best that has ever been held in Adelaide, is the collection which will be opened to the public under the auspices of the South Australian Photographic Society at the institute rooms, North terrace, on Monday afternoon. Those who wish to take notice of the wonderful strides photography has made during the last few years cannot do better than pay the exhibition a visit. If some of the works which were hung on Friday were shown by themselves they could easily be mistaken for etchings and paintings. All the sharp and hard lines which one is so accustomed to associate with photography are absent and the exhibits are perfect pictures and delightful works of art. The number of entries totaled just on 350, while the framed exhibits number about 300. The works hail from South Australia, New South Wales, Victoria, Queensland and New Zealand and all have been judged with the exception of those from Brisbane and Sydney. These having been delayed in Melbourne missed the competition, but they will be hung. Some of these photographs are by noted people and include champion work and it is greatly to be regretted that the photographs did not reach here in time to be judged. The judges were Messrs. H.P. Gill, John Kauffmann and Ernest Gall. The strongest section is No. 2, which is open to members of any photographic society. In landscapes Mr. F.A. Joyner is successful with a beautiful bromide enlargement of a hand camera photograph entitled "Sheep at Evening". It is taken in the park opposite the Adelaide Oval and the beautiful lighting and warmth of tone were the strong points which influenced the judges in their decision. There is no doubt that the sunlight has been excellently managed. The paper helps the texture of the wool and softens the outline of the sheep. "When the Evening Sun is Low", by Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, ran the first prize photograph very close. As a picture and a work of art it is doubtful if there is a better one competing. It is taken on the Broughton and is very suggestive of the Port River at eventide. The sun is hidden by a cloud near the horizon and is about to break from behind it. The rays of the sun radiating to the surface of the water are most realistically depicted and help to secure the perspective. The ripple on the water is beautifully suggested and the mangroves help to make the picture complete and typical. The water and sky effects could hardly be improved on and any one with an artistic temperament is bound to fall in love with "When the Evening Sun is Low". "By Pleasant Waters" is another study of sheep by Mr. F.A. Joyner. It is a bromide enlargement. Here again those distinctive characteristics of a photograph are absent. The tone is excellent. Most of the sheep have been to water and a few stragglers are finishing their drink. The composition is excellent. "The Trial Trip" is another photograph by Mr. Joyner that will claim attention. The two boys who are sailing the boat and the water in the foreground are admirably reproduced. "Burning off the Weed" is an unconventional study by the same amateur. "Barley Reapers" has a nice tone and there is a lot of life in the harvesters, but the white space is distracting. Thirty pictures were too late to be judged in this section and had to be hung as not for competition.

In the genre section Mr. E.C. Joshua, of Melbourne, scores first prize with "The Rigour of the Game". This shows a girl playing billiards. There is an ease and freedom about the figure which is refreshing. The girl does not wear stays, which is to her credit. She appears to be going to make a cannon, but it is any odds to nothing that she misses. But there is hardly a fault in the photograph. The light is perfectly arranged for the figure, the subdued effect elsewhere being most effective. The lines of the photograph are correct. A harsh line running from the hand on which the player is resting gives her a rather square wrist and this is about the only blemish. This picture was awarded champion prize for the best photograph in the exhibition. "Wearily Homeward", by Mr. F.A. Joyner, is a typical picture and is sure to be a favorite. The man with his sleeves rolled up, his trousers held up, his shovel on his shoulder and his billycan in his hand has a workmanlike look about him and he is swinging along. The real movement in the figure is one of the great merits of the work. Photographs as a rule very seldom give you the idea of movement. Take racing photographs, for instance. Horses snapped jumping a hurdle always seem to have stopped in the air. "Autumn" is another nice study by Mr. F.A. Joyner. "Raking Out the Ashes" has a good deal to commend it. A man is raking the ashes out of a huge boiler and a little boy with hands on his knees is stooping down watching the operation. The intentness of the child is one of the strong points of the work, but the two girls in the foreground are rather distracting. "In the Workshop", by Mr. F.A. Joyner, is a delightfully natural study of a boy sharpening a chisel. "A Fairy Tale" is by the same gentleman. This shows a Cinderella like girl sitting before a great open fireplace stirring something in a stew pan. The details are excellently secured, but the light on the girl is not well managed. "The Sylvan Bath", by A.J. Campbell, of Melbourne, is sure to attract a great deal of attention. It is very unconventional for a South Australian Society of Arts exhibition. A girl in the nude is standing on a ledge by a waterfall holding her left foot in her right hand. The ferns and foliage which surround the figure are most faithfully reproduced. Mr. Campbell's model is delightfully proportioned and the posing is creditable to whoever is responsible for it. It is a most refined and artistic piece of work. The tone is excellent. "Twilight", another nude study, is not nearly as creditable and the toning is poor. "The Evening News", by Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, is a good study of a man reading a newspaper. The expression on the face is capital. "Waiting and Watching", "Anxious Moments" and "Bad News" are three attractive photographs by Mr. F.A. Joyner. The seascapes do not constitute such a strong division. The judges had no hesitation in awarding the prize to "Off Phillip Island", by Mr. A.J. Campbell. The sky, sea and boats are all beautifully managed, but the photograph is badly mounted. "Slowly They Sail" by Mr. C.L. Whitham, is the best bit of work in the clouds class.

In the entrance room are hung photographs of local competitors only. In the landscapes class, half plate and under, Mr. N.W. Beaney's "Shadows Dark and Sunlight Sheen" wins pride of place. This exhibitor shows some very fine work in several of the sections. He scores in the genre division with a highly creditable piece of work entitled "The Naturalist". Mr. C.L. Whitham's bromide enlargements, from hand camera photographs of Venice, deservedly win in their class. Mr. D.G. Scott's "Scenes in Central Australia", a set of three, have been adjudged best in the hand camera work. In seascapes Mr. N.W. Beaney's "Let Ocean Bellow on His Rocky Shore", is a perfect little gem. The toning is delightfully soft and the wave effect beautiful. Miss Kingsborough's "Marguerites" have taken the prize in the still life class. Mr. Andrew Scott is an adept at "copying" and in this division his perfect photograph of the celebrated Engraving "Touchstone and Audrey" wins the prize. Mr. Charles Radcliffe's copy of Mr. John White's picture shown at the last Society of Arts exhibition is worthy of mention. In the stereoscopic set Dr. Hayes Norman is the prize taker with a fine exhibit. "Evening Solitude", a nice composition by Miss Haycraft, scores in the ladies class. In the open class for lantern slides Mr. Joyner takes the prize with a set of three and Mr. W.B. Poole is the prize winner in the society competition. "Waiting for Her Chaperon", by Dr. Norman, is the best in a small class, in which a prize is given for those who have not been previously successful. The photograph is obviously taken by daylight, although a candle is burning. Dr. Norman has resumed photography after having rested from his hobby for 30 years.

The feature of the exhibition is the non competitive class. Mr. John Kauffmann's exhibits are a little gallery of art in themselves. "After Sunrise", a sea and cloud effect, is thought by good judges to be the best picture in the whole collection. The workmanship in it is perfect. Mr. Kauffmann is an artist. His composition, his light and shade effects and his toning are all as near perfection as it is possible to get them. "Sunset on the Pool" would never be recognized as a photograph if it were hung by itself: it is like an exquisitely toned etching. "On the Lago Maggiore" is a superb piece of work and the wonderful light and tone in "Golden Sunshine" seems to surpass photography, or, rather, shows what is possible with photography when the artist is at work. "A Rainy Day in Wakefield Street" is a capital photograph. Mr. F.A. Joyner's copy of a "Horse Under Fire", a well known gallery painting, is bound to find many admirers. The texture is wonderful. It is more like a painting than a photograph. The Sydney pictures are a beautiful lot. "Eventide", by Mr. A.J. Perier, is an exquisite study of cattle. "Beside Still Waters", by Mr. W.C. Fisher, is a lovely picture. Mr. W. Thatcher Brown shows a fine study of cattle entitled "The Road to Market". Mr. J.S. Stenning's landscapes are perfect gems. Mr. A.J. Perier has every reason to be proud of "The Archina", a cutter at sea, the water effect being splendidly secured. Mr. Ernest Gall's non-competitive work must also be mentioned. "With Ever Pleasant Study of Books" is one of his best bits of work, while his child studies are worthy of mention.



Monday 14th October 1901
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The South Australian Photographic Society will open its annual exhibition at the North terrace institute at 3 o'clock this afternoon. There is an excellent display of work, the framed exhibits numbering about 300. Many of the pictures rise superior to photography, or rather show what is possible with photography when allied with the true artistic instinct. Mr. F.A. Joyner is the strongest South Australian exhibitor. Mr. John Kauffmann's collection in the non-competitive section is a little gallery of art in itself. Some of the interstate work is particularly fine. The exhibition is well worthy of a visit.



Monday 14th October 1901
Page 1 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

14th to 19th October 1901

S.A. SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS, INSTITUTE, NORTH-TERRACE
OPEN TO-DAY, 3pm to 5pm, 7pm to 9.30pm

Lectures and Limelight Lantern Exhibitions of Competitive Slides Each Evening.

ADMISSION, 6d.

TO-NIGHTS LECTURE, Mr. C.F. Clough, M. Inst. C.E. — "Flying Bullets".

P.H. EVANS
HON.SECRETARY

Monday 14th October 1901
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY'S EXHIBITION
His Excellency Lord Tennyson will open the annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society, in the Society of Arts room, Institute, North-terrace, this afternoon.

HIS EXCELLENCY LORD HALLAM TENNYSON

Born 11th August 1852 Twickenham, Surrey
Died 2nd December 1928 (aged 76) Freshwater, Isle of Wight

14th GOVERNOR of SOUTH AUSTRALIA
10th April 1899 – 17th July 1902

Tuesday 15th October 1901
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

The annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society in the Society of Arts rooms, at the Institute, was opened by the Governor on Monday afternoon. His Excellency and Lady Tennyson, who were accompanied by Captain Feilden, were shown over the exhibition by members of the committee and they critically examined the splendid specimens of work and expressed their pleasure at the excellence of the exhibition as a whole. The new Hon.Secretary (Mr. P.H. Evans), had secured a very large attendance for an opening day and it was generally agreed that the exhibition is the best yet held by the society, not so much on account of its size, but for the high class of the work shown. Since the pictures were noticed in "The Advertiser" of Saturday. Mr. J. Gazard has hung some excellent photographs in the non-competitive section and on Monday they were much admired. The exhibition was open in the evening from 7pm till 10pm and there was again a good attendance. Most of the visitors, however, spent the greater part of the evening in the room of the Royal Society, where an instructive and interesting photographic lantern entertainment was provided. Mr. R.B. Adamson, managed the lantern and the President (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) described the pictures. These included some of the best photographs taken in Australia, many of the subjects being of a most interesting character and the audience frequently evinced their appreciation of good work. Afterwards Mr. C.F. Clough delivered a short lecture entitled "Flying bullets", in which he illustrated and explained how bullets traveling through the air at the race of over a mile a second are photographed. The exhibition will be open each day and evening this week and each evening short illustrated lectures on interesting subjects will be delivered.



Tuesday 15th October 1901
Page 1 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

14th to 19th October 1901

S.A. SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS, INSTITUTE, NORTH-TERRACE
10am to 5pm, 7pm to 9.30pm

Short Lectures and Limelight Exhibitions Each Evening.

ADMISSION, 6d.

TO-NIGHTS LECTURE, Mr. W.B. POOLE, "Photography through the Microscope".

P.H. EVANS
HON.SECRETARY

Tuesday 15th October 1901
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The annual exhibition in connection with the South Australian Photographic Society was opened by His Excellency the Governor at the Society of Arts rooms, institute, North terrace, on Monday afternoon. The Brisbane pictures had not arrived, but they are expected any day. There is no question that the exhibition comprises one of the finest collections of photographs seen in Australia and undoubtedly the best that has been displayed in South Australia. Lord Tennyson, who was accompanied by Lady Tennyson and Capt. Feilden, spent nearly an hour in inspecting the photographs and he was particularly pleased with what he saw. The photographs have been noticed in "The Register". Some good work by Mr. Gazard has been hung since. The exhibition will be open until next Saturday evening and all lovers of art should pay it a visit. Lantern exhibitions will be held during the week, including a miscellaneous collection of views and short lectures. The committee and the hard-working Hon.Secretary, Mr. P.H. Evans, are to be congratulated on the success of their efforts. On Monday evening Mr. C.F. Clough delivered an interesting and instructive lecture on "Flying bullets". There was a good attendance and the remarks of the speaker were listened to with manifest appreciation. He dealt with the purely scientific side of the subject and the slides indicated to what a degree photography has been developed when it can catch bullets in flight at a high velocity. Prior to the lecture pretty slides representing the exhibits of some of the interstate and local competitors were thrown on the canvas. The lantern was manipulated by Mr. R.B. Adamson and the President, Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, announced the pictures.



Wednesday 16th October 1901
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The annual exhibition in connection with the South Australian Photographic Society was continued in the Society of Arts Rooms, North-terrace, on Tuesday and was largely attended. In the evening Mr. W.B. Poole delivered an interesting lecture, entitled "Photography through the microscope". Numerous micro-photographs were thrown upon the screen, which the lecturer explained. At the close of the entertainment Mr. Poole was warmly thanked. The exhibition will be again open to-day from 10am. In the evening Mr. Andrew Scott will discourse upon "Lessons in literature".



Wednesday 16th October 1901
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 3 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

In answer to the South Australian Photographic Society's invitation to the societies of the other States to send pictures to the annual exhibition now being held in Adelaide, a number of photographs were forwarded from Brisbane. They did not reach Adelaide when expected and after the judging, which was delayed to see if they would appear, had been concluded it was decided to have a space open for the pictures when they arrived. They reached Adelaide on Tuesday morning, having been detained in Melbourne and will be on view to-day. The committee on Tuesday evening unanimously resolved to award a special prize for the best picture by competitors from Queensland and New South Wales, whose exhibits arrived too late to be judged in general competition. The pictures will be judged and the award made known to-day.



Wednesday 16th October 1901
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

THE ART OF THE CAMERA
It was once claimed by a satirist, since deceased, that "all Art is quite useless;" the contention apparently being that the work of an artist ceases to be worth considering so soon as he allows the question of its utility to influence him. The photographer is in the happy position of being able to refute this slander. It is his function to present things as they are, for the instruction of the enquirer at a distance, to preserve their image for the instruction of ages which never beheld them. It is his part to apprehend and perpetuate the Truth. For example every painter, commanded to take as a subject for his brush a reigning sovereign, will unconsciously or otherwise flatter - or idealize. The photograph coldly and candidly presents the king or queen as seen by those privileged to be personally near the throne, that those at a distance may know what manner of mortal their monarch really is. The Illustrated articles, again now forming so marked a feature of various magazines, owe a great part of their interest and value to the veritable reproductions of existing conditions conveying at a glance that which a page of written description could hardly make as clear. It is true that a recent humorist has unkindly styled the writers of these articles "photograph framers;" but there is a vast difference between using pictures to illustrate one's ideas and writing so many hundred words to accompany blocks which an editor happens to have at hand. Science, also, acknowledges indebtedness to the camera at every turn, since it has an immense value in seizing upon some temporary phase and reproducing it for detailed examination. It is curious to remember that the photographic art, like so many other commonplaces of to-day, dates for all practical purposes no further back than the reign of Victoria. It was just about the time of her accession that Daguerre proudly announced his ability to make a sun-picture of a landscape in from three to eight hours, according to the conditions existing. Curious, too, to consider how greatly the recent extension of the art has been aided by the amateur fraternity. Since the introduction of the dry plate enabled anyone to carry a camera almost anywhere, since the word "Kodak" became part of the language, a restless band has been perambulating the world taking snapshots of anything and everything, not limited, as a professional would naturally be, by regard to the saleable qualities of the reproduction. Yet the result often has a distinct value and the amateurs most certainly have to be reckoned with in any review of recent progress. There are some striking examples of their power in the present exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society on North-terrace. This is held, rightly enough, in the rooms of the Society of Arts. The jealousy that once seemed likely to exist between painters and photographers is now less threatening. The great Walker Gallery at Liverpool actually allows space for the art of the camera in its periodical exhibitions of paintings and a similar innovation has been suggested at the Royal Academy's annual show. Painters themselves often work from a photograph, which they take to save some hours of trouble in the preparation of a preliminary sketch. The public will find much of interest in the present exhibition, including an ingenious illusion by which the Ophir is shown as floating in the Torrens Lake below Parliament House. There can also be seen various examples of the methods which make a photograph curiously to resemble a painting; whether the work of the camera does well so to masquerade is another and a difficult question.



Wednesday 16th October 1901
Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

At a special meeting of the committee of the South Australian Photographic Society on Tuesday night it was unanimously resolved that a special prize should be awarded for the best exhibit among the pictures from Queensland and New South Wales, which arrived too late to be judged in the general competition. This graceful act will be appreciated by the competitors concerned and should engender the best of good feeling in interstate photographic circles towards our active local society. The pictures will be judged and the award announced early this morning. There was a large attendance of visitors at the afternoon and evening sessions on Tuesday and a crowded audience greeted with applause the many beautiful slides projected on the screen. Mr. W.B. Poole kept his audience, intensely interested during his far too short address on "Microscopic Photography". To-night Mr. Andrew Scott B.A., will deliver a fascinating little lecture entitled "Lessons in Literature" and the prize and selected slides will be shown.



Wednesday 16th October 1901
Page 1 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

14th to 19th October 1901

S.A. SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS, INSTITUTE, NORTH-TERRACE
10am to 5pm, 7pm to 9.30pm

Short Lectures and Limelight Exhibitions Each Evening.

ADMISSION, 6d.

TO-NIGHTS LECTURE, Mr. A.W. DOBBIE, "South Sea Islands".
P.H. EVANS
HON.SECRETARY

Thursday 17th October 1901
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 1 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

14th to 19th October 1901

S.A. SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS, INSTITUTE, NORTH-TERRACE
10am to 5pm, 7pm to 9.30pm

Short Lectures and Limelight Exhibitions Each Evening.

ADMISSION, 6d.

TO-NIGHTS LECTURE, Mr. ANDREW SCOTT, B.A., "Lessons in Literature".
P.H. EVANS
HON.SECRETARY

Thursday 17th October 1901
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

Excellent attendances were recorded on Wednesday afternoon and evening at the exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society. All who viewed them eulogized the pictures. At a meeting of the committee on Tuesday it was unanimously resolved that a special prize should be awarded for the best among the exhibits from New South Wales and Queensland, which arrived too late to be judged in the general competition. The selection was made on Wednesday morning and out of 57 exhibits, 33 of which were from Brisbane and 24 from Sydney, Mr. J.S. Stening, of Sydney, secured the distinction with a platinotype print of fine quality, entitled "E'en Shades". The judges also highly commended the following by Mr. Stening: "The Drinking Place", "Broughton Vale" and "An Angry Sea" and "Eventide", by Mr. A.J. Perier and "To Help Poor Human Need", by Mr. A.C. Hanson. Of the Queensland section the judges made special mention of a charming flower study in green carbon., by Mr. W.H. Crompton, entitled "Frangipanni" and Mr. Pigott's "In Port". The pictures competing for the special prize were hung on Wednesday and were much admired. They included some first-class photographs. During the evening Mr. Andrew Scott, B.A., delivered an interesting lecture on "Lessons in Literature", when the prize and selected slides were shown and much appreciated. To-night Mr. A.W. Dobbie will display his interesting set of slides taken during his trip to the South Sea Islands.



Thursday 17th October 1901
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

Wednesday's sessions were the most satisfactory yet of the exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society, the rooms being thronged both during the day and evening. The New South Wales and Queensland exhibits, which were late in arriving, occupied the attention of the judges, who awarded a special prize to Mr. J.S. Stening, of Sydney, for "Evening Shades", an exquisite specimen of photographic art. In the evening a miscellaneous collection of lantern slides was exhibited on the screen and excited great interest. Mr. A. Scott was the lecturer for the evening, his subject, "Lessons in literature", being presented in an attractive form, with the aid of illustrations of some of Shakespeare's plays, Tennyson's "Idylls of the King", "The Ancient Mariner" and "The Jackdaw of Rheims". This evening the special attraction will be Mr. A.W. Dobbie's lecture on the South Sea Islands.



Thursday 17th October 1901
Page 5 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

THE ART OF THE CAMERA
To the Editor
It is to be regretted that your otherwise excellent sub-leader in to-day's issue of "The Advertiser", commenting upon the Photographic Society's Exhibition, should be marred by the passage which I now quote: "There can also be seen various examples of the methods which make a photograph curiously to resemble a painting; whether the work of the camera does well to so masquerade is another and a difficult question". With due deference I submit that the exhibition contains no example of any method resulting in a work which masquerades. It is true that there are in the exhibition some photographs of paintings. One of them in particular, "Under Fire" (perhaps by reason of its color) may have inspired the comment quoted. But why? There is no desire to cloak the facts that it is a photograph. On the contrary, the picture is openly shown as a photograph of a particular painting. The result has been obtained by a pure photographic process and the photographer wishes nothing more than the appreciation of its merit as a photograph. This latter remark applies with equal force to all the exhibits, including those broad effects which approach to some extent the prevailing tone of the original, whether nature's or man's handiwork. It is curious how persistently the ordinary, critic clings to the erroneous belief that he flatters the photographer when he says that a particular photograph might be taken for an etching. The true photographer deprecates such a criticism of his work. He produces a picture by photography and to him the highest appreciation is conveyed when its pictorial and technical merit as a photograph is recognized.

F.A. JOYNER
North Adelaide, 16th October 1901



Friday 18th October 1901
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The officers and members of the South Australian Photographic Society must have been much gratified at the splendid attendance at their exhibition on Thursday. The rooms were thronged during the afternoon and evening with interested spectators, including several enthusiastic photographers, who had made special journeys from the country in order to be present. Many beautiful and artistic stereographic views by Mr. Wedd were added to the non-competitive exhibits and excited the enthusiastic admiration of connoisseurs in that branch of photography. The special attraction of the evening session was an illustrated lecture by Mr. A.W. Dobbie, descriptive of his trip to New Guinea and some of the Islands of the Pacific. His slides were much admired and his remarks were listened to by a crowded and highly interested audience. To-night Mr. R.F. Griffiths, the Assistant Astronomer, will deliver his attractive lecture on "Glimpses of Starland". As the exhibition closes on Saturday night it will be well for those who have not yet visited it to make the most of the two remaining days and thus mark their approval of the endeavors of the photographic society to foster art.



Friday 18th October 1901
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

The exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society is growing steadily in public favor, the attendance on Thursday being by far the largest yet recorded. In the non-competitive class an addition to the exhibits was made in the shape of a large number of beautiful stereographic views by Mr. W.S. Wedd, which were greatly admired by the many visitors. At the evening session the rooms were packed and many of the visitors were unable to gain admission to the lantern exhibition. A large number of miscellaneous slides were shown, including the prize slides and the descriptive lecture by Mr. A.W. Dobbie on the wonders of New Guinea and the adjacent islands formed a most striking and interesting feature of the evening entertainment. To night Mr. R.F. Griffiths, of the Adelaide Observatory, is to discourse on wonders of the stellar universe as revealed by the camera. The exhibition will only remain open for two more days and those who are interested in artistic work should not lose the opportunity of showing their appreciation of the efforts of the South Australian Photographic Society to further the interests of art in South Australia.



Saturday 19th October 1901
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

It is gratifying to note the continued success of the South Australian Photographic Society's exhibition and the increasing enthusiasm shown by the public, which was evidenced by the splendid attendances yesterday. The committee have received numerous requests to allow the exhibition to remain open for another week, but it is impossible to do so, as the rooms are not available. To-day is therefore the last opportunity that the public will have of inspecting the beautiful pictures, which have been a revelation to so many people of the possibilities of modern photography. On Friday evening Mr. R.F. Griffiths entertained a large audience with an exceedingly interesting lecture on the application of photography to astronomy, dealing specially with the power of the camera to reveal the existence of myriads of stars which cannot be discerned in any other way, even by the help of the most powerful telescopes. To-night the lantern exhibition will include the prize slides and a choice selection of the work of inter-State and local photographers.



Saturday 19th October 1901
Page 31 - Adelaide Observer (SA)

One of the finest, if not the finest, exhibitions of photographs that has ever been seen in Australia and undoubtedly the best that has ever been held in Adelaide, is the collection which was opened to the public under the auspices of the South Australian Photographic Society at the institute rooms, North terrace, on Monday afternoon. Those who wish to take notice of the wonderful strides photography has made during the last few years cannot do better than pay the exhibition a visit. If some of the works which were hung on Friday were shown by themselves they could easily be mistaken for etchings and paintings. All the sharp and hard lines which one is so accustomed to associate with photography are absent and the exhibits are perfect pictures and delightful works of art. The number of entries totaled just on 350, while the framed exhibits number about 300. The works hail from South Australia, New South Wales, Victoria, Queensland and New Zealand and all have been judged with the exception of those from Brisbane and Sydney. These having been delayed in Melbourne missed the competition, but they are now hung. Some of these photographs are by noted people and include champion work and it is greatly to be regretted that the photographs did not reach here in time to be judged.



Saturday 19th October 1901
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 1 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

LAST DAY 10am to 5pm, 7pm to 9.30pm

S.A. SOCIETY OF ARTS ROOMS, INSTITUTE, NORTH-TERRACE
Exhibition of Beautiful Limelight Views at 8.30pm.

P.H. EVANS
HON.SECRETARY

Monday 21st October 1901
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

THE PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The fine display of photographs in connection with the South Australian Photographic Society drew a large number of visitors on Saturday afternoon and evening. All departments were continuously admired, but the landscapes received especial attention and many appreciative remarks were heard as the visitors stood before some of the best pictures. The works of Mr. Kauffmann, Mr. Joyner and Mr. Kingsborough were especially admired. The exhibition was rendered additionally attractive during the evening by a display of a collection of excellent lantern slides under the direction of Mr. A.H. Kingsborough and Mr. C.F. Clough.



Monday 21st October 1901
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The annual exhibition in connection with the South Australian Photographic Society was concluded on Saturday. There was a large gathering of visitors, who were much impressed by the excellent display. Throughout the week the attendance was good and this year's exhibition must rank as the most successful held by the society.



22nd October 1901  Page 85 - The Australasian Photographic Review

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Society of Arts rooms on Thursday 12th September. There was a good attendance of members and visitors, and the President, Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, occupied the chair. Four new members were nominated for election at next meeting, and four new members nominated at last meeting were elected.

The question of allowing members nominated at this meeting for election at next meeting to compete in the annual exhibition of the Society, to be held during the week, October, 14th to 19th next, was discussed. It was pointed out that the rules would not allow it, and it was resolved that persons concerned should be informed of this fact, and that the Society would be pleased to see their work exhibited in the non-competitive section. The President announced that many satisfactory enquiries had been received from photographers in the eastern States and Tasmania for prospectuses of the exhibition, and that he anticipated a large number of entries from the other States. A letter was received from “Magpie”, of The Register, enquiring as to photographs of the old road taken during the Society’s excursion to Norton’s Summit on August 12th. The President announced that Mr. G. Stace had provided some pictures, and that Lady Tennyson, who had seen them, had paid Mr. Stace the high compliment of asking “Magpie” to obtain duplicates of some of them for her. The President suggested that in recognition of “Magpie’s” kindly assistance in many ways members should send her a selection of the pictures taken. The following letter was received from S.P. Bond, Limited: “With reference to the forthcoming exhibition to be held in your Society, we have pleasure in making you the offer, for intending exhibitors, of the use of our enlarging room free; also, for work intended for exhibition, the free use of any 12 x 10 bromide paper, Wellington & Ward make”. Mr. C.L. Whitham, in proposing a vote of thanks to Mr. S.P. Bond for his generous offer, which was carried by acclamation, mentioned that members were already deeply indebted to him for great assistance. Messrs. Dobbie and Radcliffe endorsed Mr. Whitham’s remarks, and Mr. Radcliffe added that Mr. Bond’s new room was an exceedingly comfortable one. On the recommendation of the committee, Sir Edwin Smith was, in recognition of his eminent services to the Society, unanimously elected a life member. The committee brought forward a recommendation that the Society’s journal, the Quarterly Record, be continued, and the President made some caustic comments on the lack of support which should have been extended to the Record by many members. A motion that the publication be discontinued was not seconded, but on the proposition of Mr. C.L. Whitham, seconded by Mr. F.W. Martin, and supported by Messrs. C. Radcliffe and Andrew Scott, it was resolved “that the question be referred back to the committee in the hope that the magazine may be continued”. The President announced several donations to the annual exhibition prize fund, and reminded members that the last date for receiving entries to the exhibition was 7th October.

The subject for the evening was an interesting address by Mr. A.W. Dobbie on “Stereoscopic Photography”, during which he explained to members, and illustrated by practical work, the additions necessary to be made to the camera to follow up this most fascinating branch of the art. In Mr. Dobbie’s hands the operations appeared exceedingly simple, and from the number of members who questioned him at the close of his remarks, and inspected his apparatus, it would appear that many of them intend to take up the subject. If any one thing were required to quite convert the doubtful ones, that was abundantly supplied by the magnificent sets of stereoscopic transparencies supplied in hundreds by Mr. Dobbie, together with dozens of stereoscopes and the necessary small tables and lamps. Members were seated at these lamps until a late hour, traveling all over the world by stereoscope. The lecturer was accorded a hearty vote of thanks on the motion of Mr. C.L. Whitham, seconded by Mr. Andrew Scott.



Saturday 26th October 1901  Page 1042 - The Sydney Mail and New South Wales Advertiser (NSW)

A successful photographic exhibition of a federal character was held last week under the management of the South Australian Photographic Society. From Sydney and Brisbane 57 exhibits have come to hand, but they were too late for competition. The committee, however, decided to award a special prize for the best picture amongst them, and that was given to Mr. J.S. Stening, of Sydney. Messrs. A.C. Hanson and W.H. Crompton, of Queensland, also received honorable mention.



Friday 1st November 1901
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

AUSTRALIAN BIRDS
AN INTERESTING LECTURE
On Thursday night, to commemorate the inaugural meeting of the Australasian Ornithologists' Union, a lecture was delivered in the Federal Hall by Mr. Dudley, Le Souef, C.M.Z.S., of the Melbourne Zoological Gardens. The lecture was arranged by the various scientific societies of Adelaide, including the South Australian Ornithological Association, the field Naturalists Section of the Royal Society, the Birds Protection Society (Adelaide branch), the Native Fauna and Flora Protection Committee and the South Australian Photographic Society and there was a large attendance of members. His Excellency the Governor and Lord Richard Nevill and Sir Samuel and Lady Way were amongst the visitors.

The chair was occupied by the Minister of Education (Hon. T.H. Brooker), who, in introducing the lecturer, said that the department which he represented had great interest in the protection of native birds. They had done all they could to foster a love for the birds in the children by publishing articles and printing placards giving views of the birds and interesting accounts of their habits. The legislators of the State were also interested in the protection of their feathered friends. A motion had been tabled in the Assembly to abolish the protection afforded to seagulls. The motion had been withdrawn, but had it not the Government would have vigorously opposed it. He was glad, on behalf of the Government, to welcome Mr. Le Souef and his fellow representatives from Victoria. Although they were, so to speak, "birds of passage", he hoped that their visit would be pleasant to themselves and beneficial to the South Australian public.

The lecturer devoted himself to giving an account of the nests and habitats of a number of Australian birds and his remarks were pointed by a magnificent collection of photographs thrown on to a screen by Mr. R.B. Adamson. The patience required to make such a collection must have been enormous and in themselves the pictures would have afforded a highly interesting and instructive evening's entertainment. But when each picture was lucidly and graphically explained by a gentleman whose heart was evidently in the task, the glimpses given of the every-day home life of the feathered denizens of our forests and of the inhabitants of the rocky islets round our coasts, acquired such an interest that many a budding naturalist present must have been inspired with a desire to observe for himself the habits of the feathers creatures with which he probably thought himself quite familiar. Amongst the many interesting points dwelt upon and beautifully portrayed, was the nest of the weaver bird; built of a soft, fluffy vegetable material and bound together with cobwebs, "which", said Mr. Le Souef, are much more used by birds than is commonly known". The distinction between crows and ravens came as a surprise to some in the audience. The lecturer explained that in Southern Australia and in Tasmania a crow was a rara avis. The birds commonly termed crows were almost invariably ravens. Some highly interesting information was imparted concerning the bower birds who daily remove the withered leaves from their bowers to replace them with bright, fresh ones, the birds invariably choosing the young blue and red leaves for the purpose. The habits of the emu, the mallee hen, the lyre bird and the cuckoo were explained and an entertaining account was given of the sand-piper and allied birds. This tribe of birds could scarcely be called Australian, for they only migrated to the southern continent to escape the rigors of the Siberian winter and at its conclusion they returned to their home, 10,000 miles north. "They invariably travel", said the lecturer, "along the sea-coasts, whereas the so-called Australian snipe travel from Japan every year, taking for their path a track right through the continent. There are only two species of snipe in Australia and neither are found near the coast. The Police Court case which has recently excited attention in Adelaide could have been easily settled by a knowledge of these facts". The views shown of the ibises in the swamps of the Riverina district evoked enthusiastic applause and so did the calculation of the lecturer, based upon examination of the crops of many birds, that a flock which he saw at one swamp must have been responsible for the destruction of 25 tons of grasshoppers per day. A magnificent photograph of a nation of penguins at Macquarie Islands was shown. Millions of birds appeared in the photograph and the lecturer assured his audience that the space covered by them was five miles long and about 500 yards wide. Hearty applause greeted the termination of the address, which conveyed a vast amount of information in a delightful manner.



Saturday 23rd November 1901
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Monday 25th November 1901
Page 3 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held on Thursday evening 21st November. There was a good attendance and the President (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) occupied the chair, four new members were elected and two nominated for election at next meeting. A letter was received from the Photographic Society of New South Wales giving particulars of special summer competition to be held in December. The President presented the balance-sheet of the annual exhibition held during the week ended 19th October. It showed that the attendances numbered 1,394, exclusive of members. The receipts amounted to £55/19/- and the expenditure to £57/19/2. Against the debit balance of £2/0/2, there was a credit of 280 tickets outstanding. He confidently expected that eventually a credit balance would be shown. The total number of exhibitors was 63, comprising 39 South Australian, 8 New South Wales, 3 Victorian, 1 New Zealand and 12 Queensland. The number of frames was 365, stereoscopic prints 72 and lantern slides 337. Seventeen prizes were distributed as follows: Thirteen to South Australia, 1 to New South Wales and 3 to Victoria. He thanked all those who had assisted to make the exhibition a success and especially mentioned the Hon.Secretary, Mr. P.H. Evans. The report of the committee proceeded: "Your committee feel that the exhibition has been a very great success and that the society has reason to be proud of its connection therewith. Certainly no event of the kind in this State has attracted such widespread interest and favorable comment. The general character of the work shown fully vindicates the claims of photography to serious consideration from an artistic standpoint. All of the criticism drawn forth, however, has not been praise. As was to be expected, the rejection of pictures was a disappointment to many. To their credit be it said that almost invariably it was accepted gracefully and in a kind spirit. In an undertaking such as our late exhibition, where much of the detail work was new and where many matters had often to be decided somewhat hastily, decided perhaps without that careful deliberation and consideration which their importance demands, it follows that mistakes in management were to be expected and perhaps such were made. Your committee believe, however, that the important ones are fully recognized and they have embodied their experiences in a number of suggestions which they have drawn up for the guidance of the committee of management for next year's exhibition". The principal item of the evening was a masterly criticism of work shown at the exhibition by Mr. H.P. Gill A.R.C.A., Director for Technical Art South Australian School of Design. The speaker handled the shortcomings of the various prize takers with consummate tact, flavored merely with delightful sarcasm. The address, which was illustrated by lantern slides, was intently followed and much appreciated. At its close Mr. Gill was accorded a hearty vote of thanks, on the motion of Mr. C.F. Clough, seconded by Mr. F.A. Joyner and supported by Messrs. A.W. Dobbie and Andrew Scott.



Monday 16th December 1901
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Tuesday 17th December 1901
Page 5 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held on Thursday evening, 12th December. There was a full attendance of members and visitors. Mr. A.H. Kingsborough (President) occupied the chair. Two new members were elected and two nominated for election at next meeting. The President reported that on Saturday 30th November, a successful photographic outing had been enjoyed by a number of members, proceeding by drag to Horsnell's Gully. The presentation to the society by the Rev Mr. Huston of the 12 numbers of the "Photographic Art Journal" was announced amidst applause. A letter was received stating that there would probably be a photographic section at the great St. Louis World's Fair, 1902 and asking for co-operation from South Australian artists. The possibilities of affiliation with theRoyal Photographic Society in the way of interchange of lectures, slides and so on, was further discussed and satisfactory progress was reported. Mr. C.F. Clough M.I.C.E., delivered a lecture on Genoa, beautifully illustrated by limelight pictures, taken by himself. Mr. C.F. Clough's scholarly word painting of ancient and modern Genoa was listened to with rapt attention by his interested audience and the pictures taken by him evoked loud applause. On the motion of the President, seconded by Mr. W.B. Poole and supported by Messrs. G. Stace Andrew Scott and C.L. Whitham and the Rev. Mr. Huston, a vote of thanks was accorded the lecturer.



Monday 23rd December 1901
Page 3 - The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW)

A special prize for pictorial effect in photography was offered last year by Messrs. Baker & Rouse to the Photographic Society of New South Wales and as the offer came too late for use in their current show a supplementary contest was decided upon. The results of the contest were exhibited in the Queen's Hall on Saturday, when 68 pictures were shown, representing photographic work of several of the States and of New Zealand. The competitors were both amateur and professional and as fidelity of technique was subordinated in this contest to picturesque effect some charming pictures were displayed. None of them had been exhibited in Sydney before. The judges Messrs. W.R. George, E. Gray and E.A. Bradford, awarded the first prize to Mr. F.D. Leedham, of Auckland (New Zealand) and the second to Mr. F A Joyner, of South Australia. Mr. Leedham's picture, called "Homeward Bound" and depicting an agricultural laborer returning from his toil through a bush road, had already won the Wellington Camera Club's champion prize against a large number of competitors. That victory was the artist's first introduction to photographic circles. Mr. Joyner chose for his subject "Sheep at Water". He is a well-known member of the South Australian Photographic Society, to the success of which his efforts have considerably added. Judge Docker, the President of the Photographic Society of New South Wales, was present at the display on Saturday and Mr. A.C. Hanson, the retiring Hon.Secretary of the society, who organized this exhibition, was complimented on its success.



Saturday 11th January 1902
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the society's rooms, institute, North terrace, on Thursday 9th January. There was a large attendance of members and visitors, presided over by Mr. A.H. Kingsborough. Three new members were elected and four were nominated. A letter was received from the Hon.Secretary of a photographic society proposed to be formed at Broken Hill, requesting copies of rules, program and the Hon.Secretary reported that full information had been supplied. Short practical demonstrations took the place of the subject appearing on the program and a profitable and instructive evening was spent. Mr. A. Hawker displayed and explained the working of a novel, ingenious and simple enlarging apparatus for attachment to the outside of a dark room and answered a number of questions put to him by members. The Rev. J.T. Huston exhibited samples of interior views taken by him with unbacked plates, some of which views showed strong halation and in others taken at the same time, that fault was not visible. Mr. Huston explained his methods of development in order to avoid that fault when using unbacked plates and expressed the opinion that with reasonable care the backing of plates was unnecessary. Messrs. A.W. Dobbie and C.F. Clough M.Inst. C.E., strongly advised members who desired to save time in development to use backed plates; but the latter agreed that if Mr. Huston's method, after repeated trial, was found reliable, it would be exceedingly useful in circumstances in which it was impossible to obtain backed plates. Various kinds of backing with all their advantages and disadvantages were suggested and discussed. Mr. Kingsborough explained for Mr. Gazard, in his absence, an easy and inexpensive method of making and smoothing down glass cutting shapes. Mr. George Stace showed a very useful and handy revolving table for trimming prints and explained its working. Mr. E.W. Belcher, a past master in the art of double printing, displayed a most beautiful picture, a landscape, comprising the whole or portions of four negatives and explained to members the easy methods to be adopted in the printing in of clouds and other portions of a landscape. Mr. A.H. Kingsborough gave an exhaustive and effective demonstration of "uranium toning of bromide prints", with the formula for the bath and by some beautiful experiments emphasized the care which must be taken in toning and showed the effects which would be produced by varying the quantities of ingredients.



21st January 1902  Page 25 - The Australasian Photographic Review

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held on Thursday 21st November. There was a good attendance, and the President, Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, occupied the chair. Four new members were elected and two nominated for election at next meeting.

A letter was received from the Photographic Society of New South Wales giving particulars of a special summer competition to be held in December.

The President presented the balance sheet of the annual exhibition held during the week ended 19th October. It showed that the attendance numbered 1,394, exclusive of members. The receipts amounted to £55 19s and the expenditure to £57 19s 2d. Against the debit balance of £2 0s 2d., there was a credit of 280 tickets outstanding. He confidently expected that eventually a credit balance would be shown.

The total number of exhibitors was 63, comprising 39 South Australian, 8 New South Wales, 3 Victorian, 1 New Zealand and 12 Queensland. The number of frames was 365, stereoscopic prints 72 and lantern slides 337.

Seventeen prizes were distributed as follows: Thirteen to South Australia, 1 to New South Wales, and 3 to Victoria. He thanked all those who had assisted to make the exhibition a success, and especially mentioned the Hon.Secretary, Mr. P.H. Evans. The report of the committee proceeded: “Your committee feel that the exhibition has been a very great success, and that the society has reason to be proud of its connection therewith. Certainly no event of the kind in this state has attracted such widespread interest and favorable comment. The general character of the work shown fully vindicates the claims of photography to serious consideration from an artistic standpoint. All of the criticism drawn forth, however, has not been praise. As was to be expected, the rejection of pictures was a disappointment to many. To their credit be it said that almost invariably it was accepted grace, fully and in a kind spirit. In an undertaking such as our late exhibition where much of the detail work was new and where many matters had often to be decided somewhat hastily, decided perhaps without that careful deliberation and consideration which their importance demands, it follows that mistakes in management were to be expected, and perhaps such were made. Your committee believe, however, that the important ones are fully recognized, and they have embodied their experiences in a number of suggestions which they have drawn up for the guidance of the committee of management for next year’s exhibition”.

The principal item of the evening was a masterly criticism of work shown at the exhibition by Mr. H.P. Gill, A.R.C.A., Director for Technical Art, South Australian School of Design. The speaker handled the shortcomings of the various prize takers with consummate tact, flavored merely with delightful sarcasm. The address, which was illustrated by lantern slides, was intently followed and much appreciated. At its close Mr. Gill was accorded a hearty vote of thanks, on the motion of Mr. Clough, seconded by Mr. F.A. Joyner, and supported by Messrs A.W. Dobbie and Andrew Scott.



Saturday 15th February 1902
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Monday 17th February 1902
Page 3 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the society's rooms, North terrace, on Thursday evening, February 13. There was a full attendance, presided over by Mr. H.A. Kingsborough, President. Four new members were elected and two were nominated for election. Mr. S. Smeaton B.A., exhibited some enlargements and a simple and inexpensive catch tor printing frames. The President, on behalf of members, congratulated Mr. F.A. Joyner on having secured the bronze medal at the exhibition recently held in Sydney. The President also announced that the prospectus of the society's next annual exhibition was in the hands of the committee for final revision and that before next monthly meeting it would be issued. It was resolved that medals, in place of cash prizes, shall be offered for competition at the exhibition. Attention was directed to the tariff on cameras, accessories and the matter was referred to the committee to take action. Mr. C. Radcliffe read an interesting and instructive paper entitled "Practical Point". Mr. G. Stace, one of the foundation members, very ably reviewed "The Old and the New" in photography and Mr. S.P. Bond held the attention of members with a short address on "Hand Camera Work". The Rev J.T. Huston and Messrs. F.A. Joyner, Andrew Scott BA., E.W. Belcher and J.D. Dixon addressed members on the various points raised.



Monday 17th March 1902
Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the society's rooms on Thursday evening. There was a good attendance and Mr. A.H. Kingsborough (the President) occupied the chair. Two new members were elected. The President announced that the committee had addressed a number of letters to various members of the Federal Parliament on the question of the tariff, so far as it affected photography, with fair success and that Representative Glynn had gone to considerable trouble and deserved the best thanks of the members for his efforts in their interests. A cutting from "The Photogram", of London, eulogistic of the catalog of the last annual exhibition held by the society, was read. A sample series of lantern slides was received from Mawson & Swan, of Newcastle-on-Tyne, illustrating the diversity of tone which may be obtained upon this firm's lantern plates. Circulars from Harrington Co., Limited, setting forth the conditions of this firm's £60 cash prize competition were distributed among members. A letter from theRoyal Photographic Society of London, expressing the decision of its committee that "stereoscopic prints" included both paper prints and transparencies, was read. The prospectus of the next annual exhibition, as drawn up by the committee, was approved. The remainder of the evening was occupied by Mr. S. Smeaton, B.A., who delivered a delightful address entitled "Photography in Natural Colors". By means of a number of colored diagrams Mr. Smeaton lucidly explained the processes at present known for catching, by the camera, the various gradations of color. He also exhibited a "kromskop", through which sets of three transparencies were viewed as one object, with the result that the combination of three primary colors produced the various shades and blends of color as seen by the human eye. The lecture was intently followed and the many points so clearly put by the lecturer were greeted with applause by his interested audience.



Thursday 20th March 1902
Page 3 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

Dr. H.H. Norman, who won two prizes at the recent exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society, has received an interesting letter from the company whose plates he used to produce the fine effects which were so much admired by the judges and the public. He had sent to them a stereoscopic transparency representing a beautiful scene in the city and in their letter of acknowledgment they highly eulogize the work - "especially considering the circumstances in which it was produced". Inter alia, they say - "In these days of perfected and reperfected apparatus and when so much is done to save workers trouble and to anticipate all their requirements, it is refreshing for us to hear of pill boxes mounted on wood being used as lens caps and cheap lenses being brought to bear with such results as you have so kindly allowed us to see. We have ourselves always had a certain amount of fondness for the home-made adapted apparatus in which all kinds of things are utilized to produce good work and in your case there cannot be two opinions about the quality of the work done".



Monday 14th April 1902
Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)
Tuesday 15th April 1902
Page 3 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Royal Society's rooms. North-terrace, on Thursday evening, April 10. The President (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) was in the chair and 55 members and visitors attended. One nomination for membership was received, bringing the total to 116. It was resolved that copies of the prospectus of the society's annual exhibition, to be held in September next, should be sent to every photographic society the address of which was obtainable and to the editor of every known photographic journal. It was pointed out that the date of the exhibition had been fixed a month earlier than usual in order that it should not clash with the operations of the Society of Arts, the galleries of which would be used for the display. The subject of the evening was a highly educational address by the President (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough), entitled "Mounting and framing of photographs". The speaker dealt with his subject in a most exhaustive and masterly manner and pointed out the colors and shapes of mounts and frames to be avoided or adopted for the purpose of enhancing or reducing the tone and detail of the picture to be mounted. The effects produced were made manifest by a large number of practical experiments, which the lecturer carried out. The lecture was followed by the audience with evident pleasure and profit and at its conclusion much satisfaction was expressed with its educational value and with the large amount of time and trouble which must have been expended by Mr. Kingsborough in its preparation.



21st April 1902  Page 115 - The Australasian Photographic Review

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the society’s rooms on Thursday evening. There was a good attendance, and Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, the President, occupied the chair. Two new members were elected. The President announced that the committee had addressed a number of letters to various members of the Federal Parliament on the question of the tariff, so far as it affected photography, with fair success, and that Representative Glynn had gone to considerable trouble, and deserved the best thanks of the members for his efforts in their interests. A cutting from the Photogram, of London, eulogistic of the catalog of the last annual exhibition held by the society was read. A sample series of lantern slides was received from Mawson and Swan, of Newcastle-on-Tyne, illustrating the diversity of tone which may be obtained upon this firm’s lantern plates.

And circulars from Harrington Co., Limited, setting forth the conditions of this firm’s £60 cash prize competition were distributed among members. A letter from the Royal Photographic Society of London expressing the decision of its committee that “stereoscopic prints” included both paper prints and transparencies was read. The prospectus of the next annual exhibition, as drawn up by the committee, was approved. The remainder of the evening was occupied by Mr. S. Smeaton, who delivered a delightful address entitled “Photography in Natural Colors”. By means of a number of colored diagrams Mr. Smeaton lucidly explained the processes at present known for catching, by means of the camera, the various gradations of color. He also exhibited a “kromskop” through which sets of three transparencies were viewed as one object, with the result that the combination of three primary colors produced the various shades and blends of color as seen by the human eye. The lecture was intently followed, and the many points so clearly put by the lecturer were greeted with applause by his interested audience.



Friday 25th April 1902
Page 6 - The Argus (Melbourne, Vic.)

The South Australian Photographic Society has sent a letter to each member of the Federal Senate expressing alarm at the proposal of the Federal Government to levy duties on the principal articles used by photographers, cameras, dry plates, films and sensitized papers - articles which heretofore have been admitted duty free. They point out that the proposed heavy duties will be a serious drawback to the attainment of the most vital aim of such societies in Australia, the promotion of photography as an art science and also that the items mentioned were passed by the House of Representatives by very narrow majorities, in the case of materials by one vote only and in each instance several avowed protectionists voted for the abolition of the duties.



Saturday 10th May 1902
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Royal Society's rooms, North terrace, on 7th May. The President (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) was in the chair and there was a full attendance of members and visitors. One new member was elected.

It was resolved that the assistance of the society should be rendered, as requested by the South Australian Society of Arts, at the lantern evening on 3rd June next and members were requested to forward slides for selection to the President or Hon.Secretary. The President and Messrs. Harry P. Gill, A.R.C.A. and Andrew Scott B.A., were appointed to select slides from those sent in.
It was resolved to offer a prize of three guineas for the best design suitable for a medal to be offered at the society's annual exhibition and rules and conditions were drawn up. It was further resolved that the fact be advertised in the daily newspapers. The President announced that Mr. S. Smeaton B.A., had presented to the society's library a valuable work on "Color Photography".

The subject for the evening was the periodical lantern display of slides by members and some most novel and beautiful slides by the following were projected through Mr. R.B. Adamson's magnificent lantern: Miss Haycraft and Messrs. W. Andrew, W.J. Hutchison, J. Greenlees, C.L. Whitham, W.B. Poole, F.A. Joyner, John Kauffmann and Mawson and Swann. Some of the beautiful and startling effects obtained by the exhibitors evoked hearty applause.



Tuesday 20th May 1902
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)
Saturday 24th May 1902
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 8 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Monday 26th May 1902
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Saturday 31st May 1902
Page 8 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETYA PRIZE of £3/3/- is offered for a design suitable for a medal for the above Society. Full particulars on application.

P.H. EVANS
HON.SECRETARY
Chamber of Manufactures, Exhibition Building, North-terrace.



Wednesday 4th June 1902
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 3 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

FAREWELL SOCIAL TO Mr. C.F. CLOUGH
A farewell social was tendered to Mr. C.F. Clough M.I.C.E., on Monday evening at the Society's rooms Institute, North terrace, by the members of the South Australian Photographic Society. Mr. C.F. Clough and his family will this month leave for England, with the intention of permanently residing there. The rooms were filled with members who had gathered to do honor to one of their oldest and most active colleagues. Immediately after the arrival of the guest, those present arose and sang a verse of the National Anthem, in honor of the declaration of peace in South Africa. The rooms had been tastefully decorated and arranged by a committee of lady members and the tables were full of objects of interest, to be viewed by means of countless stereoscopes, microscopes and a lanternoscope. In proposing the toast of "The guest of the evening", the President (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) referred to the long association of Mr. C.F. Clough with the society. He was elected in the year 1889 and his name had appeared as a lecturer on every syllabus issued by the society. That fact alone was the best evidence of his whole-souled interest in the work of the society. He had, in addition, served two years as President and on all possible occasions had been untiring in his efforts to further the welfare of the society. Mr. Kingsborough, on behalf of the members, requested Mr. C.F. Clough's acceptance of a large and handsomely bound album, containing on the first page a beautiful address, which was the work of Mr. Harry P. Gill A.R.C.A., director for technical art, indicative of the feelings that members entertained for him. The remaining pages contained pictures supplied by members, who each contributed his or her best picture. These varied in size, tone and quality, but the same spirit and sentiment, said the President, accompanied them all, the heartiest appreciation of Mr. C.F. Clough's services. Mr. F.A. Joyner (vice-President) and Mr. George Stace (ex-President), supported and the toast with which was coupled the names of Mrs. Clough and Master Eric Clough, was drunk with musical honors. Mr. C.F. Clough, in accepting the album, feelingly acknowledged the honor which had been done to himself and his family. The following program was rendered; Quartets by Messrs. T.H. and P.H. Mitchell, W.P. Nicholls and A. Buring; a duet by Messrs. T.H. and P.H. Mitchell; songs by Miss Felstead and Messrs. Walter D. Reid and W.P. Nicholls; a pianoforte solo by Miss Radcliffe and a recitation by Mr. A. Buring.



Friday 6th June 1902
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

SOCIETY OF ARTS
A council meeting in connection with the Society of Arts was held at the Institute on Wednesday evening, when it was decided to hold an exhibition from 24th July until 9th August, which the Governor is to be asked to open. It was also mentioned that on 20th July a lecture on "Sculpture" would be given; on 2nd August, the Hon. J.L. Parsons would lecture on "Japan and its people and scenery" and on 9th August, Mr. E.H. Hawker would lecture on "Some English Cathedrals". A meeting of subscribers was held later in the evening, when a number of limelight views, supplied by the South Australian Photographic Society, illustrating the "Ancient Mariner", were shown. A collection of pictures from the local gallery and some interesting slides and photographs from nature were also exhibited and attracted a great amount of attention.



Saturday 21st June 1902
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Monday 23rd June 1902
Page 5 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the society's rooms on Thursday 19th June. There was a full attendance of members and visitors and the President (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) occupied the chair. Three nominations for election of new members were received. A letter was received from the Hon.Secretary to the Society of Arts conveying his council's heartiest thanks for the kindness shown by members in supplying an artistic series of lantern slides at the Society of Arts evening (4th June) and to the President of the South Australian Photographic Society, "who added so much to the success of the fixture by his excellent explanations of the pictures as they were displayed. The letter concluded with an expression of hope that a lantern evening might become a fixture on the Society of Arts program for succeeding years. The following letter was received from Mr. W. Andrew, importer and dealer in photographic materials and an enthusiastic member of the society: "With the object of stimulating the amateur photographer of South Australia towards working more with color, I should, like your committee to offer on my behalf at the forth-coming annual exhibition two gold medals, as follows, under section II. of the prospectus - A gold medal for (1) the best example of 'three-color photography' by any system and a gold medal for (2) the best set of six lantern slides by carbon process. The last mentioned to be open only to those who have not already won a prize for lantern slides in the society's exhibitions". On the motion of Mr. F.A. Joyner, seconded by Mr. A.W. Dobbie, it was resolved that the offer be accepted, with the heartiest thanks of the society to Mr. Andrew.

A letter was received from the Amateur Photographic Association of Victoria requesting the exchange of a collection of lantern slides, with the object of fostering a closer relationship between interstate photographic societies and stating that, apart from the opportunity of viewing new beauty spots, great advantage will certainly accrue from the study of the methods of others". Resolved that the suggestion be adopted and members were requested to assist the committee by forwarding slides to the President or Hon.Secretary.

A request was received from the editors of the Australian Photographic Journal for a few specimen prints representing the work of the society for reproduction in that journal and the committee was authorized, to obtain and send a representative collection.

The editors of The Photogram (London) wrote giving particulars of a plan which had been formulated by that paper for the benefit of tourist photographers, the main feature of which was the display of a simple but unmistakeable sign wherever a dark room may be available, either "free to customers" or for a small charge. The sign consists of a card 10 in. by 7 in., bearing a dark maltese cross, 7 in. by 7 in., with the words "Dark Photographic Room" in white letters on its face and with the necessary directions printed underneath. The editors also requested particulars of any dark rooms open to visiting photographers, for incorporation in a directory, of public dark rooms now in course of preparation by The Photogram. The idea was favorably received and the Hon.Secretary was directed to furnish, all particulars available.

On the motion of Mr. A.W. Dobbie, seconded by Mr. George Stace and supported by Messrs. F.A. Joyner, E.W. Belcher and R.F. Griffiths, it was unanimously resolved that Mr. C.F. Clough M.I.C.E., who has left the state for England, be appointed a life member of the society, as an acknowledgment of the signal services rendered by him to the Society and as an expression of the feeling of members that his appointment would serve as a link with him and that the long connection between the society and Mr. C.F. Clough should not be broken.

A series of lantern slides were submitted for inspection by Mr. Greenlees and he was complimented upon the neat and novel way in which they had been mounted and the titles and description clearly shown.

The President drew the attention of members to the fact that the next monthly meeting would also be the annual meeting of the society and requested that any suggestions which might still further improve the strong position of the society should be forwarded to the committee. He also asked for subjects for the next year's syllabus.

The balance of the evening was ably and profitably taken up by Mr. Harry P. Gill A.R.C.A., Director for Technical Art, who delivered an address on "Composition as Applied to Art and Photography". This was the second of a series on the same subject by Mr. Gill and was illustrated by a large number of most appropriate diagrams and sketches, by the use of which Mr. Gill made his points extremely clear. The lecture was intently followed and at its close members expressed themselves deeply indebted to Mr. Gill for the enlightenment afforded on so many points as to which in the past they had been completely in the dark. Mr. Gill consented, at the request of members, to allow his lecture to be reproduced in the official organ of the society and was urged at an early date to favor them with "more composition".



Saturday 19th July 1902
The Register (Adelaide SA)
Monday 21st July 1902
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was concluded on Thursday evening, 17th July, at the Royal Society's rooms, Institute, North-terrace, the business to be dealt with having occupied two evenings. The retiring President (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) occupied the chair and there was a large attendance of members. Three new members were elected and three nominations for membership were received. Some beautiful transparencies, printed by Mr. J. Gazard, depicting the illuminations of the General Post-Office, were on view and various specimens of members work were exhibited by Messrs. E. Atterton, P.H. Williams, Beaumont Read, W.T. Shapter and others and criticisms were passed on them at the request of the exhibitors.

The annual report was presented, from which the following is extracted: The membership is now 116, an increase of 15 during the 12 months. Average attendance at meetings has been 38, not including a large number of visitors. Eleven meetings of members and two photographic excursions have been held. The eighth annual exhibition was opened on Monday 14th October, by his Excellency the Governor and remained open until the following Sunday afternoon. It proved a great success and your committee feels that members of the society have reason to be proud of their connection with it. Certainly, no event of its kind in this State has attracted such widespread interest and favorable comment. The next annual exhibition will be held in September and gold, silver and bronze medals will take the place of cash prizes. The 'Quarterly Record' has been discontinued, but a satisfactory arrangement has been made with the Australian Photographic Journal, whereby the latter has been made the official organ of the society. Mr. S. Smeaton B.A., has sub-edited the society's matter. Your committee has endeavored to secure the abolition or modification of the duties imposed by the Commonwealth Parliament, but so far without success. The society is indebted in particular to Representative Glynn for his courtesy and his efforts to give effect to the wishes of members. During the year the society has affiliated with theRoyal Photographic Society of Great Britain, with the main, object of participating in the circulation of first-class lectures on photographic and kindred subjects. The balance sheet submitted by the Hon.Treasurer showed a credit balance of £13. The report and balance-sheet were unanimously adopted. The retiring President (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) gave an address in which he reviewed the advances made in photography during his term of office and the progress and position of the society. During the course of his most instructive remarks Mr. Kingsborough threw out two important suggestions - one, that the society should devise a scheme for obtaining a permanent collection of the works of the photographic masters of the world to serve as a means of comparison with local work; the other, that there should be a systematic photographic survey of South Australia, the purpose of which would be to take and preserve photographs of the scenery, geology, natural history, historic landmarks, buildings, streets, social life and public events of the South Australia of the present day, as well as the reproduction of old prints, maps and records of the past. Such a scheme as the latter should enlist the sympathy and support of all members and tend to bring into line the necessary diverse interests which must necessarily exist in so large a society. A vote of thanks was tendered to the retiring officers.

The election of officers resulted: Patron, His Excellency the Governor; President, Mr. Andrew Scott, B.A.; Vice-Presidents, Messrs. S. Smeaton, B.A. and C. Radcliffe; Hon.Secretary, Mr. P.H. Evans; librarian, Mr. R. Bowen; committee, the executive officers and Messrs. C.F. Rainsford, N.W. Beaney, A.H. Kingsborough and R.F. Griffiths; auditors, Messrs. J.D. Dixon and H.H. Wight; lanternist, Mr. R.B. Adamson. It was resolved that members be requested to present studies at the next monthly meeting illustrating the subject of "Morning" or "Evening" and treating it either literally or metaphorically.



Monday 21st July 1902
The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

FAREWELL SOCIAL to Mr. C.F. CLOUGH
A farewell social was tendered to Mr. C.F. Clough M.I.C.E., on Monday evening, at the society's rooms, institute, North terrace, by the members of the South Australian Photographic Society. Mr. C.F. Clough and his family will this month leave for England, with the intention of permanently residing there. The rooms were filled with members who had gathered to do honor to one of their oldest and most active colleagues.

Immediately after the arrival of the guest those present arose and sang a verse of the national anthem, in honor of the declaration of peace in South Africa. The rooms had been tastefully decorated and arranged by a committee of lady members and the tables were full of objects of interest, to be viewed by means of countless stereoscopes, microscopes and a lanternoscope.

In proposing the toast of 'The Guest of the Evening' the President (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) referred to the long association of Mr. C.F. Clough with the society. He was elected in the year 1889 and his name had appeared as a lecturer on every syllabus issued by the society. That fact alone was the best evidence of his whole-souled interest in the work of the society. He had, in addition, served two years as President and on all possible occasions had been untiring in his efforts to further the welfare of the society. Mr. Kingsborough, on behalf of the members, requested Mr. C.F. Clough's acceptance of a large and handsomely bound album, containing on the first page a beautiful address - which was the work of Mr. Harry P. Gill, A.R.C.A., Director for Technical Art; indicative of the feelings that members entertained for him. The remaining pages contained pictures supplied by members, who each contributed his or her best picture. These varied in size, tone and quality, but the same spirit and sentiment, said the President, accompanied them all — the heartiest appreciation of Mr. C.F. Clough's services.

Mr. F.A. Joyner (Vice President) and Mr. George Stace (ex President) supported and the toast, with which was coupled the names of Mrs. Clough and Master Eric Clough, was drunk with musical honors. Mr. C.F. Clough, in accepting the album, feelingly acknowledged the honor which had been done to himself and his family.

The following program was rendered: Quartets by Messrs. T.H. and P.H. Mitchell, W.P. Nicholls and A. Buring; a duet by Messrs. T.H. and P.H. Mitchell; songs by Miss Felstead and Messrs. Walter D. Reid and W.P. Nicholls; a pianoforte solo by Miss Radcliffe and a recitation by Mr. A. Buring.



Wednesday 20th August 1902
Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the society's rooms on Thursday evening. There was a large attendance of members and visitors and the President (Mr. Andrew Scott B.A.) occupied the chair. Three new members were elected and one nomination for election was received. Mr. F. Gabriel, of 185 King William street, was unanimously elected Hon.Treasurer. The subcommittee appointed to revise the society's rules presented their report, which was adopted. The subjects for the evening were supplied by Messrs. A.W. Dobbie and A.H. Kingsborough. Mr. Dobbie's portion consisted of a practical demonstration of one of the means adopted for the "intensification of thin negatives" and Mr. Kingsborough exhibited the methods necessary for the "sepia toning of bromide prints". Each of these gentlemen gave the formulae for the necessary solutions and baths and in full view of the audience showed the development of the processes. A lively discussion arose out of the subjects and the audience appeared deeply interested in the results of the demonstrations. At the conclusion of the formal business the President reminded members that the society's annual exhibition will take place next month and urged upon them the necessity for not only maintaining but of improving the high standard of excellence established by the society's exhibitions in the past.



Saturday 30th August 1902
Page 38 - Adelaide Observer (Adelaide SA)

WITH THE CAMERA
In his recent retiring address, the ex-President of the South Australian Photographic Society, Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, threw out a suggestion that might well be acted upon by every amateur and professional photographer in the state. This was that a systematic photographic survey of South Australia should be begun, with the purpose of taking and preserving permanently pictures of the scenery, botany, geology, natural history, historic landmarks, buildings, streets and points of interest connected with the social life and public events of to-day, as well as the reproduction of old prints, maps and records of the past history of the state. This is a work in which all photographers might engage with profit to themselves and benefit to succeeding generations. No such opportunity as we possess now has ever before presented itself to man and the difficulties and triumphs in the early history of older countries are mainly known in traditionary outline. Australia is as yet in its infancy and the compilation of a work that would represent things as they now exist could easily he made from pictures taken by persons interested in the various departments mentioned. In such a collection, says Mr. Kingsborough, nothing that illustrates contemporary life should be omitted. As far as possible records should be obtained of the manners, customs, ceremonies and sports of the people, groups of school children, portraits of local celebrities and types, coastal scenery (which is ever changing by the action of the sea), shipping and means of land transport. The postman, the policeman and the soldier must adorn its pages and the aesthetic and shady side of life ought both to be depicted. It is to be hoped that the matter will not be allowed to drop, but that local centers and a metropolitan head will be fixed at once for the collection of views properly and fully labeled, even if the work of arranging and cataloging is postponed for a future time.

An ingenious invention, designed to make the photographer's lot easier, will be available shortly. That is the daylight developing machine which Messrs. Kodak have nearly ready. This developing machine gives the amateur the power of turning his exposed films into negatives without the aid of a dark room of any kind. The spool is taken direct from the camera, placed on a spindle in the machine. The chamber is then filled with a developing solution and when the lid has been placed in position the turning of a handle passes the film to and fro in the developer until the image is built up. As soon as the necessary time has been allowed to elapse, a hypo solution is poured in to take the place of the developer and when that has been allowed to act for the requisite number of minutes the film is ready for washing and the subsequent drying. It will be obvious to the merest novice that this developing machine must prove a great convenience.

The history of photography is practically coeval with the founding of South Australia and it is interesting at the present time to notice that the very first public exhibition of a collection of photographs, was made in connection with a scheme for the benefit of sufferers from the disastrous earthquake that devastated Martinique in 1839. The display was held at 16 Rue de Jeuneure, Paris and the works submitted for inspection were 30 positive pictures taken in the camera by H. Bayard. A few days earlier, however, Daguerre had shown specimens of his work privately to a number of members of the French House of Representatives. Bayard's photographs were reported on by the authorities at the time as good in their gradation of tints and to artists looked like designs of the old masters faded by time. General disappointment was expressed, however, that the camera did not reproduce the natural colors. Bayard received a reward from the Minister of the Interior 600 francs, which he expended in the purchase of a better camera and lens. It would be very interesting if the first photographs taken in South Australia could be traced; possibly some of our readers may know of the whereabouts of some very early views and photos.

There are in the South Australian Photographic Society a number of members and the last exhibition showed that the number was increasing, who are solely interested in the pictorial aspect of photography and whose aim is to produce something intrinsically beautiful that shall increase the sum of human happiness by giving aesthetic pleasure to those who look upon it. How can those who are striving to perfect their work in this direction be best benefited? A great artist once said, "Art is a matter which cannot be profitably discussed, talked, or written about - it must be felt. If this be granted, then perhaps the simplest and best way in which help can be given is by affording every opportunity for the exhibition of pictures in which the best features may be noted. It was in this spirit that the local Society last year threw open a section embracing landscapes, architecture, genre or figure studies, lantern slides and seascapes, for competition among photographers throughout Australia and this year to the world. At the last exhibition comparison with the work of friends from other states was possible and in the opinion of those qualified to speak on the matter the local work did not suffer by the test. But what do we find when our best work is pitted against that of the foremost European and American workers? I think I am right in saying that no South Australian photographer has ever had the honor of having a picture accepted by the Royal Society of London and that only one has succeeded in gaining entrance to the Philadelphia Salon. What does this prove? Either that the judge's opinion of what constitutes pictorial merit is different from our own, or else that the work was not up to the standard. To remedy this, I would suggest that the society devise a scheme for obtaining a permanent collection of the works of the photographic masters. Such a collection would show not only what has been already achieved, but by indicating how much local artists have already progressed, would help to excite in the more serious workers a conviction that much may still be done. Owing chiefly to the munificence of Sir Thomas Elder, the National Art Gallery contains a collection of works of art that any country might be proud to possess. I believe the Board of Governors have spent a considerable sum of money in purchasing autotype copies of famous paintings for circulating among country institutes. Is it too much to expect that the same body of gentlemen might see their way clear to buy original photographs, of course, in some permanent process, such as carbon or platinotype, of our photographic masters? What an educational inspiration it would be to have in the gallery examples of the work of the late H.P. Robinson, Craig Annan, Crooke, Horsley Hinton, Streglitz and others who have made their mark in the world! One of the greatest attractions to artists throughout Australia to exhibit at the Federal Exhibition is the hope of having a picture accepted for the Australian section of the art gallery. I hope the time is not far distant when the South Australian Photographic Society may be honored in a similar fashion. Mr. A.H. Kingsborough.

The advent of wet weather is looked upon by amateurs generally as a hindrance to photographic work. This ought not to be the case; for providing the light is not too dull, very many artistic and pleasing pictures may be made of the traffic of the streets during rain. Camerists who have not tried this class of work will be surprised at the beautiful prints it will yield and photography with the umbrella will be found to possess a peculiar charm. The exposure must necessarily be instantaneous and, therefore, a lens of large aperture is required on dull days. Goerz has helped in this direction, his new series of lenses working at F4.5 and F5.5 enabling photographs to be taken under hitherto impossible conditions.

HYPO ELIMINATOR
Fading of photographic prints is due in great measure to the presence of hypo through insufficient washing. Water is often too precious in the country districts to permit of anything like a liberal application and the use of anthion — a product introduced by Mr. E. Schering — is of especial advantage in this respect. The contents of a 3½ oz. bottle make 700 oz. of solution and the prints merely require to be immersed in sufficient to cover them and afterwards rinsed, to entirely counteract the injurious effects of hypo. A somewhat similar preparation has quite recently been offered by Messrs. Lumiere under the name of thioxydant. It keeps well either dry or in solution and does not reduce the image.

To those who prefer to make their own paper for printing, a sensitizing fluid under the name of birassol should prove useful. It is applied with a brush to any ordinary paper or postcards: printed deeply and fixed in a weak solution of hypo. The resulting color is a pleasing shade of Vandych brown and by choosing different tints of paper the effects may be altered to suit the taste of the photographer.

Messrs. Lumiere have placed upon the market a case containing all the necessary materials for their new process of color photography. This should be useful as a stepping stone to this little known branch of work and the price is not prohibitive to those who may wish to experiment in this direction.

PRACTICAL NOTES
HINTS ON INTERIOR WORK
In all ordinary interiors a larger portion of the floor should be included than is shown of the ceiling. Again, the height of the camera has much to do with the general appearance of the interior. It is a common fault to place it too high; 4 feet from the ground is perhaps most favorable for the best result and in some rooms 40 in. would be even better. Some sign of life or occupancy should be included in the view, such as a bunch of flowers, an open piano with music, or a chair drawn to the table near an open book. Placing large or dark pieces of furniture near the camera should be avoided, as this tends to dwarf the other articles of furniture. The photographer should look out for reflections cast from pictures or mirrors, which would result in an unpleasant patch of light. In other cases a mirror, by duplicating pieces of furniture, will often give an overcrowded effect to the interior.



Saturday 6th September 1902
Page 23 - Adelaide Observer (Adelaide SA)

The great event of the year, the annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society, takes place this month and the entries are due at the Society of Arts rooms, North Terrace Institute, on Saturday 6th and Monday 8th September. Besides classes for the members of the local society and for members of any Photographic Society throughout the world, there is a non-competitive division open to all photographers. Gold, silver and bronze medals are offered for three-color photography, the best set of six lantern slides (carbon process) and for the best picture in the exhibition (the exhibit to become the property of the society). The exhibition promises to be a distinct success and the names of the judges selected assure that fair treatment will be accorded. They are Mr. H.P. Gill (Director for Technical Art), Mr. John Kauffmann and Mr. A.A. Stump. A prominent feature in this year's display will be a set of eight beautiful examples of gum bichromate work, which have been received from a Scottish master in that department, Mr. David Blount, of Edinburgh. These pictures, by their soft, artistic effect, are sure to create some enthusiasm among local workers in a process that will give such lovely results. The exhibition will be opened by His Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor and on Monday 22nd September and at each of the evening sessions during the week, lectures and lantern exhibitions will be given. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. P.H. Evans) expects an even greater success than attended last year's show.

At the meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society on 9th October, the judges of the exhibition pictures will submit a criticism of the display, which is sure to prove interesting and instructive. The subjects to be treated at following meetings will be toning of lantern slides, photo-lithography, carbon work, dust, flashlight, a holiday in New Zealand and three-color work.



Saturday 13th September 1902
Page 19 - Adelaide Observer (Adelaide SA)

The forthcoming exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society promises well to exceed in attractiveness any previous display made in Adelaide. Recent mail steamers have brought out magnificent specimens from artistic workers in England in gum bichromate work and a number of beautiful lantern slides. These will both be of high value to local amateurs for purposes of comparison of methods and results. A fine lot of interstate exhibits have also been entered and the society has every reason to be proud of the high standard of these and the panels of local photographic enthusiasts. The total number of entries is about the same as for the last exhibition, but there is a very marked advance in the standard of achievement displayed in the pictures submitted. Particularly is this the case in the ladies classes and the excellent results here to be seen is sure to have its effect in increasing the number of feminine devotees of the "dark art". The Lieutenant-Governor is also lending several photographs from his valuable collection to the exhibition and by special invitation Mr. Kauffmann is putting some first-rate exhibits into the non-competitive section.



Saturday 20th September 1902
Page 18 - Adelaide Observer (Adelaide SA)

Preparations are proceeding apace for the exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society, which opens on Monday. The excellent display which the committee will be enabled to make should prove a great attraction to the public. Mr. P.H. Evans, the hardworking Hon.Secretary of the society, is looking forward to an even greater success than was achieved last year and it is certain that the committee will leave no stone unturned that will contribute to the popularity of the exhibition.



Monday 22nd September 1902
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS
The annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society will be opened this afternoon at the Institute, North terrace, by His Excellency the Lieutenant Governor. This has become a popular fixture with the public and any one who may yet be skeptical regarding the claims of photography to be classed as an art will, if he visits the exhibition, have all doubts dispelled. More than 200 pictures are on view and it may safely be said that none is unworthy the place it occupies. Many, besides being in themselves beautiful, are rich in suggestiveness to amateur camerists. Great diversity is apparent in style, color and treatment of the pictures and in many instances not a little is gained in effectiveness by appropriate mounting. The exhibit which has been awarded champion honors is a beautiful conception by David Blount, an English amateur, who has well earned the society's gold medal. The silver medal for the best exhibit in the class for members of the South Australian Society has fallen to a lady, Mrs. Jay, for a charming portrait of a lady reading. The exhibition includes a wide range of subjects, comprising, among others, figures, flowers, landscapes, seascapes, enlargements and copying. Competitive lantern slides will be shown in the evenings and several well-known gentlemen have undertaken to give lectures on various interesting topics. In the non-competitive section of the display there is a series of pictures lent by the Acting Governor-General (Lord Tennyson), which includes exquisite portraits of well-known celebrities in art, science and literature. Several South Australian photographic artists have beautiful collections hung. A few pictures chosen from last year's exhibition also adorn the walls and will serve to impress the visitor with the advance made by local workers during the 12 months.



Monday 22nd September 1902
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

AUSTRALIAN AND INTERNATIONAL PHOTOGRAPHY

INSTITUTE BUILDING, NORTH-TERRACE

To be opened by

His Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor
the RIGHT HON. SIR S.J. WAY, 1st Baronet

SHORT LECTURE at 8pm

"A VISIT TO SCOTLAND"

Mr. ANDREW SCOTT B.A.

Illustrated by LIMELIGHT VIEWS

PRIZE AND MISCELLANEOUS LANTERN SLIDES EVERY EVENING

ADMISSION SIXPENCE. Catalog Free

HIS EXCELLENCY LORD HALLAM TENNYSON

Born 11th August 1852 Twickenham, Surrey
Died 2nd December 1928 (aged 76) Freshwater, Isle of Wight

       

SIR SAMUEL JAMES WAY, 1st Baronet

Born 11th April 1836 - Portsmouth, England
Died 8th January 1916 - North Adelaide, South Australia

LIEUTENANT-GOVERNOR of SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Tuesday 23rd September 1902
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society was opened in the Society of Arts rooms, Institute, North terrace, on Monday afternoon. This is the eighth year of the history of the institution, which has done much to popularize camera work in the state and to inculcate in amateur photographers a desire to excel in the art and to reach out after the ideal rather than to rest content with an average attainment. That photography, despite the wonderful developments of recent years, has still great possibilities before it, can hardly be doubted and as one wanders about such an exhibition as that on North terrace the marvelous fascination that takes hold of the enthusiastic novice is easily understood. The larger portion of the exhibition is essentially a student’s display and this fact must be borne in mind in any criticism of the pictures on view. Some of the members of the local society are flowing this year for the first time, but in the case of others an enormous advance on previous efforts may be noted and in a few instances the member’s pictures on the walls will bear favorable comparison with the work of acknowledged masters in the non-competitive classes. The reproductions in publications available in the library of the society of the results obtained by prominent English amateurs have an enormous educational value, but probably such a display as the one under notice, where the scenes are familiar and the artists are known, does more to draw out the latent powers of local genius than the most valuable books. It is extremely interesting to note how the student is led on from his novitiate when the picture is perfect, because it has everything possible in it, to the realization that a single idea, happily and forcefully expressed, is worth more intrinsically than a whole album of crowded landscapes or multitudinous portrait groups. When the exhibition was opened on Monday afternoon by His Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor, who was accompanied by Lady Way and Lieutenant Blue A.D.C., there was a large attendance of the public. The visitors inspected the pictures on the walk under escort of the President, Mr. Andrew Scott B.A. and expressed the greatest pleasure in all that they saw. Subsequently His Excellency, in formally declaring the exhibition open, thanked the President for the invitation extended to him and said that he was glad to have the opportunity of seeing the photographic display once more. On each successive visit, he found evidences of progress in the art that were unmistakable. Nor did he speak for himself alone, for when a fine artist like Mr. Blount, of England, sent beautiful specimens of his work to Adelaide, they had the best tribute that could be bestowed on the society. At Unley a few minutes ago, he had told a large audience that art presented the ideal, photography the actual. It now seemed to him that photography must itself be reckoned among the fine arts, for the spirit and the sign of art were as manifest among all those specimens of photography as on the canvasses of the painter. He asked the President to allow him to hand over a portrait, with a request that it might be exhibited — an early example of the art, which he remembered being taken in 1848. It was a daguerreotype portrait of his late father and a very correct and faithful likeness, too and he well recalled his returning home, after the then very painful process of being photographed. It was in 1839 that Daguerre and about the same time Talbot, made the first announcements of their discoveries to the world. He believed it was acknowledged that the daguerreotype was unsurpassed in the modeling of the face and if they looked at the features of the specimen he held in his hand they would recognize that it would be hard to beat them to-day. He liked to look forward and also to reflect that no age had been so well represented to future generations as the latter half of the nineteenth century. At Mr. Gillen's recent lecture on the life of an aboriginal in the interior of Australia photography had shown itself the handmaid to science in the pictures, of the men in the stone age, in a manner such as had never been possible before. The snapshots in the streets now, as illustrated in the newspapers of the week, if not of the day, would give the history and picture all the doings of the men and women of our time in such a way as no historian had hitherto had at his command. When he looked forward to the possibilities of photography and remembered how it had advanced in the last 50 years and how many zealous artists were engaged in improving it in all parts of the world, he hoped that at the beginning of the twenty-first century, whoever happened to be the Governor or the Lieutenant-Governor, would see an exhibition there that would excel the present one as much as that was superior to those of 50 years ago. He congratulated the President and members of the society on the beauty and progress of the exhibition and wished it and the society very abundant success. The President assured His Excellency that the society would be delighted to give the daguerreotype a prominent place and thanked Sir Samuel for the thoughtfulness which had prompted the loan of so valuable a memento. Cheers were then given for the visitors.

       

SIR SAMUEL JAMES WAY, 1st Baronet

Born 11th April 1836 - Portsmouth, England
Died 8th January 1916 - North Adelaide, South Australia

LIEUTENANT-GOVERNOR of SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Tuesday 23rd September 1902
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

The annual exhibition in connection with the South Australian Photographic Society was opened on Monday afternoon at the rooms of the South Australian Society of Arts by his Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor. There was a large attendance of ladies and gentlemen. Sir Samuel Way, in declaring the exhibition open congratulated the society upon its display of work which was excellent and reflected credit upon every individual exhibitor. There was unmistakable progress in the exhibition and only a few minutes previously he had told another audience that whereas art presented them with the ideal, photography gave the actual. Now photography must be reckoned amongst the fine arts and he thought it might interest the society if he handed them a photograph of his father which was taken in 1848. He remembered at that time his father returning home after the painful process. He alluded to the discovery of photography and the marvelous progress it had made. At Mr. Gillen's University extension lecture on "The aborigines of Australia", photography showed itself the handmaiden of science in presenting accurate delineations of men of the Stone Age, which could never have been possibly obtained without it. Then again, photography had become such an art that snapshots of citizens walking along the streets were reproduced in the weekly, if not in the daily newspapers of this State. The possibilities of photography were very great and whoever happened to be the Governor or Lieutenant Governor of South Australia years hence would marvel at the contrast. He wished the society every possible success. A hearty vote of thanks was passed to his Excellency for his attendance.

There was a very full attendance at the evening session. The first of the short lectures which will be delivered each evening, was most appropriately in the hands of the President, Mr. Andrew Scott B.A. These lectures are timed to occupy only 20 minutes and the attendance on Monday evening conclusively proved that they are as popular as ever. Mr. Scott excels in lantern slide making and his bijou lecture, called "A visit to Scotland", was illustrated throughout by beautiful slides of Scottish scenery, place and people. The prize lantern slides were all shown and those of Mr. Harold Hill, of Sheffield, England, who won the silver medal in the open class, were much admired. A fine selection of non competitive slides of varied subjects were projected on the screen and the applause of the audience was frequent. Tonight's short lecture will be delivered by Mr. E.W. Hawker M.A. and is entitled, "English cathedral architecture" and further selection of non-competitive limelight views will be shown.

       

SIR SAMUEL JAMES WAY, 1st Baronet

Born 11th April 1836 - Portsmouth, England
Died 8th January 1916 - North Adelaide, South Australia

LIEUTENANT-GOVERNOR of SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Tuesday 23rd September 1902
Page 5 - The Daily Telegraph (Sydney, NSW)

The Lieutenant-Governor, Sir Samuel Way, opened the annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society this afternoon. The exhibition comprises a fine collection of work in every branch of photography. The gold medal for genre or figure study was won by David Blount (England), with a beautiful portrait study of a child and fruit, entitled "A Daughter of Eve". The same artist also took the silver medal for landscape, with "The Mountain Tarn". Among other successful exhibitors were Miss Kingsborough, Ernest Gall, Mrs. M. Jay, E.C. Joshua, R. Bowen, W. Andrew, F.A. Joyner, E.W. Belcher, A.W. Dobbie, A.H. Kingsborough, and Harold Hill. A large number of excellent photographs were shown in the non-competitive section, including a series of large portrait studies lent by Lord Tennyson.



Tuesday 23rd September 1902
Page 8 - The Age (Melbourne, Victoria)

The Lieutenant-Governor, Chief Justice Way, opened the annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society this afternoon. The gold medal for genre or figure study was won by David Blount (England), with a beautiful portrait study of a child and fruit, entitled A Daughter of Eve and the same artist also took the silver medal for landscape with The Mountain Tarn. Among the other successful exhibitors were — Miss Kingsborough, Ernest Gall, Mrs. M. Jay, E.C. Joshua (silver medal), R. Bowen, W. Andrew, F.A. Joyner, E.W. Belcher, A.W. Dobbie, A.H. Kingsborough and Harold Hill. A large number of excellent photographs were shown in the non-competitive section, including a series of large portrait studies lent by Lord Tennyson.



Tuesday 23rd September 1902
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

ART IN PHOTOGRAPHY AND COLOR
It is not often that a gentleman holding the high position which Sir Samuel Way at present occupies is called upon twice in one day to perform the duty of throwing open to the public gateways leading into the chambers of art. Such service, however, fell to the lot of the Lieutenant-Governor on Monday. Each function possesses a wide significance and a deep interest. The annual exhibition connected with the South Australian Photographic Society has become a permanent and popular institution. The Art Loan Exhibition at Unley is an experiment. Although the two displays differ considerably both in scope and object, they have still sufficient in common to establish a strong uniting bond. Each is essentially a medium of public education. Each is intended to stimulate public taste; each in its own way will aid the general advance of culture and each should beget a deeper love for beauty. A collection of choice photograph reveals not only the wonders of the camera, but, what is more important, the wonders of Nature. In recent years such rapid advances have been made in this department of work that even the most conservative no longer deny to it the name of art. No longer may the tourist, who seeks to supply himself with the means of reviving the impressions made upon his mind at first sight of some scene of bewitching beauty by means of a "dry plate" and sensitized paper, be cynically referred to as making pictures by machinery. The camera is no more a mere machine than is the brush or the pencil. It is not possible, of course, to compare the final results wrought by these instruments, nor would anyone claim that a photograph, however meritorious, ranks in the same category as a masterpiece in oils or watercolor. This, however, does not in any way detract from the claim of first-rate workers with the camera, that their productions should be accorded a place in the "Palace of Art". With the photographer, as with the painter, the apparatus is only a means to an end and the value of his work depends upon his own temper, taste and culture. The choice of a subject and the treatment of it, will reveal what is truly artistic in himself and in large measure these are the elements of determination between the pictures which are the result of workmanship only and those which have the impress of genius upon them. Many men there are who with tripod and camera make periodical excursions into the picturesque hills and the result of all their labor is a series, of indefinite and unattractive portrayals of the commonplace. As reproduced by such men "common is the commonplace". But the existence of large masses of photographs without merit does not in any way compromise the more excellent achievements. Perfection is rare in any department of life or activity and the objections brought by the thoughtless against photography may with equal force be urged against painting. Not every man who straps an easel across his shoulders and wends his way, palette and brush in hand, to some sheltered nook and calls himself a landscape painter, is entitled to the name of artist. Unless his canvas brings the spectator into the presence of the beautiful and makes him, for the time being at any rate, realize that he himself is one with nature, the mystic mission has not been committed to him. They alone to whom the "vision beautiful" has come can communicate its serene splendor to others. When this is the temper of the workman it matters but little by what medium he speaks. "We needs must love the highest when we see it". The aim of art is to dispel the mists from eyes too often purblind and to touch into keener sightedness those who already see. There is an evolutionary process in the methods of culture and with a great picture first the human work, then the thing depicted and ultimately the ideal lying behind all is beloved.

The action of the Unley Town Council in promoting the Loan Art Exhibition will be watched with interest by other municipal bodies. Mr. Archibald Mackie (Mayor of Unley), who has shown commendable enthusiasm in the enterprise, has led the way in an undertaking which, if followed discreetly by others from time to time, will form an additional factor in the education of the people. A distinct feature of a collection such as that at present on view is that it is composed almost entirely of selections from the homes of various people of taste. The national gallery contains works of which the State is justly proud and visitors have in it a splendid means of education and pleasure. It is, however, a national collection and the selections have been made with this object in view. The loan exhibition is not intended to illustrate the various schools of paintings in a large and comprehensive way, but to bring within the compass of a comparative view works from private collections and to encourage a love of beauty in the home. "I wanted the people to know what is in the homes of this country". This is Mr. Mackie's statement of his view of the display. By disclosure of what is in many of the best homes, a stimulus will be given to those who desire to make their own homes attractive. Possibly one reason why many people are deterred from interesting themselves in works of art and endeavoring to surround themselves with representations of the beautiful, is the widespread belief that all good pictures are very costly. Amongst the many benefits arising out of such an exhibition as the one at Unley will be the dispelling of this erroneous idea. The great works of the first masters are naturally beyond the purchasing power of any but the rich. Yet works of very considerable merit and suitable for private houses, are not necessarily assessed at prohibitive prices and reproductions in exquisite engravings of the very best pictures are becoming more and more abundant. To what perfection the work of reproduction has been brought is evidenced by a few specimens at the Unley exhibition and the water-colors in themselves speak eloquently of the taste of some of the collectors. The people of the town owe much to the promoters of this enterprise, as they do also to the generous lenders of pictures, but to no one do they owe more than to the Hon. George Brookman, who has given them an opportunity of inspecting his superb tapestry, "The Adoration of the Magi", designed by Burne-Jones and executed at the establishment of the poet-decorator, William Morris.



Tuesday 23rd September 1902
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

AUSTRALIAN AND INTERNATIONAL PHOTOGRAPHY

INSTITUTE BUILDING. NORTH-TERRACE

FOR ONE WEEK ONLY

Doors open, 10am to 5pm, 7pm to 10pm.

SHORT LECTURE at 8pm

"ENGLISH CATHEDRAL ARCHITECTURE"

Mr. E.W. HAWKER

Illustrated by LIMELIGHT VIEWS

PRIZE AND MISCELLANEOUS LANTERN SLIDES EVERY EVENING

ADMISSION SIXPENCE. Catalog Free

Wednesday 24th September 1902
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

Tuesday was a busy day at the Institute owing to the continuous stream of visitors to the annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society. The morning attendance was moderate and regular, but the luncheon hour gave many a busy photographer half an hour or more to snatch a glimpse of the pictures of which he had read so much. The principal feature of the evening session was an interesting lecture by Mr. E.W. Hawker, M.A., entitled "English cathedral architecture", in which, aided by a fine collection of slides depicting interiors and exteriors of famous buildings in England, he succinctly discoursed on the styles of architecture from the early Roman to that of the present day. The lantern was manipulated by Mr. A.O. Thomas. The prize slides were again shown, with a fine selection of a miscellaneous character. Mr. W.B. Poole will deliver a short, lecture tonight, entitled "Scenes in Colombo".



Wednesday 24th September 1902
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

AUSTRALIAN AND INTERNATIONAL PHOTOGRAPHY

INSTITUTE BUILDING. NORTH-TERRACE

FOR ONE WEEK ONLY

Doors open, 10am to 5pm, 7pm to 10pm.

SHORT LECTURE at 8pm

"SCENES IN COLOMBO"

Mr. W.B. POOLE

Illustrated by LIMELIGHT VIEWS

PRIZE AND MISCELLANEOUS LANTERN SLIDES EVERY EVENING

ADMISSION SIXPENCE. Catalog Free

Thursday 25th September 1902
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

The many beautiful and artistic pictures shown at the South Australian Photographic Society's annual exhibition, which is being held in the Institute, North-terrace, are attracting considerable attention. The attendance has been highly gratifying. On Wednesday a daguerreotype photograph of the late Rev. Jas. Way, which has been lent to the society by the Lieutenant-Governor, was shown. This most interesting portrait was taken some 40 years ago. During the evening Mr. W.B. Poole delivered a short illustrated lecture on "Scenes in Colombo". This evening Mr. A.W. Dobbie will chat about "Pompeii, Herculaneum and Rome" and his remarks will be illustrated by limelight views.



Thursday 25th September 1902
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

AUSTRALIAN AND INTERNATIONAL PHOTOGRAPHY

INSTITUTE BUILDING. NORTH-TERRACE

FOR ONE WEEK ONLY

Doors open, 10am to 5pm, 7pm to 10pm.

SHORT LECTURE at 8pm

"THE BURIED CITIES OF POMPEII, HERCULANEUM AND ROME"

Mr. A.W. DOBBIE

Illustrated by LIMELIGHT VIEWS

PRIZE AND MISCELLANEOUS LANTERN SLIDES EVERY EVENING

ADMISSION SIXPENCE. Catalog Free

P.E. EVANS
HON.SECRETARY

Friday 26th September 1902
Page 2 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 3 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

Each day the South Australian Photographic Society's exhibition has established a record for attendance. The members of the Camera Club, lately formed at Kapunda, were present by invitation on Thursday and were conducted around the galleries by the officers of the metropolitan society. Mr. Dobbie discoursed in the evening for nearly an hour on "The Buried Cities of Pompeii, Herculaneum and Rome" and some fine limelight views illustrating his remarks were shown. This evening an entrancing little "Story of the Sun" will be delivered by Mr. R.F. Griffiths. This has been looked forward to with much expectation and the theme will form a most appropriate address to the knights of the camera. Lantern views to illustrate the subject will be shown and will be followed by the prize slides and other limelight views. To-day and to-morrow are the last days of this exhibition.



Friday 26th September 1902
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

AUSTRALIAN AND INTERNATIONAL PHOTOGRAPHY

INSTITUTE BUILDING. NORTH-TERRACE

TO-DAY AND TO-MORROW ONLY

Doors open, 10am to 5pm, 7pm to 10pm.

SHORT LECTURE at 8pm

"THE STORY OF THE SUN"

Mr. R.F. GRIFFITHS

Illustrated by LIMELIGHT VIEWS

PRIZE AND MISCELLANEOUS LANTERN SLIDES EVERY EVENING

ADMISSION SIXPENCE. Catalog Free

P.E. EVANS
HON.SECRETARY

Friday 26th September 1902
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The attendances at the South Australian Photographic Society's Exhibition are increasing with Saturday, the closing day, in view. Some of the members of the newly-formed Kapunda Camera Club visited the exhibition in a body at the invitation of the parent society and were shown round the galleries. "The Buried Cities of Pompeii, Herculaneum and Rome", was the title of Mr. A.W. Dobbie's lecture on Thursday evening and the limelight views of the awful catastrophe which overtook the ancient city in ages past served to reassure the audience as to the possibilities of the little local "tremor" and made the South Australian convulsion sink into insignificance beside it. This evening the audience will be told in 20 minutes "The story of the sun" by Mr. R.F. Griffiths and will be shown some sun prints through Mr. A.O. Thomas lantern. The prize slides and still more views of a varied character will also be shown.



Saturday 27th September 1902
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 8 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

AUSTRALIAN AND INTERNATIONAL PHOTOGRAPHY

INSTITUTE BUILDING. NORTH-TERRACE

ABSOLUTELY LAST DAY

Doors open, 10am to 5pm, 7pm to 10pm.

SHORT LECTURE at 8pm

"UNDERGROUND LIFE IN CORNWALL"

Mr. R.W. CHAPMAN

Illustrated by LIMELIGHT VIEWS

PRIZE AND MISCELLANEOUS LANTERN SLIDES EVERY EVENING

ADMISSION SIXPENCE. Catalog Free

P.E. EVANS
HON.SECRETARY

Saturday 27th September 1902
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The South Australian Photographic Society's exhibition will close to-night, although the wish has been expressed by many that it should remain open during next week. Mr. R.F. Griffiths last night gave the audience a fleeting glimpse of the power which holds the solar system together in his "Story of the Sun" and to-night Mr. R.W. Chapman M.A., will give views of "Underground life in Cornwall". Following the custom established a fine selection of views of varied character were thrown on the screen and a particularly fine lot has been reserved for to-night.



Monday 29th September 1902
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society, which was opened last Monday, was brought to a conclusion on Saturday evening. The takings were about the same as those of last year, but the society did not benefit to the same extent in the actual cash received owing to the larger number of tickets issued to members. The membership is far greater now than it was twelve months ago. There is a possibility of the exhibition being kept open a fortnight instead of a week next year. On Saturday evening Mr. R.W. Chapman M.A., gave a short lecture on "Underground Life in Cornwall", which was illustrated by magnificent limelight views, arranged by Mr. A.O. Thomas, in the absence of Mr. R.B. Adamson, the official lanternist of the society. Mr. Chapman described the, surface and underground workings at the mine and explained the methods of mining with hand and machine drills.



Monday 29th September 1902
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

There was quite a scramble on the part of the public to obtain a last view of the pictures at the South Australian Photographic Society exhibition on Saturday. In the evening, when Mr. R.W. Chapman, M.A., delivered his little lecture on "Underground Life in Cornwall", there was not even standing room in the hall and the overflow had to be content with looking at the framed exhibits and stereoscopic views in the galleries. The attendance has been excellent throughout and the society is to be congratulated upon the result. The evening closed with the exhibition of a beautiful and varied collection of limelight views, the slides for some of which were made by the best lantern slide workers in Australia. Many visitors expressed the opinion that the show should remain open until next Saturday, but the committee, with the next annual exhibition in prospect and considering the natural difficulty of arranging a full program of the short lectures, which have proved so attractive, decided on Saturday night not to keep it open this week.



Friday 3rd October 1902
Page 3 - Kapunda Herald (SA)

There was a good attendance at the meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club on Monday evening. Mr. J. Packer (President) presiding. The President, the Hon.Secretary (Mr. Thomas Warner) and Mr. R.S. Hawke reported having visited the annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society. They had a very hearty welcome from the officers, committee and members generally and were given considerable information concerning the exhibits and the various processes by which they were produced. Regret was expressed by the South Australian Photographic Society that the Kapunda Photographic Club had not sent pictures down for exhibition. The members expressed their appreciation of the kindness by the South Australian Photographic Society. Promises to exhibit at the forthcoming exhibition have been made by several prominent amateur photographers of the city and some choice pictures will be on view as a result. The practical program was lantern slides in charge of Mr. Warner. Several slides were developed and a number exhibited on a screen by means of a lantern.



Tuesday 9th October 1902
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Society of Arts Rooms, Old Institute, North-terrace

Open this week from 10am to 5pm and from 7pm to 9.30pm.

LANTERN SLIDES WILL BE EXHIBITED by LIMELIGHT EACH EVENING

Admission SIXPENCE

Saturday 1st November 1902
Page 18 - Adelaide Observer (Adelaide SA)

Another section of The Observer Photographic Competition has closed. The winners of the guinea and half-guinea prizes for figure studies are respectively Mr. J.H. Stoward, Gladstone road, Mile-End and Mr. F.E. Sanders, Westall street, Hyde Park. The contest was not nearly so keen as had been expected. The result is somewhat disappointing and indicates that this fascinating branch of photography is not nearly the strong feature with local workers that it should be and the experience gained through, landscape work in the art of producing pictures may with great profit and advantage be carried into fields where the imagination and the artistic faculty are more extensively brought into play. The first-prize picture printed in this issue is a very fair example of its class and the scheme has been well conceived. It is obvious that the study has not been photographed merely by the light of the lamp. Had that alone been used there would probably have been a dark shadow of the figure thrown upon the background and the lighting of the flowers and vase, as well as their shadows, would have been different. The picture, as sent in, was somewhat faulty through failure to use the trimming knife sufficiently and for the purpose of reproduction an irritating line of light on the left and one on the extreme right, have been cut off, thus concentrating attention upon the figure itself. The composition well carries out the idea of its title, but an improvement, in addition to those mentioned, may still be effected by removing from subsequent prints the distracting spots of light on the back of the chair. In the second prize scene the composition has also been improved by trimming, one-quarter of the total depth of the print having been taken from the foreground to give added prominence to the figures. The excellent tone values of the dresses are worthy of special remark. The judge in the competition has given honorable mention to a pair of photos by Mrs. Reiners, Renmark, that will be produced next week and which is only faulty by the arm and hands being somewhat out of proportion, probably due to the lens being of comparatively short focus.

The competition for this month, "Childhood", should prove interesting and it is hoped that a good deal of healthy rivalry will be exhibited by amateurs in connection with this section.

English files indicate that silver printing papers (P.O.P.) have practically disappeared from photographic exhibitions and that the present preference is for carbon and platinotype prints. Gum bichromate work, of which several examples were on view at the recent South Australian Photographic Society's Exhibition, is increasing in favor among English, Continental and American camera workers. This old process - one of the earliest paper positive methods - was set aside 40 years ago (when the object of followers of the then new art of photography was to aim at absolute fidelity to the original) for the more exact definition and gradation yielded by silver prints. It has lately, however, been exploited, along with many other systems which are only to be found in old records and textbooks and discovered to be admirably adapted to the necessities of the amateur whose artistic intention desires a material which, even though technically less perfect, can be made to give a wide range of tone values. The paper may be prepared of any color by mixing ground pigment with a thin mucilage of gum arabic and sensitizing it with bichromate of potash, the coating being applied to the paper with a brush. The gum then becomes insoluble when printed, in proportion as the light has acted on it and washing will remove the unaltered tissue. The insolubility of the remainder is not so complete, however, but that the pigment may be fretted off by means of a water jet or brush and shadows may be lightened or lights introduced in this way which do not exist in the original negative. Of course this process requires the employment of an actinometer as a gauge for printing, for the image is nearly, or altogether, invisible. These little instruments may now be cheaply procured, or by exercising a little ingenuity the amateur can, if be should so desire, make one by any of the methods described in almost any text book of photography.



Saturday 15th November 1902
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Royal Society's Room, Institute on Thursday. Mr. Andrew Scott B.A., presided over a full attendance of members. The first quarter of an hour was occupied by a criticism of members work submitted. Two new members were elected. A communication was received from the Kapunda Photographic Club, forwarding copies of prospectus of the club's forthcoming exhibition and it was resolved that every effort should be made by the society to assist in ensuring the success of the country exhibition, several members promising to exhibit. It was resolved that the society join the Northern Tasmanian Camera Club in taking united action to obtain an alteration of the customs interpretation, which made lantern slide photographs dutiable, while ordinary photographic paper prints are admitted free of duty. Notice was given of a motion to be submitted at next meeting for a necessary alteration of rules governing the constitution of the committee. A recommendation to the committee to engage a steamer for the accommodation of members and friends to follow the next yacht race was adopted. The subject of the evening was a short lecture by the President (Mr. Andrew Scott B.A.) entitled "Toning of lantern Slides". Mr. Scott, who is admittedly one of the best and most enthusiastic lantern slide makers in the society, dealt with his subject in a clear and practical manner and illustrated his remarks by an ample supply of limelight views of some of the best of his collection of slides. He gave some valuable formulae for toning baths and at the conclusion of his lecture was accorded the hearty thanks of his interested audience. Mr. A. Vaughan (Government photo. lithographer) invited members to be present at a practical demonstration of the methods employed in "Photo. Lithography" on 11th December.



Thursday 18th December 1902
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 1 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

The December meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was not held as usual in the society's rooms, but members were instead afforded a treat by Mr. A. Vaughan, the Government photo. lithographer, who invited them to visit his department and see the operations from start to finish of the art of photo-lithography. The President (Mr. Andrew Scott, B.A.) and a large number of members attended and were met on arrival by Mr. Vaughan. The visitors were conducted to the studio, where they were shown the huge camera which is used for copying the maps, plans and other drawings. This is so large that it has been necessary to mount it upon a railway and Mr. Vaughan was innocently asked if it was not a "Brownie". Mr. Vaughan clearly explained and with the aid of his staff, practically demonstrated the whole of the photo-lithographic process from the camera to the finished colored map. The President, in conveying the thanks of the society to Mr. Vaughan for his kindness and the instructive demonstration which had been given, referred to the fact that the staff employed had voluntarily offered their services for the occasion and requested Mr. Vaughan to intimate to them that the society sincerely appreciated their action. The demonstration was unanimously voted one of the most instructive and successful of the many given before the members.

Saturday 10th January 1903
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, SA)
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide, SA)
Saturday 17th January 1903
Page 19 - Adelaide Observer (Adelaide, SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Royal Society's room, Institute, North-terrace, on Thursday evening, January 8. Mr. S. Smeaton, B.A., (vice-President), presided. Mr. T.B. Ragless submitted a number of samples of work. One nomination was received for the election of a new member. The Chairman requested members to assist in making the Kapunda Photographic Club's exhibit as representative as possible. This exhibition being the first held by this young country club, the parent society desired to do all in its power to ensure its success. The prospectus of the next annual exhibition of the metropolitan society was submitted to the meeting and with the addition of two recommendations to the committee was adopted. These recommendations were that a class be added for untouched prints of untouched negatives - the latter to be produced and that portraits should be limited to those not taken in a professional studio. Mr. Gazard's motion to amend rule 12, of which printed notice had been given to members, was carried. Mr. R.F. Griffiths, with the aid of some fine limelight views, unfolded to the meeting "The story of the sun" and carried his audience along from the birth of a sun and his attendant planets to a magnificent set of views of the sun himself in his full glory; some of them depicting him with the remarkable sunspots traveling across his face, others showing the corona visible during a total eclipse and the upheavals on his edge measuring hundreds of thousands of miles. Mr. Griffiths eloquent and clear explanation of the growth, power and peculiarities of the sun and the ingenious methods adopted for observing and recording his changes and discovering his constituents was much appreciated and received the constant and hearty applause of his hearers. Mr. R.B. Adamson manipulated the limelight views in his characteristically skillful manner.



Saturday 21st March 1903
Page 20 - Adelaide Observer (Adelaide, SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Institute, North terrace, on Thursday. There were present Mr. Andrew Scott B.A. (President) and a large number of members and visitors. Messrs. Joyner, Shapter and Stace submitted samples of work for inspection and criticism and criticisms were delivered upon them by Messrs. Dobbie, Scott and Whitham. Among them was a very beautiful two-sided miniature on ivory, mounted in gold, containing the portraits of two children. It was the work of Mr. Joyner, who, in response to a general request, agreed at a convenient time to explain to members the way in which it had been done. Two nominations were received and two new members, nominated at last meeting, were elected. A request was received from the Mount Gambier Photographic Club for affiliation with the society and was referred to the committee for consideration as to terms and scope of affiliation. The Hon.Secretary of the club (Mr. E.D. Senior) wrote, kindly offering to facilitate the travels of any member of the society visiting the Mount Gambier district. A large number of photographic publications were received and laid on the table. One of the subjects of the evening was a "Question Box", which was filled with queries dealing with practical work and difficulties. In answer to a question, Mr. A.H. Kingsborough demonstrated the working of a swing back camera and the use of a rising front and Messrs. F.A. Joyner, A.W. Dobbie, J. Gazard andrew Scott B.A., T.B. Ragless, E.W. Belcher, B. Bowen, W.S. Wedd, W.T. Shapter and others answered or discussed the other questions. The remainder of the evening was devoted to a "Demonstration of Flashlight" by Mr. J. Gazard, who by means of a six lamplight magnesium flash took a flashlight photograph of the audience, after lucidly explaining the why and the wherefore of every point, from the loading position and firing of the lamps to the disposition and focusing of the camera. Those present were much impressed by the ingenious contrivances planned to overcome the difficulties attendant upon the taking of this kind of picture and the intense interest displayed was appropriately worked up to a climax by the almost blinding magnesium flash which terminated the demonstration.



Wednesday 15th April 1903
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Thursday 16th April 1903
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Institute, North-terrace, on Wednesday evening, 8th April. Mr. Andrew Scott, B.A. (President) occupied the chair and the rooms were crowded with members and visitors, including Mr. Butcher, well-known, in photographic circles in Great Britain and Mr. Harrington, of Sydney. Messrs. Atterton, Miners and Shapter submitted samples of work and criticisms were delivered upon them by Messrs. Dobbie Martin, Kingsborough and Bond. The motion, of which, notice had been given at the previous meeting, to amend the rules relating to payment of subscription at time of nomination, was lost and notice of motion to strike out the same words and to substitute others, was given for next meeting. One nomination was received and two new members were elected. A letter was received from the Auckland Camera Club, intimating that the clubs proposed exhibition had been postponed indefinitely. Mr. Joyner gave a graphic description of "A holiday in New Zealand", illustrated by a large series of exquisite lantern views of varied tones, which almost literally conveyed his audience to the beauty spots of Milford Sound and the awe inspiring mountains and valleys beyond. The audience were loud in their appreciation of each succeeding view as it appeared on the screen and at the conclusion of his address Mr. Joyner was heartily applauded. The meeting terminated with addresses by the English and Sydney visitors, who expressed their pleasure and surprise at the vitality and attendance of the society's members and the advanced excellence of the work shown. Mr. R.B. Adamson manipulated his bi-unial lantern with his accustomed skill.



Wednesday 6th May 1903
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

SOCIETY OF ARTS
The monthly council meeting of the South Australian Society of Arts was held at the Institute on Tuesday evening. Mr. J. Keane occupied the chair. The date for sending in pictures for the annual exhibition was fixed for Tuesday 30th June, the private view to be held on Thursday 23rd July. The exhibition will remain open for three week's.

Miss Stuckey and Miss Andrew were elected associates and the nomination of Miss Jurs was approved The next general meeting of subscribers was fixed for Wednesday 3rd June, when a series of interesting limelight views will be exhibited by the South Australian Photographic Society.



Monday 18th May 1903
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

SOCIETY OF ARTS
The monthly council meeting of the South Australian Society of Arts was held at the Institute on Tuesday evening. Mr. J. Keane occupied the chair. The date for sending in pictures for the annual exhibition was fixed for Tuesday 30th June, the private view to be held, on Thursday 23rd July. The exhibition will remain open for three weeks. Misses Stuckey and Andrew were elected associates and the nomination of Miss Jurs was approved. The next general meeting of subscribers was fixed for Wednesday 3rd June, when a series of interesting limelight views will be exhibited by the South Australian Photographic Society. At the conclusion of the business general meeting of subscribers was held. Mr. J. Keane presided.



Monday 18th May 1903
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Saturday 23rd May 1903
Page 19 - Adelaide Observer (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the North Terrace Institute on May 14. Mr. Andrew Scott, B.A. (President), occupied the chair and the room was filled to overflowing with members and visitors. Messrs. Beaumont Read, Flint and Smith submitted specimens of work and Messrs. A.W. Dobbie and C.L. Whitham delivered criticisms upon them.

A proposed new rule, "No new member shall attend the meetings of the Society without having previously paid his first year's subscription", was lost. One nomination for membership was received and one new member was elected.

A letter was received from the Northern Tasmanian Camera Club, intimating that a number of its members, including the best workers, had signified their intention to send works for competition at this society's, annual exhibition in October next.

The subjects for the evening were a competition among members, in lantern slide work, for a prize offered by the President (the slides to be prepared from one and the same negative) and a display of miscellaneous lantern slides. Intense interest was aroused in the competition, the audience voting for the slides which were displayed in heats and some beautiful ones were entered. Mr. Andrew Scott carried off the prize and his two other entries gained second and third positions among 55 entries. Mr. Scott's victory was popular and the audience enthusiastically cheered the President's unique success. In the general display, slides were exhibited by Messrs. Martin, W.D. Reed, P.H. Williams, A.W. Dobbie, J. Gazard, E.W. Belcher, C.L. Whitham and Wedd and among them were some beautiful and interesting examples of the art.

The President announced that at the next committee meeting a proposition would be made for a competition among members for the best photographic postcard printed from members own negatives on sensitized postcards.



Thursday 4th June 1903
Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

SOCIETY OF ARTS
A meeting of members of the Society of Arts was held on Wednesday evening. Mr. H.P. Gill (vice-President) presided. The program took the form of an exhibition of lantern slides prepared from views taken by members of the South Australian Photographic Society and Mr. Adamson operated the lantern. The views shown on the sheet were representative of all the States and New Zealand and included some remarkably good specimens of art. There were scenes from Port Elliot, the Torrens River, Glenelg Beach, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide and Sydney, the West Australian caves and some particularly fine ones of Milford Sound. One showing the rocks at Port Elliot had a really beautiful effect.



Saturday 27th June 1903
Page 20 - Adelaide Observer (Adelaide SA)

PHOTOGRAPHY IN COLORS
At the last meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society, Mr. E. Radcliffe delivered an interesting and instructive lecture on "color Photography", in which he dealt with the methods in vogue for producing photographs in colors and also described the processes by which three typographic blocks prepared from negatives taken through screens of different colors are printed one on the other to give the natural colors of the object copied. Lantern illustrations illustrated the various points and a slide prepared by the Sanger Shepherd process was shown on the screen. At the conclusion of the lecture the audience were given the privilege of examining numerous triple stereoscopic slides through a kromscop, an instrument in which the colors were supplied by means of tinted glass screens. The result was that the pictures were seen as solid bodies in their natural tones; so that a box of confections appeared as real as any to be seen in a shop window and the combined pictures of an opal had all the solidity and glowed with all the iridescence of the stone that was represented. It may be safely predicted that this revelation of the present perfection of color photography will induce many amateurs with abundant leisure to take up work in this direction.



Saturday 11th July 1903
Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the society's rooms, Institute, North terrace, on 9th July. The retiring President (Mr. Andrew Scott B.A.) occupied the chair and there was a good attendance. One new member was nominated.

The Hon.Secretary presented the annual report, from which the following is extracted: "The membership is now 105, 16 new members having been elected during the year. The average attendance at meetings has been 47, not including the large number of visitors usually present. The ninth annual exhibition was held in September and included British and interstate exhibits. Medals were on this occasion substituted for cash prizes. The next annual exhibition will be held in October. The society has affiliated with the Royal Photographic Society of London and the lectures and lantern slide illustrations to be circulated among the affiliated societies are expected during the year.

It is suggested that during the ensuing year competitions should be held at the monthly meetings in subjects demonstrated at the preceding meeting. A large collection of exhibits was sent by the society to the exhibition of the Kapunda Photographic Club, which was a great success. The Mount Gambier Photographic Club has been affiliated to the extent that members visiting the city shall have the privileges of honorary members. The balance sheet presented by the Hon.Treasurer showed a credit balance of £1.

The retiring President gave a stirring address well calculated to arouse the enthusiasm of members. He pointed out the various means by which the interests of the society could not only be conserved but immensely forwarded. The program for the coming year was an admirable one - as fine, he thought, as any that had been previously arranged. Mr. Scott concluded by referring to the remarkable tendency of photography towards the pictorial instead of the mere photographic and urged members "to aim high, to have some lofty ideal, which they might never reach, so that, if they could not realize their ideals, they might at least idealize their reals". After a hearty vote of thanks to the retiring officers had been carried on the motion of Mr. A.W. Dobbie, seconded by Mr. F.A. Joyner.

The election of new officers proceeded and resulted: President, Mr. S. Smeaton, B.A.; Vice Presidents, Messrs. W.B. Poole and J. Gazard; Hon.Treasurer, Mr. F. Gabriel; librarian. Mr. R. Bowen; committee, the executive officers and Messrs. E. Atterton, F.W. Dancker, T.B. Ragless and C.F. Rainsford; auditors, Messrs. J.D. Dixon and W.D. Reed; lanternist, Mr. R.B. Adamson; Hon.Secretary, Mr. P.H. Evans. It was resolved that half-guinea prizes should be offered for the monthly competitions.



Monday 13th July 1903
Page 1 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)
Saturday 18th July 1903
Page 17 - Adelaide Observer (Adelaide SA)

THE POETRY OF PHOTOGRAPHY
In his Presidential address at the annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society, Mr. Andrew Scott B.A., remarked: "One cannot read any of the photographic literature of the day without realizing the tendency of photography towards the pictorial instead of the mere photographic. Let me quote from an article that appeared in a recent number of The Amateur Photographer: 'Emerson has said that in our fine arts the chief aim is not imitation of creation, that in landscape the artist should give the suggestion of a fairer creation than we know, omitting the details and prose of nature and giving only the spirit and splendor. He should know that the landscape has beauty for the eye, because it expresses a thought which to him is good and he will come to value the expression of nature and not nature itself. This attitude of mind adopted by Emerson is the key to the interpretation of work little understood by many and condemned by them on that account. Photography is known to have come in answer to a need. It has been proved to be expressive in the hands of those with penetration, it has shown itself capable of translating man's higher emotions; it has expressed thoughts, ideas, feelings, which might never otherwise have been uttered and men have found it to be an outlet for their emotional and intellectual natures and for these reasons it has been found that the general fundamental principles of all art, as set forth by old critics and masters, writing, perhaps, in the pre-photographic era, are applicable to the art of photography. These sentiments and advices should be more studied by photographers, in that any matter which widens the vision, stimulates thought, or reveals new beauties and forms of expression, can be utilized by them in translating their own thoughts into pictorial form. Consistent reading of literature upon art in any of its branches will bear ultimate fruit, unconsciously, perhaps, but none the less surely and men will be astonished when they compare the work of the future with that of to-day to find that they have advanced, without effort, without apparent knowledge and conceived their work in a nobler and better style'. This happy ultimatum can, however, only be reached by the earnest and interested student, who, by reading, gathers inspiration from the masters of his craft and by pluck and patient, endeavor, with it may, be many failures, at length reaches the proud position of being able to accomplish the achievement of producing that which is a thing of beauty and a joy forever.



Friday 7th August 1903
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A careful consideration of the pictures hung at the exhibition of the Society of Arts and those shown at recent exhibitions of the South Australian Photographic Society should lead a discerning mind to some just conclusions upon the questions, What is art? and Is photography art? The painter and the photographer have one ground in common. They both draw upon nature for their representation and in the production of a work of art they are both bound by the same rules. It is true that nature is the groundwork of art, but art is not nature. Goethe says, "Art is art precisely because it is not nature". Compared with the painter, the photographer is at a disadvantage. He has not so wide a scope; his materials are not so pliant. To be successful, the photographer must first realize the limitations of his craft and, these recognized, he must take every care not to go out of bounds. The painter may attempt the reproduction of any scene in any age. The photographer cannot hope successfully to depict a non-existent scene. However carefully he may plan, stage and model, the result will betray something theatrical, something untrue. Truth in a work of art is a necessity and he, whether photographer or painter, who presents to us the untrue, has lost his labor. In depicting a true story many go astray, clouding the main issue with innumerable unessential points, distracting attention from the one great truth by the expression of details which lead away from it and often becoming so involved in the intricacies of the way that the simple and direct story is lost. The aggregation of little truths becomes a meaningless mass of confusion, unsatisfying and distressful. The painter can suppress these useless details; the simple and broad story is evolved from the scene in front of him. His powers of inclusion of the harmonious and necessary, to the exclusion of the inharmonious and unnecessary, are unlimited and in their proper use reveal the artist. The photographer is in another case. He has not the same facilities for inclusion and exclusion; his tale must perhaps be of more direct simplicity; his field of selection is more narrow and his capacity for the suppression of the superfluous and enforcement of the essential is distinctly limited. It requires a considerable amount of training and thought to make a painter successful with the camera. His trained eye enables his brain to materialize the picture in the view before him; he is impressed with the unseen thought; but he forgets that his lens without control will convey to the brain of his camera, the sensitive plate, exactly the lights and shades before it. He has to learn to compose with the camera and alas, to realize that composition with the camera has its limitations. He has yet to acquire the stoicism which will lead him to turn away and, with a sigh, exclaim Beautiful, but not photographic! The average observer has so long been accustomed to regard a photograph merely as a photograph that it is difficult for him to realize that the product of the camera can be aught but the mechanical representation of a scene in monotone. He does not recognize that it is possible make the camera subservient to the brain of the artist and its product instinct with the personality of its operator. Hence he not infrequently asserts - Photography is not art. The exhibitions of the Society of Arts and the South Australian Photographic Society have hitherto shown that in each there are two classes of members. The one and the smaller, consists of those who, grasping the spirit of nature, reproduce it in a form that interprets or reveals it. The members of the other and by far the larger, class apparently hold the opinion that nature as the physical eye sees it is all-sufficient and they uselessly endeavor to reproduce with fidelity what that eye has seen. They forget, or do not realize, that whilst "Nature is not at variance with art nor art with nature, art is the perfection of nature". It is as true to say that painting is not art as it is to say photography is not art. The time will surely come when the art displays in Adelaide will include pictures by photography and is not going too far to say that the merits of the present Society of Arts exhibition would be enhanced by the inclusion of some photographs which have been exhibited in Adelaide and by the exclusion of some paintings which are now upon the walls.



Monday 14th September 1903
Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

At the meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society held on Thursday evening the Hon.Secretary (Mr. P.H. Evans) reported that entries had been received or promised for the annual exhibition, to be held next month, from New Zealand, all parts of the Commonwealth, India and Great Britain. He read the following letter received from the Capetown Photographic Society: I have to acknowledge the receipt of the prospectus of your annual exhibition to be held in October. My council are pleased that they have been able to respond to the invitation and I am sending you by parcel post today three parcels containing 50 photographs and 12 lantern slides from five members of our society, which I trust will arrive in good order and in time for your exhibition. I trust that you will reciprocate our action and that we may be favored with a good exhibit from your society at our next annual exhibition, which I hope to be able to send you prospectuses of in the course of another fortnight. We shall hope next year to send you another section. The present exhibits are not forwarded with the intention of medal hunting, but with a view to foster a friendly feeling between societies having the common interest in the furtherance of art. The letter was received with applause.



Wednesday 7th October 1903
The Register (Adelaide SA)

WORLD-WIDE PHOTOGRAPHY
The annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society will be opened tomorrow, by His Honor the Chief Justice, at the Institute, North terrace. The number of exhibits received is nearly double that of last year and those in the open classes have come from Great Britain, India, South Africa, the Commonwealth of Australia and New Zealand. The results of the judging will be announced tomorrow.



Wednesday 7th October 1903
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Thursday 8th October 1903
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

OF WORLD WIDE PHOTOGRAPHY

will be opened to-day at 4.30pm, by the
RIGHT HONORABLE SIR S.J. WAY, 1st Baronet


OPEN TO-NIGHT FROM 7pm to 10pm

Short Limelight Lecture, at 8pm
"Microscopical Objects"
by Mr. W.B. Poole

followed by Prize Lantern Slides

Admission 6d. Catalog Free

P.H. EVANS
HON.SECRETARY

Thursday 8th October 1903
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The exhibition of camera results obtained by the South Australian Photographic Society will be opened at the Institute, North-terrace, this afternoon by Sir S.J. Way. The judging has been concluded and the awards are given in another column. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. P.H. Evans) has made complete arrangements for the event, which is of unusual interest owing to the fact that the entries are nearly double those of last year. The work displayed is of a highly commendable character and speaks well for the industry of the society's members and the benefits of association.

       

SIR SAMUEL JAMES WAY, 1st Baronet

Born 11th April 1836 - Portsmouth, England
Died 8th January 1916 - North Adelaide, South Australia

LIEUTENANT-GOVERNOR of SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Thursday 8th October 1903
Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

ANNUAL EXHIBITION
Wonderful strides have been made in photography within recent years. It is now truly an art. Any one can have this statement confirmed by a visit to the annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society, which His Honor the Chief Justice will declare open to-day at 4.30pm. The photography of the old school - glossy paper and hard lines — is passing out and the true disciples of the art are educating the public to appreciate the artistic in this fascinating style of work. The exhibits at the present exposition are in carbon, gum bichromate, bromide and matte printing papers. There is great vitality in photographic circles in Adelaide. Mr. Butcher, well-known in connection with the art in England and Mr. Harrington, of Sydney, were both astonished at the live interest taken in photography in this city and with the splendid, work produced. Another excellent criterion of a healthy state of things is the fact that, while 172 exhibits were cataloged last year, there are over 300 photographs hung on the present occasion. They have come from all parts of the world — Great Britain, India, Capetown, New Zealand and the Australian States.

THE OPEN SECTION
The strongest classes in the exhibition are landscapes and genre, or figure study in the open section. The best exhibit in the latter class - was awarded the gold medal, or champion prize for the best picture in the rooms. David Blount, of Great Britain, a master worker in photography, has succeeded again in winning the coveted honor with a beautiful work entitled "Innocence". Besides, being highly meritorious from the point of view of a photograph this study of a little child reveals the possibilities of photography from the highest point of view of art. In addition "Innocence" is a picture that the public would most probably like best of all. That is more than can be said in connection with the judging in some of the other sections, correct as it may be from a technical point of view. 'Innocence' is the head and undraped bust of a little girl, sweetly posed. The chin is resting in the hollow of the hands; the expression in the eyes is beautiful; the modeling of the figure is wonderfully good. The gossamer like surrounding reminds one of the unending wealth of suggestion in a painting by Watts. There, are breadth, a lovely tone and real feeling in this work, which becomes the property of the society. The President (Mr. S. Smeaton) remarked that the society was getting the nucleus of a gallery in this way. "Innocence" is a photograph one could live with and that is saying a great deal. It may be mentioned that it is in the gum bichromate process. There is some capital work in this class. David Blount is represented by four other exhibits and two them. "Lady of Shalot" and "Countess of Y"., have been highly commended. F.A. Joyner, whose reputation, as an artistic photographer stands high in this state, has a nice study entitled "Memories" which has been highly commended. The other exhibit highly commended is "Spring", by A.J. Campbell (Victoria).

For, lo, the wind is passed,
The rain is over and gone;
And flowers appear on the earth.

The subject is the figure of a nude woman, with hands uplifted to the wealth of blossom on the trees. The plum blossoms are reminiscent of the flower effect in "The judgment of Paris". This picture of spring is very nicely lit. What the ladies of the W.C.T.U. would say to it is a question that need not be debated here. "The Spirit of the Scrub", - another nude study, is rather hard and has not the refinement of "Spring", although the model in the latter picture has not the best figure in the world. She would not be considered to represent the "female form divine". Other exhibits in this class that will appeal to the public are "Disciples of Izaak Walton" by W. Churchill Fisher (N.S.W.); "The Novice" by A.H. Kingsborough, who has the artistic talent well developed; "Burning Off" by J. Temple Stephens (Victoria)and "Despair" by T.D. Leedham (New Zealand). A good photograph of Bruce", the South African champion collie, is shown by G. Campbell Dickson (Capetown). There is a splendid entry in the open class for landscapes and the judges must have had great difficulty in coming to a decision. They selected "On the Edge of the Moor" by P. Styant-Browne (Tasmania) for the silver medal. The technique here is excellent and the distance is well managed, but to many it will ever be a mystery why this exhibit won the prize. The highly commended pictures are "Before the Sun Breaks Through the Mist" by J. Temple Stephens, a nice, soft, restful work and "Among the Birches" by David Blount. The foliage in the latter work is splendid. Among the many other charming exhibits is "Homeward Bound" by T.D. Leedham. This shows a horseman and dog following cattle. The atmosphere and lighting are admirable. The tone of the picture may be faulty, but it would appear as though this very fault gave the effect of movement to the cattle. "A Sunny Afternoon" by W. Churchill Fisher and "Sand Dunes" by J. Temple Stephens, will commend themselves to visitors. This is a fine section throughout.

LOCAL WORK
Perhaps it will be as well to take the classes in section 1. Open to members of the South Australian Photographic Society only, as they appear in the catalog. There are eight landscapes and the judges had no hesitation in awarding the bronze medal to "A Highland Farm" a pretty study, with nice tone and good composition and distance, by Douglas G. Scott. The other exhibits in this class are weak in comparison with "A Highland Farm". In class 2: Portraits or figure studies — Ernest Gall was deservedly awarded the bronze medal for an excellent and artistic likeness of the Rev. F.W. Cox. The lighting of the hair behind is most effective. In class 3: Genre — no award was made. The judges entered on their task determined to set a high standard throughout. In class 4: Enlargements — C.L. Whitham won the bronze medal with "In Pompeii". Mr. Whitham secured, a splendid result here and the contact print has been wonderfully improved on. "Berthed", by C.F. Rainsford, was highly commended and the same tribute was paid to T.B. Ragless's "Sheep on the Banks of the Torrens" — both excellent works. In lantern slides E. Atterton was successful with a moderate set. No award was made in class 6: Hand camera work; collection of three. Individual prints were excellent in a couple of instances, but the collections were depreciated by the poorness of the companion pictures. J. Gazard was successful in stereoscopic paper prints, collection of three, with a good set. The same exhibitor won the award in the copying class with a faithful production of "Madonna and Child", the painting by Bonguereau in our National Gallery. "A Last Glimpse", an effective seascape by F. Gabriel; secured the bronze medal in this division. The photograph depicts a ketch drifting down the gulf on a calm evening silhouetted against the sky, with the figure of a woman in the foreground taking a last glimpse of the craft. In "Flower or fruit study or still life" T.B. Ragless was successful with a photograph of spirae. "An After-dinner Story", by A. Ernest Ayers, in which the technique is particularly good, was highly commended. Class 12 (ladies' class, any subject) provided the photograph which won the silver medal for the best picture exhibited by members of the society. This is "A Study of a Lady" by Mrs. M. Jay. The feature of the photograph is the excellent manner in which the drapery is presented, but here again the decision of the judges is sure to be criticized. Many will contend that this is certainly not the best local picture in the rooms. Mrs. Jay is certainly to be congratulated on her success. It is a great pity that H. Ashworth, who is a member of the society, did not show his beautiful landscapes and excellent figure studies for competition. They are most artistic works and would assuredly have taken prizes. The photographs illustrating 'Low Water' are sure to command attention, especially J. Gazard's capital study - of a characteristic old man picking up fruit in the market. C.L. Whitham's "The Nursling of the Sky" scored in class 14 (clouds). No award was made in the next class (architecture). There were some admirable exhibits in landscape or seascape absolutely unretouched. "A Riverside Pasturage" by F.A. Joyner, is a lovely scene.

OTHER OPEN AND LOAN WORK
There is a particularly good entry in seascapes in the open section. T.D. Leedham secured the silver medal with "When Evening's Twilight Gathers Round", one of the most artistic pictures in the whole exhibition. It is a photograph in toned bromide of a ketch with a dinghy coming away from her taken against the light. "Misty Morning" by the same exhibitor was highly commended. "Coast Scene, Western Base of Table Mountain, Capetown" by E.J. Steer (Capetown), is well worthy of mention. In lantern slides there are 17 collections of three slides each and the prize was won by Harold Hill, of Sheffield. There are a fine lot of slides from all parts of the world. In the flower or fruit study or still life Miss Agnes Thomson (Victoria) was successful with "Spring Blossoms" and "Federal Dahlias" by T.G. Campbell (Victoria) were highly commended. No award was made in the class for architecture. There is some particularly good hand-camera work — collection of three. F.C. Birchall (Tasmania) won the silver medal with "Expectation", "Pony and Trap" and "Patience Rewarded". The loan exhibits by J. Gazard, of sea and landscapes, by F. H. Worsley-Benison, of Great Britain, constitute a delightful series. John Kauffmann's' loan pictures are worthy of every inspection. They are works of art. "Summer Pastures" is a charming effort. Five sepia platinotypes by the late H.P. Robinson, a master of this work, have been lent by Messrs. S.P. Bond Limited. The society is also under an obligation to Ernest Gall and Baker & Rouse, Limited. Two examples by J.N. Taylor (N.Z.) should not be missed. "The Approaching Storm" is capital. The champion pictures for the past three years are hung in a prominent position. A big word of praise is due to Mr. P.H. Evans, the energetic and obliging Hon.Secretary. Every one interested in photography and there are hundreds — should pay a visit to the exhibition at the Society of Arts Rooms, North terrace.



Thursday 8th October 1903
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society, which will be opened this afternoon by Sir Samuel Way, is undoubtedly the best that has been held in South Australia. The exhibits numerically are double those of last year and show great progress in the art of photography. The pictures are numbered up to 296 and that is exclusive of the lantern slides, which through the coming seven days, while the exhibition remains open, will be prominently before visitors to the rooms. The prints and plates have been classified with the greatest care; yet the judges, Messrs. H.P. Gill (A.R.C.A.), John Kauffmann and A.A. Stump had to spend about two days in making their selections.

These in some cases are obvious enough but in others, particularly, "Spring Blossoms", by Miss Agnes Thomson, it is difficult to discern the predominant characteristics which are regarded as worthy of the silver medal and this, of course, is only in comparison with others in the same class. The exhibits are given in three sections: first, including 16 classes, open only to members of the society; the second, with seven classes, open to members of any photographic society in the world and section 3, open to all photographers, but non-competitive:

The champion prize, offered by the society, is a gold medal for the best picture in either of the competitive sections. This was won by, "Innocence", an exceedingly pretty child study by David Blount of Great Britain. The beautiful modeling of the figure and the marvelous expression which the artist has caught render the picture, well worthy of the honor bestowed it. It is curious, to note that the same artist winning the same champion prize last year, used the same child for a model the features being easily recognizable.

CLASS 1: the landscape: "A Highland Farm", by Douglas G. Scott, secured the bronze medal:

CLASS 2: portraits or figure studies: "Portrait of the Rev. F.W. Cox" by Ernest Gall, took the medal.

CLASS 3: general, no award was made, as the judges, did not consider the work submitted to be up to the standard.

CLASS 4: enlargements: C.L. Whitham secured the bronze medal with No. 143, a beautiful bromide reproduction, "In Pompeii", where the ancient columns are clearly shown and the shadows are wonderfully distinct. Nos. 140, C.F. Rainsford and 144, T.B. Ragless, were highly commended.

CLASS 5: was for lantern slides, a collection of three having to be sent in by each competitor. E. Atterton secured the bronze medal, with two Tasmanian views and one of an exhibition pony.

CLASS 6: No award was made, the whole being very poor;

CLASS 7: stereoscopic transparencies, No award was made, the whole being very poor;

CLASS 8: stereoscopic paper prints, J. Gazard was successful with three South Australian subjects.

CLASS 9: had only two entries, J. Gazard taking the medal with, "Madonna and Child". This is a beautiful piece of work, its great difficulty lying in the fact that it is reproduced from the oil-painting in the gallery by W. Bouguereau. The art of photographing color with detrimental effect, is fully evidenced in this picture.

CLASS 10: seascapes, had only three entries, "A Last Glimpse" by F. Gabriel, winning the medal.

CLASS 11: flower or fruit study or still life, there are many excellent pictures, T.B. Ragless taking the medal with, "Spirea", while, "An After-dinner Story" by A. Ernest Ayers, was highly recommended.

CLASS 12: (Ladies) had the honor, to take the silver prize for the section, Mrs. M. Jay being the winner with "A Study". "Moica", by the same lady, was highly recommended.

CLASS 13: had to illustrate "Low Water" and while some of the pictures were metaphorical, one represented a low tide. J. Gazard was successful in this class with "Low Water", representing an old man, with basket and bag on his back, in the act of picking up some vegetable scraps.

CLASS 14: Clouds, No. 284, by C.L. Whitham, winning the medal.

No award was made in CLASS 15 and CLASS 16.

The last of the sections open only to members, produced some fine work. "A Riverside Pasturage" by F.A. Joyner took the medal and "The Quarry Team" (T.H. Stoward), was highly recommended. In section II., open to members of any photographic society, there were seven classes. Class.1 (Landscape) was the largest of the exhibition and contained 82 pictures. Most of these were very fine and the collection showed great variety. No. 77 took the silver medal. It is in red carbon, is called "The Edge of the Moor" and is by F. Styant-Browne, of Tasmania. Two others, Nos. 104 and 108, were highly recommended. In class 2 no awards was made and in class 3 the gold medal picture of David Blount was a difficult first. Nos. 153 (David Blount), 154a (F.A. Joyner), 159 (David Blount) and 162 (A. J. Campbell) were highly recommended. Many others were beautiful and seemingly better than No. 162. In class 4 (lantern slides) the medal was awarded to Harold Hill. One slide only sent in by G.W. Churchill Fisher (N.S.W.) was highly commended. Hand Camera work, exhibited in Class 5, was not particularly striking, the medal was won by F.C. Birchall, No, 231 (Tasmania), seascapes, which formed the subject of class 6. were particularly good, No. 207 taking the silver medal. It is called "When Evening Shadows Gather Round" and is by T.D. Leedham (New Zealand). No. 19 "A Misty Morning" by the same artist was highly commended. The silver medalist, Miss Agnes Thomson, took the place of honor in class 7, with "Spring Blossoms" and "Federal Dahlias" by T.C. Campbell (Victoria), was highly commended. Several of the exhibits in this class, flower, fruit or still life, were particularly good. Many excellent pictures have been loaned to the exhibition by local artists. Mr. F.H. Worsley-Benson has some splendid productions and the judges spoke highly of some in non-competitive section III., by Mr. H. Ashworth. The collection includes all classes of developing and printing, including the rough and handsome process, known as gum bi-chromate. Messrs. Andrew Scott, A.N. Kingsborough and W. P. Dollman acted as judges of the lantern slides.



Friday 9th October 1903
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 1 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)
Saturday 17th October 1903
Page 31 - Adelaide Observer (Adelaide SA)

The annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society, which was fully described in The Register on Thursday, was declared open at the Society of Arts rooms, Institute, North terrace, on Thursday afternoon, in the presence of a good attendance. The President (Mr. S. Smeaton) explained that the society had received a letter from the Chief Justice (Right Hon. Sir Samuel Way) stating that he was sorry he would not be able to declare the exhibition open as arranged, because he was detained at the Supreme Court. Mr. Smeaton therefore declared the exhibition open. From the opinions and feelings expressed on the opening day, it is manifestly evident that a deep impression has been created by the great advance made over all previous exhibitions in quality, both artistic and technical, diversity of subject and number of exhibits. The worldwide field covered by the products of the camera is most instructive and highly interesting and one can almost imagine after a stroll through the galleries that a round trip of the world has been made. The beautiful limelight views, which were in the evening depicted on the screen through the medium of Mr. R.B. Adamson's bi-unial lantern, confirm that impression. The taste of the aesthetic and of all classes is amply catered for and the success of the exhibition, if the opening day and the experiences of the past can be taken as an augury, is undoubtedly assured. The special subject for the evening was a short limelight lecture by Mr. W.B. Poole on "Microscopical Objects", which was well attended. Mr. Poole explained and demonstrated the construction and working of the tongues of the blowfly, honey and other bees, male and female mosquito, the latter of which only was proved to leech human beings. The tongue and gizzard of the cricket and the various portions of the anatomy of other familiar insects and their functions were depicted and explained.



Friday 9th October 1903
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The South Australian Photographic Society may be congratulated on the interesting display of camera work which they have succeeded in collecting for their annual exhibition, opened yesterday. While previous exhibitions have included individual works of special merit, none has embraced a wider range of subjects, or shown a higher degree of general excellence and certainly none has been so widely representative of the photographic art of other countries. In addition to the large number of entries from New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and New Zealand there are some fine examples of British work, as well as numerous prints from South Africa and India. It may be conceded that many of the exhibits might with advantage have been rejected, either on account of absence of technical quality or from their lack of the art inspiration which should characterize every picture on the walls of an art exhibition. This, however, is a fault that may be charged to many other and more pretentious displays and the final selection of the committee at least gives the photographic student an opportunity of comparing the poorer work with that of higher quality and thus of learning what to avoid. But where there is a wide range of choice it would perhaps have been wise to exercise the privilege of rejection with a firmer hand. The weakest features of the exhibition are the classes for hand camera work, architecture and portraits. In the first named department, it is seldom that anything of a really high class from an art point of view is seen, but portraiture presents an excellent field for artistic work and the entries in this class are, with the exception of one exhibit, altogether disappointing. There are, however, some excellent figure studies in other sections, among which is the fine child study by Mr. D. Blount, of Great Britain, to which the society's gold medal has been awarded. The landscapes, too, are not only numerous, but include many pictures of a high order of merit. A pleasing indication of the progress of photography is given in the generally changed character of the exhibits as compared with those of similar displays a few years ago. The needle-like sharpness, the highly-glazed surface, the hardness of outline and the uniformly purple black tones which characterized the photographs of a decade or two ago have given place to a general softness, an artistic gradation of lights and shadows, more careful composition and a range of color tones which aid in the general pictorial effect. In these respects, photographers are bringing their work more into line with the canons of art and year by year are wiping out the reproach once urged against their work that it was merely mechanical and could lay no claim to be considered as art.

Not only have old methods been vastly improved, but new processes have been exploited and despite the opposition of the earlier school of camera workers the old order is manifestly yielding to the progressive spirit of the day. The photographer whose work is merely mechanical may possibly, through the leniency of a hanging committee, find a place for his frames on the walls of an exhibition, but it is towards the work of the artist whose pictures have a story to tell that the attention of the public is directed and these form the chief attraction of the exhibitions of to-day. It has been truly said by a contemporary writer that "a pretty landscape, a sea scene, or a group of figures picturesquely attired will probably appeal to the tyro at once: it is the subject itself rather than the treatment of the subject that will gain his applause and this, as we must learn to know if we are to understand good pictures, is wrong. So long as a picture is beautiful to contemplate in form and is satisfactory in technique, it may portray anything. What is necessary, however and is the art of the artist, is his method of treatment and with the means at his disposal, of telling you the story he wants his picture to tell". This appears to be the aim of the leading amateur photographers of the present day and the aspiration is a good and wholesome one. Among the directions in which material progress has been shown during the past year or two is the working of what is known as the gum-bichromate process. This perhaps more than any other recent method gives scope for the manipulator to display his individuality and his artistic skill, the result being a picture which combines the qualities of a sepia drawing and a fine crayon. Of this method Mr. David Blount is one of the leading English exponents and the admirable examples of his work now on exhibition at North-terrace amply attest his skill and his success.

If the advance of art does not make a nation great, it at least indicates intellectual development and a refinement of feeling which must influence the national character for good. The period at which our remote ancestors of palaeolithic times began to scratch on the bones of their victim’s rude tracings of figure subjects, marks at once the dawn of art and of the development of the human intellect and the period of the greatest glory of Greece was the time of her highest attainments in art. It is exceedingly gratifying that amid the busy turmoil of the most industrious age of the world's history there are on all sides such palpable evidences of a yearning for the beautiful as well as for the useful. It is still more gratifying that in these southern lands, while the work is in active progress of laying the foundations of the great nation that is to be, so much attention is being given to the cultivation of the artistic instincts of the people. It is a further source of satisfaction that there are signs of the growth of a distinctive school of art; that Australian aspirants for fame are not slavishly copying the style of masters whose work has been accomplished in less favored climes, but are following the guidance of their natural surroundings and are imparting to their pictures something of the sunny atmosphere of their own country, the restlessness of its active life and the sombre weirdness of its vast solitudes. To this original movement, the photographic societies of the various States are lending valuable aid and their work, is worthy of all commendation.



Friday 9th October 1903
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

On Thursday afternoon the South Australian Photographic Society's annual exhibition was opened. Sir Samuel Way had promised to perform the opening ceremony, but at the last moment he sent word to the Hon.Secretary (Mr. P.H. Evans) that owing to a protracted sitting in the Criminal Court he would be unable to attend until after 4.30, the hour fixed for opening. Mr. S. Smeaton, President of the society, in the absence of the Chief Justice, briefly declared the fair open. A large number of people were present during the afternoon and in the evening, when Mr. W.B. Poole delivered an interesting lecture on "Microscopical objects". The great improvement noticeable in the work produced was a common subject of conversation among those present during the day. It is, indeed, remarkable to observe the tremendous scope included in the society's exhibits. Exhibits have come from nearly all parts of the world and the processes include all usual methods, with some that are fresh to the Adelaide public. A careful study of the pictures on view reveals the marvelous aid which photography had lent to art. Some of the exhibits, particularly some of Blount's, are produced by the gum-bichromate process. The peculiarity of this process is the readiness with which it lends itself to a similarity to the best engraving. The rough surface is essentially its own, but the effect is the antithesis of the smoothness and gloss which are generally associated with photography. The carbon pigments are much in evidence and the coloring effects produced by their aid, while they may not be particularly admired, show that, given the proper subject and handling, effects of unimagined beauty may be obtained. It is difficult to follow the reasoning of the judging in some of the classes. Particularly class 3, in section 2, the genre or figure studies, may be cited. No. 162, which is highly commended, has for its essential conception a figure which is not only physically imperfect, but which is posed in a manner opposed to true art. The position of the right limb, the frontal contour and the absurdity of a Sylvan conception, with a figure whose hair is done up in a modern "bun", all these more than counterbalance the acknowledged merits of the picture's setting. The gold medal photograph "Innocence", is possibly the best thing ever turned out by David Blount. The full roundness of youth is thrown into the picture and the essence of life pervades it. Beside it is the study of a female head, beautiful in itself, but lacking the vitality of "Innocence". It is "flat", the face lies on the print, as it were, instead of being full and apparently raised and the same fault, supremely difficult to overcome, is to be found in many other exhibits. "The Edge of the Moor", took the silver medal in class 1 of section II. Here the judges had a most difficult task, as 80 odd photos, many of high merit, had to be chosen from. No. 77 is a small print and not nearly as imposing as some of the others. The work in it is undoubtedly fine, but it lacks the excellence which is looked for in a picture so highly honored. It is difficult to understand why No. 134 was given a place at all. It reminds one of an "impressionist" painting, but is so produced as entirely to obliterate its subject. A fine print in this class is, "Homeward Bound", representing a mob of cattle being driven home. The idea is good and the perspective and shadowing are remarkably fine, especially in such a large print. No. 79. in the same class, is also wonderfully good, both in conception and execution. Taken altogether the competitive exhibits are excellent, except those taken by the hand camera and the architectural classes, where the results are disappointing. The non-competitive pictures, "St. Peter's Cathedral" and "Flashlight In the Town Hall", are remarkable specimens of work. The former measures approximately 2 ft. by 3 ft. and is the largest ever exhibited by the society. Many of the pictures are for sale.



Saturday 10th October 1903
Page 18 - Adelaide Observer (SA)

The annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society has again come round. The committee is to be congratulated upon the display that has been made upon the walls of the Society of Arts room in the Institute building on North terrace. In most departments there are beautiful examples of work from local photographic artists and the competition from outside the state is unusually keen. The latter feature is well worthy of note, for comparison with the work of recognized masters of the art and with methods adopted and results gained by amateurs in other places must tend to prevent the stunting of ideas that would result if there were no such facilities afforded. Photography has taken hold of the community and it is the business of such a body as the South Australian Photographic Society to use its best endeavors to up-lift the art by the presentation of first rate examples. The tendency of a popular fad is to degrade its object; but the tide may be stemmed, if not turned, by the ideal being constantly emphasized and kept in view. There is much to be learned in respect to composition and the attainment of pictorial effect in such an exhibition as that on North terrace and many of the pictures will be to the visitors a revelation of undreamed possibilities attained by the camera. Lantern exhibitions are to be given each evening in an adjoining room in conjunction with the photographic display.



Saturday 10th October 1903
Page 8 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

TO-DAY. TO-NIGHT

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

WORLD WIDE PHOTOGRAPHY

FOR ONE WEEK ONLY

INSTITUTE BUILDING, NORTH-TERRACE

Doors open 10am to 5pm and 7pm to 10pm

SHORT LANTERN LECTURE at 9pm
"FOREST SCENES"
Mr WALTER GILL, F.L.S., F.R.H.S.

followed by Magnificent Limelight Views, including prize slides and others from abroad.

Admission 6d. Catalogs, Free.

P.H. EVANS
HON.SECRETARY

Saturday 10th October 1903
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The close weather on Friday did not seriously interfere with the steadily-increasing stream of visitors to the South Australian Photographic Society's exhibition in the Institute building on Friday. Many country visitors were present, including representatives of some of the country societies and the great advance made in all branches since the last Photographic Exhibition was generally and favorably remarked upon. In the evening the galleries were comfortably occupied and at 9pm an appreciative audience spent about half an hour in the lecture-room in viewing the limelight views of the prize and other slides, depicting places and objects in various parts of the world. Special seating has been provided for to-night's lecture, by Mr. W. Gill, the Conservator of Forests, entitled "Forest scenes".



Saturday 10th October 1903
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY  EXHIBITION
The successful running of an exhibition is a science and doubtless the society will evolve something from the present one which will tend to improvement in the future. The exhibition consists, as usual, of three sections, the first limited to competitive works by members of the society, the second, to the works of competitors from all photographic societies and the third to non-competitive works from any source. As a whole, the exhibition is a decided success, but it has inherent weaknesses. Within the ken of the writer no previous exhibition of the society has shown such a poor effort by the society itself in the classes restricted to its members. The strength of the exhibition lies in sections 2 and 3 and these would have been materially helped by the compulsory framing of all exhibits. The standard of the whole show would have been elevated if the selection committee had possessed a little more backbone. The walls exhibit an extraordinary number of photographs which should have been rejected. In this connection there is one regrettable feature; a photograph of a nude woman is exhibited, which the writer confidently asserts should never have been admitted. The nude in art to be inoffensive must have certain well-defined values. It must represent with nobility and without coarseness the beautiful symmetry of a well balanced form. Photography of the nude is a particularly difficult matter. Apart altogether from the fact that a model in any way approaching perfection can rarely if ever be obtained, the posing of the undraped figure and the treatment of its surroundings require a delicately artistic perception, a marvelous diplomacy for the preservation of essentials and exclusion of the unessential, a fine sense of proportion and a power of subjective idealism possessed by few. Crude realism of the kind exhibited will not only evoke contempt and ridicule, but it is also liable to pander to the grosser side of human nature. A second exhibit of a similar class, though objectionable, is not quite so coarse.

The classes in section 1 of the exhibition may be passed with scant comment; the exhibits are in the main photographs and without pretension to pictorial merit. Mrs. Melville Jay has been selected and rightly by the judges as the most meritorious exhibitor. For the second year in succession this lady has taken the silver medal for the best picture in the section and the award for her "A Study" will meet with general approval. An extraordinary class in the section is one limited to exhibits of untouched prints from untouched negatives. The medal goes to F.A. Joyner for "A Riverside Pasture", which the exhibitor will probably admit would have been redeemed from mediocrity to merit by work on the negative from which it was produced. The essentials of a picture are there, but they undoubtedly required treatment to emphasize them. The committee would be wise to effect the economy of a medal by omitting this class in the future. There is not one of the nine exhibits in the class which would not have been vastly improved by a little skillful work on the negative and by some control in the printing.

The judges wisely withheld awards in the classes in section 1 for "architecture", "hand-camera work" and "genre". Unless the members can be educated up to simplicity of subject the class for architecture would assuredly be better omitted, for, unfortunately, we possess few examples of architecture in South Australia, which, as a whole, are capable of being translated into a picture. A representation of the lately completed Cathedral is a glaring example of mis-directed ambition, poor selection and bad lighting. Two entries were received in the "copying" class and it is somewhat surprising that the award was not withheld here. The prize-winning print, a copy of the "Madonna and Child" in the Art Gallery, is defective in the values of its upper half; in fact, the flesh tones are almost entirely absent. It would not be much of an exaggeration to say that the foot of the figure of the Madonna is the only part of the print deserving of praise. The subject is undoubtedly a difficult one, but that is a matter for the exhibitor; the subject is not chosen for him and he should surely take the consequences of attempting something beyond his skill.

Another class which could well be dispensed with in this section is that for a print to illustrate "Low water". Here again the exhibits are disappointing, consisting, as they do, of four common-place photographs. The figure in the prize-winning print is too evidently posed. The judges might well have repeated their decision of last year respecting a similar class and withheld an award. In the class for flower fruit or still life, Mr. Ragless is to be commended for his "Spirae", which gained the medal. His composition is effective and has been materially strengthened by the obliteration, of one or two whorls of blossom from the spray.

D.G. Scott, the prize-winner in landscape in this section, a young member of the society, gives promise of good work and his, "A Highland Farm", is praiseworthy. For enlargements, C.L. Whitham is awarded the medal. "In Pompeii", the winning print, has not, however, the technical merit of the highly commended print, "Berthed", by C.F. Rainsford. In the class for clouds, too, C.L. Whitham scores with a nicely-selected and well rendered cloud effect, "The Nursling of the Sky".

It is somewhat of a relief to turn to section 2, for here are works which eminently portray art in photography. In the genre class the champion picture of all the competitive work in the exhibition is found. The winner is David Blount, an English professional, who, with a better representation of the same model as used on this occasion, took the champion prize last year. "Innocence", the work shown now, is undoubtedly charming, but the texture of the print is too pronounced. Mr. Blount is assuredly an artist, but his methods of execution have in this year's exhibits to some extent failed in their purpose. He has apparently striven for greater breadth of effect and in the endeavor has sacrificed the tone value of his works. His "Lady of Shalot" is a particularly fine conception, but the print has been overdone. The sensitive colloid has refused to give up the overplus of pigment which long exposure to the hardening influence of light has enabled it to grip with tenacity. In "Countess of Y" the same artist shows us a magnificent profile effect, but here again he has to some extent lost command over the materials of which his print is composed; the high light of the face is pitched too high, the tone of the boa is too low. "The Kitten", by the same gentleman, is much too strenuous and the sentiment of his subject is lost, while in "The Butterfly" the least happy of Mr. Blount's efforts, the effect is almost entirely marred by the ugliness of the contour lines of arm, hand and neck.

In the same class "E Battery", by J.N. Taylor, of New Zealand, calls for praise as a fine and effective piece of movement. F.A. Joyner's "Memories", highly commended by the judges, in unhappy in a color which overwhelms the interest of the picture. There are some good works in this class by Tasmanian exhibitors and F.S. Browne is evidently an enthusiast, working in the right direction. "On the Borderland", by A.H. Kingsborough, wherein the mystical expression on the child's face is wonderfully rendered, is a little too direct and his "Notice", while cleverly composed, requires subduing in parts the better to render the interest of the scene. There are many exhibits in this and the landscape class of section 2, which should have been rejected. J.H. Lithgow, of Tasmania, has grossly misdirected his efforts. Landscapes in such terrific colors are apt to bring into disrepute the gum-bichromate process. The medal for landscapes has been awarded to F.S. Browne for his "On the Edge of the Moor", a charming little representation, with a beautiful clearness of tone. Some of the larger works in the class will doubtless appeal more forcefully lo the casual observer, but the award is well bestowed. It is regrettable that the prize winning print is hung at such a great elevation. There are many fine works in this class. "Homeward Bound", by T.D. Leedham, of New Zealand, has many really fine qualities, but upright lines are too greatly in evidence. In F.A. Joyner's "A Field of Memories", the figure is too much isolated and the print is lacking in tone. Of David Blount's two examples of landscape, "Among the Birches" has been highly commended by the judges. His "End of March", however, is a great deal too much forced in effect. W.C. Fisher's "A Sunny Afternoon", J.S. Stening's "Day's Work Nearly Done" and F.S. Browne's "Peaceful Eventide" are meritorious works.

The class for flower fruit study or still life in section 2 is a disappointing one. The exhibits are poor in quality and the prizewinner, "Spring Blossoms", by Agnes Thomson, is a distracting composition, with an overpowering background. "Jonquils", by J.N. Taylor, though somewhat clumsy in composition, is of distinctly better quality.

Section 3, for non-competitive work, affords some beautiful examples of picture making by photography. It contains in "Close of a Rainy Day", by H. Ashworth, the finest picture in the exhibition. Mr. Ashworth is a member of the local society and his works are worthy of better placing. "A Mountain Spur", "Blackberries" and "A Bank of Thistles", by the same artist, are all admirable, full of feeling, cleverly composed and artistically rendered. J. Kauffmann's exhibit of four pictures are not representative of his best work. "Gwen", a study of a child, is the best of them; the tone values are good and the general effect large. "Summer Pastures" is lacking in color; the grouping of the sheep is good, but the background is poor. In "The Novel" there is fine feeling about the thread and curtain, but the shadows are muddy and lacking in form and in "Winter Sunshine" Mr. Kauffmann has not done his selective capacity justice; the tree forms are not in nice proportion. In this section there are five works by the late H.P. Robinson, all worthy of careful study. "A Merry Tale" is a fine example of symmetrical yet natural grouping. "Feeding the Calves" has beautiful lines and a charming sky effect and in "Greigrog Mill" we see in the central tree the daring of the artist; the daring redeemed and the unusual composition relieved by the happy posing of the figures.



Monday 12th October 1903
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The attendance in the galleries of the South Australian Photographic Society Exhibition at the Institute on Saturday morning was good and it improved in the afternoon and evening. In a casual survey many of the good points of some of the pictures, particularly those of modest dimensions and unframed, are lost, so that the repeated inspections which some of the visitors make at almost every session must tend to impress the minutest details on their minds. During the evening session the Conservator of Forests (Mr. Walter Gill F.L.S.) gave a short limelight lecture on "Forest scenes" in the lecture hall. His advocacy of afforestation and his descriptions of the forest scenery in various parts of the State, with their instructive comments, were frequently punctuated with applause. Slides of the prize exhibits and other scenic views of a high order were also thrown on the screen. The exhibition will last till Thursday evening.



Tuesday 13th October 1903
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The attendance at the South Australian Photographic Society's Exhibition, at the North-terrace Institute was more than maintained on Monday. So great was the crowd during the lunch hour that the supply of programs ran out and it may be noted that an extra number of catalogs had been provided. In the evening the rooms were again full. At 9pm limelight views, including the prize slides, were exhibited. Tonight Mr. A.W. Dobbie will deliver a lecture on "India; its scenery and architecture", illustrated by some particularly fine views.



Wednesday 14th October 1903
Page 5 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, SA)

The Governor has intimated his intention of visiting the South Australian Photographic Society's exhibition this morning. Yesterday morning and afternoon a constant stream of visitors poured through the galleries and high tide was reached in the evening, when the supply of catalogs was again severely taxed. The special feature of the evening session was a lecture by Mr. A.W. Dobbie on "India: its scenery and architecture" and standing room only was available at 9pm, when Mr. Dobbie appeared. The lecturer covered a wide field with his remarks. He was assisted by a splendid lot of lantern view illustrations and his lecture and views were greeted with applause. To-night's limelight views will comprise a selection of slides photographed and made by the acknowledged champion slide makers of the world, Messrs. G.W. Wilson and Graystone Bird. These have been obtained for the South Australian Photographic Society by Messrs. S.P. Bond and are stated to be the best which can be produced in the world; at any rate, they have gained medals wherever exhibited. The committee are forced by circumstances to close the exhibition to-morrow night.



Wednesday 14th October 1903
Page 2 - Border Watch (Mount Gambier, SA)

The South Australian Photographic Society held their annual exhibition of work on Thursday, Friday, and Saturday in the Institute building in Adelaide and it was a very successful event, The President of the Mount Gambier Photographic Club sent a telegram on behalf of the Club conveying congratulations, and received a very courteous reply from the Adelaide President. The competition at the next meeting of the Mount Gambier Photographic Club, on 12th November, is for bromide work only.



Wednesday 14th October 1903
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

TO-DAY. TO-NIGHT

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

WORLD WIDE PHOTOGRAPHY

LAST TWO DAYS - INSTITUTE BUILDING, NORTH-TERRACE - LAST TWO DAYS

9pm - MAGNIFICENT LIMELIGHT VIEWS,
including Prize Slides and a Splendid Selection of Views by the
CHAMPION SLIDEMAKERS OF THE WORLD,
G.W. Wilson, Graystone, Bird and others.

Admission, 6d. Catalogs Free

P.H. EVANS
HON.SECRETARY

Wednesday 14th October 1903
Page 6 - Daily Telegraph (Launceston, Tas.)

The South Australian Photographic Exhibition, which is the principal exhibition of the kind in Australasia, was opened at Adelaide last Thursday by Mr. S. Smeaton, President of the local society, in place of Sir Samuel Way, who was detained at a protracted sitting of the criminal court. The exhibition was a notable one, including entries from every State of the Commonwealth, as well as New Zealand, South Africa, England and India. The members of the Northern Tasmanian Camera Club sent a number of exhibits and won great distinction in the class for landscapes. This was the largest class in the exhibition, containing 82 pictures. The place of honor and the silver medal were given to Mr. F. Styant-Browne's "On the Edge of the Moor", a picture taken in the valley of the North Esk, near Corra Lynn. In hand camera work another Launcestonian, Mr. F.C. Birchall, was particularly successful, winning the medal. Mr. Birchall is the President and Mr. Browne the Hon.Secretary of the Northern Tasmanian Camera Club. The club forwarded about sixty pictures, the work of eight members, all of a high order of artistic merit. Mr. Styant-Browne's medaled picture was a landscape entitled "On the Edge of the Moor". This was printed on rough-toned bromide paper and mounted in gray matt art cardboard. Mr. Styant-Browne generally makes his own mounts for exhibition purposes, thus being able to match the tint of the mount to the tone of the picture and give the best results when finished. The picture was secured on the banks of the back-water near Corra Lynn, close by the old ruined mill and depicts a dry creek with leafless willows in the background, while the foreground consists of clumps of rushes and pools of water. The same picture took first prize recently in a competition in Hobart. Mr. F.C. Birchall sent two sets of three each hand camera pictures, one set consisting of two fine studies of ponies heads, entitled "Expectation" and "Patience Rewarded" and a pony and trap; the other set landscapes, entitled "Hillside Pasture", "Solitude" and "A Pastoral Scene". For one of these sets the medal was awarded.

"The Advertiser" states: The annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society is undoubtedly the best that has been held in South Australia. The exhibits numerically are double those of last year and show great progress in the art of photography. The pictures are numbered up to 296 and that is exclusive of the lantern slides, which through the coming seven days, while the exhibition remains open, will be prominently before visitors to the rooms. The prints and plates have been classified with the greatest care; yet the judges, Messrs. H.P. Gill (A.R.C.A.). John Kauffmann and A.A. Stump, had to spend about two days in making their selections.

With regard to the landscape class the journal mentioned reports: Class 1 (landscape) was the largest of the exhibition and contained 82 pictures. Most of these were very fine and the collection showed great variety. No. 77 took the silver medal. It is called "On the Edge of the Moor" and is by F. Styant-Browne (Tasmania). Two others, Nos. 104 and 108, were highly recommended. In class 2 no award was made and in class 3 the gold medal picture of David Blount was a difficult first. Nos. 153 (David Blount), 154a (F.A. Joyner), 159 (David Blount) and 162 (A.J. Campbell) were highly recommended. Many others were beautiful and seemingly better than No. 162. In class 4 (lantern slides) the medal was awarded to Harold Hill. One slide only sent in by G.W. Churchill Fisher (N.S.W.) was highly commended. Hand camera work, exhibited in class 5, was not particularly striking; the medal was won by F.C. Birchall. No. 231 (Tasmania), seascapes, which formed the subject of class 6, were particularly good, No. 207 taking the silver medal. It is called "When Evening Shadows Gather Round" and is by T.D. Leedham (New Zealand). No. 193, "A Misty Morning", by the same artist, was highly commended. The silver medalist, Miss Agnes Thomson, took the place of honor in class 7, with "Spring Blossoms": and "Federal Dahlias", by T.C. Campbell (Victoria), was highly commended. Several of the exhibits in this class, flower, fruit, or still life, were particularly good. Many excellent pictures have been loaned to the exhibition, by local artists. Mr. F.H. Worsley-Benson has some splendid productions and the judges spoke highly of some in non-competitive section III, by Mr. H. Ashworth. The collection includes all classes, of developing and printing, including the rough and handsome process, known as gum bi-chromate. Messrs. Andrew Scott, A.N. Kingsborough and W.P. Dollman acted as judges of the lantern slides.

In an article dealing with the exhibition as a whole. "The Advertiser" says: The South Australian Photographic Society may be congratulated on the interesting display of camera work which they have succeeded in collecting for their annual exhibition, opened yesterday. While previous exhibitions have included individual works of special merit, none has embraced a wider range of subjects, or shown a higher degree of general excellence and certainly none has been so widely representative of the photographic art of other countries. In addition to the large number of entries from New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and New Zealand there are some fine examples of British work, as well as numerous prints from South Africa and India. It may be conceded that many of the exhibits might with advantage have been rejected, either on account of absence of technical quality or from their lack of the art inspiration which should characterize every picture on the walls of an art exhibition. This, however, is a fault that may be charged to many other and more pretentious displays and the final selection of the committee at least gives the photographic student an opportunity of comparing the poorer work with that of higher quality and thus of learning what to avoid. But where there is a wide range of choice it would perhaps have been wise to exercise the privilege of rejection with a firmer hand. The weakest features of the exhibition are the classes for hand camera work, architecture and portraits. In the first-named department it is seldom that anything of a really high-class from an art point of view is seen, but portraiture presents an excellent field for artistic work and the entries in this class are, with the exception of one exhibit, altogether disappointing. There are, however, some excellent figure studies in other sections, among which is the fine child study by Mr. D. Blount, of Great Britain, to which the society's gold medal has been awarded. The landscapes, too, are not only numerous, but include many pictures of a high order of merit. A pleasing indication of the progress of photography is given in the generally changed character of the exhibits as compared with those of similar displays a few years ago. The needle like sharpness, the highly-glazed surface, the hardness of outline and the uniformly purple black tones which characterized the photographs of a decade or two ago have given place to a general softness, an artistic gradation of lights and shadows, more careful composition and a range of color tones which aid in the general pictorial effect. In these respects photographers are bringing their work more into line with the canons of art and year by year are wiping out the reproach once urged against their work that it was merely mechanical and could lay no claim to be reconsidered as art.

Not only have old methods been vastly improved, but new processes have been exploited and despite the opposition of the earlier school of camera workers the old order is manifestly yielding to the progressive spirit of the day. The photographer whose work is merely mechanical may possibly, through the leniency of a hanging committee, find a place for his frames on the walls of an exhibition, but it is towards the work of the artist whose pictures have a story, to tell that he attention to the public is directed and these form the chief attraction of the exhibitions of to-day. It has been truly said by a contemporary writer that "a pretty landscape a sea scene, or a group of figures picturesquely attired will probably appeal to the ---- at once; it is the subject itself rather than the treatment of the subject that will gain his applause and this, as we must learn to know if we are to understand good pictures, is wrong. So long as a picture is beautiful to contemplate in form and is satisfactory to technique, it may portray anything. What is necessary, however and is the art of the artist, is his method of treatment and with the means at his disposal, of telling you the story he wants his picture to tell". This appears to be the aim of the leading amateur photographers of the present day and the aspiration is a good and wholesome one. Among the directions in which material progress has been shown during the past year or two is the working of what is known as the gum-bichromate process. This perhaps more than any other recent method gives scope for the manipulator to display his individuality and his artistic skill, the result being a picture which combines the qualities of a sepia drawing and a fine crayon. Of this method, Mr. David Blount is one of the leading English, exponents and the admirable examples of his work now on exhibition at North Terrace amply attest his skill and his success.

If the advance of art does not make a nation great, it at least indicates intellectual development and a refinement of feeling which must influence the national character for good. The period at which our remote ancestors of paloeolithic times began to scratch on the bones of their victims rude tracings of figure subjects marks at once the dawn of art and of the development of the human intellect and the period of the greatest glory of Greece was the time of her highest attainments in art. It is exceedingly gratifying that amid the busy turmoil of the most industrious age of the world's history there are on all sides such palpable evidences of a yearning for the beautiful as well as for the useful. It is still more gratifying that in these southern lands, while the work is in active progress of laying the foundations of the great nation that is to be, so much attention is being given to the cultivation of the artistic instincts of the people. It is a further source of satisfaction that there are signs of the growth of a distinctive school of art: that Australian aspirants for fame are not slavishly copying the style of masters, whose work has been accomplished in less favored climes, but are following the guidance of their natural surroundings and are imparting to their pictures something of the sunny atmosphere of their own country, the restlessness of its active life and the sombre weirdness of its vast solitudes. To this original movement the photographic societies of the various States are lending valuable aid and their work is worthy of all commendation.



Thursday 15th October 1903
Page 5 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

The South Australian Photographic Society's Exhibition will close to-night. The attendance yesterday was good, particularly so in the luncheon hour and late afternoon. In the evening the rooms were thronged and a large audience gathered to see the splendid views by the master slide makers of the world, G.W. Wilson and Graystone Bird, which were well displayed by Mr. R.B. Adamson through his bi-unial lantern. To-night, being the last night, the society has provided further seating in the lecture-hall for the large audience which is expected to attend the "Sketches of a walking tour in New Zealand", by Mr. F.A. Joyner, which will be illustrated by some beautiful views taken by Mr. Joyner during a recent tour.



Friday 16th October 1903
Page 2 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

The South Australian Photographic Society may be congratulated on the success of its annual exhibition, which closed on Thursday evening. The attendance exceeded that of any of the preceding days. In the evening the Royal Society's room was unable to accommodate the crowd which assembled to attend the limelight lecture which was to have been delivered by Mr. F.A. Joyner entitled "Sketches of a walking tour in New Zealand". Owing to a bereavement Mr. Joyner was unable to be present, but in his absence Mr. Andrew Scott B.A., happily guided his audience up the valleys and mountains of the Middle Island and gave them glimpses and views of some of the beautiful and majestic scenery for which New Zealand is so famous. The lantern slides were fine examples of the slide maker's art and were, with Mr. Scott's bright and pithy remarks, much appreciated. The splendid attendance was a fitting climax to a most attractive and successful exhibition and the public will no doubt look forward with interest to the next, which in the usual course will take place in about 12 months time.



Friday 16th October 1903
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

Thursday was the last day of the South Australian Photographic Society Exhibition at the Institute. The attendance, as was expected, was much in excess of any of the preceding days and many of those who gathered at the doors in the evening were unable to be seated in the Royal Society's room when the time arrived for Mr. Scott B.A., to deliver his limelight lecture entitled "Sketches of a Walktour in New Zealand". The views with which the lecture was illustrated were beautiful examples of the lantern slide maker's art and the onlookers felt almost transported by easy stages up and down the superbly grand mountain passes and valleys through which the walking tour was taken. Mr. Scott's clear and pithy descriptions of the country traversed and his beautiful views met with cordial applause throughout. The exhibition has in the number and quality of the entries, the world wide field covered by them, the general interest excited and the attendance of the public far exceeded any of its forerunners and the South Australian Photographic Society is to be congratulated on its splendid success.



Saturday 17th October 1903
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A CORRECTION

The report of the South Australian Photographic Society's Exhibition in this morning's Advertiser gives me the whole credit of the lantern lecture on "A walk through New Zealand". Will you allow me, in justice to Mr. F.A. Joyner, to explain that he is entitled to all the praise for the performance, as he made the slides from his own negatives and wrote out the lecture. All I did was to act as showman and so relieve him of the painful necessity of being present.

ANDREW SCOTT
The University, 16th October 1903



21st October 1903  Page 389 - The Australasian Photographic Review

The annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society, which was opened on the 8th October by Sir Samuel Way, was undoubtedly the best that has been held in South Australia. The exhibits numerically are double those of last year and show great progress in the art of photography. The pictures are numbered up to 296 and that is exclusive of the lantern slides, which for 7 days after the opening were on view to visitors to the rooms. The prints and plates have been classified with the greatest care; yet the judges, Messrs. R.P. Gill (A.R.C.A.), J. Kauffmann, and A.A. Stump, had to spend nearly two days in making their selections. These in some cases are obvious enough, but in others, particularly No. 37, “Spring Blossoms” by Miss Agnes Thomson, it is difficult to discern the predominant characteristics which are regarded as worthy of the silver medal and this, of course, is only in comparison with others in the same class.

The exhibits are given in three sections; first, including 16 classes, open only to members of the society; the second, with seven classes, open to members of any photographic society in the world and section 3, open to all photographers, but noncompetitive. The champion prize, offered by the society, is a gold medal for the best picture in either of the competitive sections. This was won by 160, “Innocence”, an exceedingly pretty child study by David Blount, of Great Britain. The beautiful modeling of the figure and the marvelous expression which the artist has caught render the picture well worthy of the honor bestowed it. It is curious to note that the same artist winning the same champion prize last year, used the same child for a model, the features being easily recognizable.

Class 1 (Landscape) was the largest of the exhibition and contained 82 pictures. Most of these were very fine and the collection showed great variety. No. 77 took the silver medal. It is in red carbon, is called “The Edge of the Moor” and is by F. Styant-Browne, of Tasmania.

Messrs. Andrew Scott, A.N. Kingsborough and W.P. Dollman acted as judges of the lantern slides.

       

SIR SAMUEL JAMES WAY, 1st Baronet

Born 11th April 1836 - Portsmouth, England
Died 8th January 1916 - North Adelaide, South Australia

LIEUTENANT-GOVERNOR of SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Friday 23rd October 1903
Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (SA)

The annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society was opened at the Institute, North-terrace, Adelaide, on October 8. The majority of the pictures were only ordinary, some were very creditable and a few excellent. Several, two nude and semi-nude studies in particular, ought never to have been placed on the walls. Inappropriate tones for the subjects were prominent in such pronounced colors as marine blue and coppery red for land and seascapes. In architecture and one section of genre and hand camera work the judges declined to make an award, a course which should have been followed in one or two other sections if the judges opinion as to the best goes for anything. Mr. David Blount's "Innocence" was the finest picture in the exhibition (except the example by the late Mr. H.P. Robinson, of England, which was on loan), but is not as a whole equal to his effort of last year, "A daughter of Eve". Mr. Blount, who is something more than an amateur, manifests considerable skill in the manipulation of his tones and endows his pictures with an animation that is almost marvelous as a work in monochrome. Some of the South Australian exhibits are worthy of mention. Mr. C.L. Whitham's cloud studies are capital specimens of what the camera can do in catching the almost terribly beautiful thunder clouds which at times threaten localities in Australia. Messrs. John Kauffmann, F.A. Joyner and H. Ashworth, showed some excellent work. The evening programs included lantern exhibitions and lectures. The attendances were good; but the society would have done well to have given a little more thought for country clubs and made some effort to have obtained exhibits from their members and thus brought city and country amateurs more in touch. The Kapunda Photographic Club would have been represented by Messrs. B.R. Banyer (President) and T. Warner (Hon.Secretary) and possibly one or two others, if the South Australian Photographic Society had drawn special attention to the date of the exhibition, which was overlooked.



21st November 1903  Page 432 - The Australasian Photographic Review

The annual exhibition of the South Australian Photographic Society was opened at the Institute, North-terrace, Adelaide, on 8th October. The majority of the pictures were only ordinary, some were very creditable and a few excellent. Several, two nude and semi nude studies in particular, ought never to have been placed on the walls. Inappropriate tones for the subjects were prominent in such pronounced colors as marine blue and coppery red for land and seascapes. In architecture and one section of genre and hand camera work the judges declined to make an award, a course which should have been followed in one or two other sections, if the judge's opinion as to the best goes for anything. Mr. David Blount’s “Innocence” was the finest picture in the exhibition (except the example by the late Mr. H.P. Robinson, of England, which was on loan), but is not as a whole equal to his effort of last year, “A Daughter of Eve”. Mr. Blount, who is something more than an amateur, manifests considerable skill in the manipulation of his tones and endows his pictures with an animation that is almost marvelous as a work in monochrome. Some of the South Australian exhibits are worthy of mention. Mr. C.L. Whitham’s cloud studies are capital specimens of what the camera can do in catching the almost terribly beautiful thunder clouds which at times threaten localities in Australia. Messrs J. Kauffmann, F.A. Joyner and H. Ashworth, showed some excellent work. The evening programs included lantern exhibitions and lectures. The attendances were good; but the society would have done well to have given a little more thought for country clubs and made some effort to have obtained exhibits from their members and thus brought city and country amateurs more in touch. The Kapunda Photographic Club would have been represented by Messrs. B.R. Banyer (President) and T. Warner (Hon.Secretary), and possibly by one or two others, if the Adelaide society had drawn special attention to the date of the exhibition, which was over looked.



Saturday 19th December 1903
Page 23 - Adelaide Observer (SA)

South Australian amateur photographers will be glad to hear of the success of a few of their number at the exhibition of the Photographic Society of New South Wales. Silver medals were awarded to Mr. J. Kauffmann for his picture "After Sunrise", to Mr. A.H. Kingsborough for "An Old Pioneer" and to Miss Kingsborough for a flower study, "Marguerites". A picture by the first-named, "Port Adelaide", was highly commended and a similar honor was paid to Mr. F.A. Joyner's "Sheep on the River Bank".



Tuesday 1st March 1904
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SOCIETY OF ARTS
General meeting of Subscribers at 8pm, on Wednesday.

Paper — "Notes of a tour through New Zealand" (illustrated by Lantern Slides)
Mr. F.A. Joyner
South Australian Photographic Society
Council Meeting at 7pm,

H.E. POWELL
HON.SECRETARY.



Saturday 12th March 1904
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 6 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Institute, North-terrace, on Thursday evening. The President (Mr. S. Smeaton B.A.) occupied the chair and there was a large attendance of members and visitors. Mr. Gazard, on behalf of the special judges appointed to judge the prints exhibited in the platinotype competition, announced amid applause, that the successful competitor was the President. The President announced that the negative for use in connection with the lantern slide competition to be held at the April meeting would be available at S.P. Bond & Co.'s, Rundle-street; that any number of slides might be entered by one competitor and that the usual conditions regarding noms-de-plume must be observed. It was resolved that the judging of the slides should be left in the hands of the members present at the meeting. The exhibition prospectus was discussed and adjourned. The subject of the evening was supplied by Mr. A. Scott B.A., who imparted some of the mysteries of lantern-slide making. The demonstrator exhibited an ingenious printing frame and having given the formulae of his developing and fixing solutions and various lengths of exposure, he exposed, developed and fixed three slides in a short space of time. The demonstration was followed with deep interest by the audience, many of whom took copious notes and at its close Mr. Scott was loudly applauded.



Saturday 16th April 1904
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 6 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Royal Society's Rooms, Institute, North-terrace, on Thursday. The President (Mr. S. Smeaton B.A.) presided. Some fine enlargements by Mr. George Stace and two distinctly successful gum-bichromate pictures by Mr. W.S. Wedd, were submitted and met with the highly favorable criticism of members. By request, Mr. Stace briefly explained the method adopted by him in obtaining such examples of enlargement and promised at a future date to exhibit and explain the enlarging camera used, which he had made himself. The resignation of Mr. W.B. Poole as a vice-President and member of the committee was received with regret. One new member was elected. The President announced the conditions of the postcard competition, to be held on 12th May, which had been settled by the committee. He also intimated that before the announcement of the judges decision the audience would be afforded an opportunity by ballot of expressing its opinion of the postcards. It was resolved that the next exhibition of the society be held in conjunction with and to form the photographic section of the large exhibition of South Australian arts and industries, to be held by the Chamber of Manufactures in March and April, 1905. The main subject of the evening was a lantern slide competition, the slides of which there was a very large number, all having been printed from the same negative. The audience constituted the judges, with the result that Mr. A.H. Kingsborough was declared the prize-winner, Miss Kingsborough and Mr. T.B. Ragless gaining second and third places. The Hon.Secretary announced that the President desired to hand over the prize won by him in the platinotype competition as a prize for the lantern slide competition, owing principally to the fact that the funds of the society were low in consequence of delay of many members in paying their subscriptions. The offer was thankfully accepted. A general display of lantern slides, contributed by Messrs. Beaumont Read, S. Smeaton, T.B. Ragless, E. Atterton, D.G. Scott, H.T. Wadey and P.W. Martin concluded an enjoyable evening.



Saturday 11th June 1904
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Institute, North-terrace, on 9th June. Mr. S. Smeaton, B.A. (President) occupied the chair and there was a large attendance of members and visitors. Messrs. H. Ashworth, G. Stace and D.G. Scott submitted fine specimens of work for inspection. Following upon the demonstration by Mr. H. Ashworth at the previous meeting on "Pigment processes", a competition was held at this meeting. Prizes were offered by Baker & Rouse Proprietary for works in the carbon process and by Mr. H. Ashworth for those produced by other than that medium. The judges - Messrs. John Kauffmann and A.H. Kingsborough - placed Mr. J.C. Rawling's work in carbons first in its class and a picture in gum bichromate by Mr. W.S. Wedd in the same position for other processes; but owing to only four competitors exhibiting work the prizes were not awarded, six competitors being the minimum number allowed. On the motion of Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, seconded by Mr. R.F. Griffiths, it was unanimously resolved that the thanks of the society be accorded to the retiring honorary librarian (Mr. D.G. Scott) and that its appreciation of his work on the committee and as a private member be recorded on the minutes. Mr. Scott suitably responded. The subjects of the evening were supplied by Messrs. R.F. Griffiths and F.E. Hayman. The former addressed the members upon "Depth and focus scales" and by means of carefully prepared diagrams, explained some of the mysteries of photography. Mr. Hayman gave an exceedingly interesting carbon demonstration. Both speakers were heartily applauded.



Tuesday 19th July 1904
Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Royal Society's room. Institute, North-terrace, on Thursday evening. The retiring President (Mr. S. Smeaton B.A.) occupied the chair and there was a moderate attendance. It was resolved that it be a suggestion to the incoming committee that the society's next exhibition be held in March or April, 1905; also that the society will render every assistance to the Chamber of Manufactures in connection with the South Australian Exhibition of products, arts and industries, to be held by it in March and April, 1905. The Hon.Secretary read the annual report for the year ended June 30, from which the following is extracted: "The number of members now on the roll is 92, an increase of 7. The average attendance per meeting has been 35. A feature of the work has been the number of practical demonstrations, which at much expense of time and labor have been given by various members. These have been followed by competitions, the entries for which, with one exception, have been very good and your committee recommends the incoming committee to continue the practice, believing that these competitions have induced many members to take up new processes, which otherwise they would not have attempted. The tenth annual exhibition was opened on 8th October, last, remained open for one week and was a great success.

An exhibition was held by the New South Wales Society at the end of last year, at which Mr. A.H. Kingsborough gained a silver and a bronze medal and Mr. F.A. Joyner a bronze medal. Your committee also packed and forwarded free of charge to members a very large collection of exhibits to the exhibition held by the Cape Town Photographic Society in April 1904, and is gratified to notice that Messrs. F.A. Joyner, J. Gazard and W.S. Wedd were successful, Mr. Joyner having been awarded a special bronze medal".

The Hon.Treasurer submitted a balance-sheet, which showed a small credit balance. The report and balance-sheet were adopted. The retiring President gave an interesting address on "Photographic exhibitions and their lessons". The election of officers resulted: President. Mr. S.P. Bond; Vice Presidents, Messrs. J. Gazard and A. Vaughan; Hon.Treasurer, Mr. F. Gabriel; librarian, Mr. F.E. Hayman; committee, the executive officers and Messrs. W. Andrew, F.W. Dancker, T.B. Ragless and S. Smeaton B.A.; hon. auditors, Messrs. E. Atterton and J.D. Dixon; lanternist, Mr. R.B. Adamson; Hon.Secretary, Mr. P.H. Evans.



Friday 29th July 1904
Page 9 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, SA)
Page 6 - Kapunda Herald (SA)

The third annual meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club was held on Tuesday evening. Mr. B.R. Banyer (President) presided. The election of officers for the ensuing year was as follows: President, Mr. R.S. Hawke; vice-President, Mr. A. Berrett; Hon.Secretary, Mr. Thomas Warner; committee, Messrs. M. Thomson, Sidney Albert Boriston Oats and B.R. Banyer, with the officers. The retiring officers were accorded a vote of thanks. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. Thomas Warner) read the annual report. It stated that the year had been a most successful and interesting one. The membership had doubled itself and now stood at 33; but the most pleasant side was the keen interest which had been taken by members generally in the practical work of the club. The fortnightly meeting had been well attended and the demonstrations had been the means of imparting a large amount of photographic knowledge among amateurs. The year's work had included developing plates of all kinds, making of lantern slides, bromide and carbon work, toning printing out paper by various processes, post card work, flashlight photography enlarging negatives and short papers. Several competitions were held during the year, in which great interest was taken and the work good. The society had forwarded pictures and lantern slides to an art exhibition at Riverton and to exhibitions in connection with the Mount Gambier and Port Pirie Photographic Societies. Arrangements are now in progress for a competition between country clubs to take place at as early a date as possible. The club had received valuable assistance from Messrs. A.H. Kingsborough (of Messrs. S.P. Bond & Co) and H.H. Wight (of Messrs. Baker & Rouse) and were also indebted to Revs G. Williams and A.G. Fry, of Kapunda, for the use of lanterns and assistance in other ways. The balance-sheet showed a credit balance. The meeting was then opened to the public, an exhibition of pictures and lantern slides having been arranged. There was a large attendance. Mr. R.S. Hawke (the newly-elected President) presided. Pictures were on view from members of the club and from the Mount Gambier society. They were a great attraction and highly eulogistic remarks were passed and surprise expressed as to the high quality of the work, especially that by the Kapunda Photographic Club, which, it should be stated, has been in existence some two years longer than the Mount Gambier society. The lantern slides were a choice lot. They were by members of the South Australian Photographic Society, Port Pirie, Mount Gambier and Kapunda Societies and also a number lent by Messrs. Baker & Rouse and others by Dr A.A. Hamilton, of Adelaide and Mr. T.S. Nicolle, of Auburn. They were shown by means of a new limelight apparatus just obtained by the Rev Father Williams and under the direction of H.H. Wight and an assistant. The light was a very brilliant one and the excellent slides were shown to advantage and met with many approbation. The opinion was unanimous that the apparatus was a splendid one, exceedingly simple to manipulate and perfectly safe the gas being stored in a compressed state in an iron chamber and not generated while connected with the lantern. On the motion of Mr. J. Packer, seconded by Mr. B.R. Banyer, all who had assisted the club in making the meeting such a great success were heartily thanked. The Rev. G. Williams and Mr. Wight replied.



Friday 14th October 1904
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A lecture under the auspices of the South Australian Photographic Society was delivered at the North-terrace Institute on Thursday evening by Mr. S.P. Bond. The object of the lecture was to illustrate the, advantages of using chemicals in tabloid form and prints were distributed and lantern slides shown illustrative of the system. There was a good attendance and the beautiful slides thrown on the screen were much appreciated.



Monday 17th October 1904
Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Royal Society's room, institute, North terrace, on Thursday evening. The President (Mr. S.P. Bond) occupied the chair and there was a full attendance of members and visitors. The chairman announced that during the month a successful field day had been held in the neighborhood of Glen Osmond and that the members attending had been most hospitably entertained by Mr. F.G. Scammell at his residence. It was resolved to hold the next field day at Port Adelaide. The President delivered an address on the use of tabloid chemicals and illustrated it by the display through Mr. R.B. Adamson's limelight lantern of some beautiful views and by handing round a number of excellent prints. The lecture was prepared by Messrs. Burroughs, Wellcome & Co. and was much appreciated.



Friday 10th February 1905
Page 1 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Saturday 11th February 1905
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held on Thursday evening, Mr. S.P. Bond presiding over a good attendance. Views that had been taken by several members were handed round for inspection and criticism. Many of the pictures were much admired and in some instances hints were given where it was thought improvements might be made. Mr. A.H. Kingsborough read a paper, entitled "Intensification and reduction", which was illustrated by a number of limelight views.

Saturday 15th April 1905
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

SOCIETY OF ARTS EXHIBITION
The free exhibition of the Society of Arts at the Institute Building, North-terrace, has been well attended throughout the season. There are about 80 pictures shown, including several which have been recently added by Hans Heysen and Hayley Lever. The art union which the society has promoted is receiving fair attention. It has been decided to draw for the prizes about 16th May. Great attractions are the photographs which have just been hung in the east gallery by the South Australian Photographic Society (which is affiliated with the Society of Arts). These represent the loan collection of the Royal Photographic Society and they have just arrived from Melbourne, where they were exhibited by the Victorian society. They probably form the best collection of photographs which has been displayed here and well illustrate the perfection which the photographic art has attained in Great Britain. The privilege of viewing these works in connection with the Society of Arts pictures should be taken advantage of by all who appreciate artistic effort. The galleries will remain open for another month.



Friday 12th May 1905
Page 3 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

ARTISTIC PHOTOGRAPHS
There are at present on view at the rooms of the South Australian Photographic Society in the Institute, North-terrace, a fine collection of photographic works, which have been sent out on loan by the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain. The collection is a thoroughly representative one, there being altogether 52 pictures by nearly as many of the leading photographers in the United Kingdom. The exhibition well repays a visit. The President of the South Australian Photographic Society (Mr. S.P. Bond) took the chair at a meeting of members on Thursday evening when Mr. J. White gave an interesting criticism of the loan exhibition.



Saturday 13th May 1905
Page 11 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held on Thursday at the rooms of the Society of Arts. Mr. S.P. Bond presided over a good attendance of members and visitors. The principal business was a "Criticism" by Mr. John White F.S.A., of a number of pictures forming a loan collection from the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain. Among these are some fine examples of photographic art. The "Criticism" from an artists point of view proved of an exceedingly interesting character.



Saturday 10th June 1905
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Royal Society's Rooms on Thursday. There was a good attendance of members and visitors. After the ordinary business had been concluded a lantern slide competition was held. About 80 fine slides were shown on the screen by Mr. Adamson, the society's lanternist. The judging was by the choice of the audience and resulted in the prize going to Mr. S.P. Bond (President), who also took second place, while Mr. T.B. Ragless annexed the third.



Friday 14th July 1905
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

The twentieth annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Royal Society's rooms, the Institute, North-terrace, on Thursday evening, the retiring President (Mr. S.P. Bond) occupying the chair. The report of the committee stated that the society had 75 members on the roll, a decrease of 17. Three new members had been enrolled during the year and the average attendance had been 24, in addition to a fair number of visitors. The committee regretted that comparatively little interest was taken in the competitions arranged during the year and in the field-days, which were included in the year's program. It was gratifying to know that several members were successful in obtaining awards at various exhibitions, notably Messrs. Ashworth and Stoward at the Royal Society's and Miss Kingsborough and Messrs. Joyner and Kingsborough in Melbourne and Sydney. It was hoped that all the members would take part in the forthcoming exhibition in September and endeavor to make it as successful as those of the past. On behalf of members, the committee desired to thank those gentlemen who had prepared lectures and demonstrations for the benefit of the society. The balance-sheet showed the finances to be in a satisfactory condition and both it and the report were adopted. The following officers were elected: Patron, the Governor; President, Mr. A. Vaughan; vice-President, Mr. F.E. Hayman. There was not a good attendance, owing to wet weather and the remainder of the officials will be elected at the next monthly meeting.



Friday 15th September 1905
Page 10 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 1 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

The South Australian Photographic Society has arranged an exhibition of pictures at the Society of Arts rooms, Institute Building North terrace. Apart from the work of the local photographers, examples have been received from England, South Africa and Victoria. Although numerically smaller than previous exhibitions (110 pictures are displayed), the artistic and technical quality of the work is of a high standard, particularly in the figure and landscape classes. A private view of the exhibition to members of the society was held last evening and there was a large attendance. The galleries will be open today and tomorrow from 11am to 5pm and in the evening from 7.30pm to 9.30pm. The public will be admitted free. The judges in classes 1 to 5 and 10 to 13 were Messrs. White, Heysen and Powell and in other classes Messrs. Belcher and Duryea.

The pictures have been judged and the following awards made:

ONLY OPEN TO MEMBERS OF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
LANDSCAPE: FIRST: Mrs. A.H. Kingsborough	GENRE: FIRST: Mr. A.H. Kingsborough	PORTRAIT OR FIGURE STUDY: FIRST: Mrs. M. Jay	HAND CAMERA WORK: FIRST: Mr. S. Smeaton	ENLARGEMENTS: FIRST: Mr. T.B. Ragless
OPEN TO MEMBERS OF ANY PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY IN THE WORLD
LANDSCAPE: FIRST: Mr. G. Montgomery (Ballarat)	GENRE OR FIGURE STUDY: FIRST: Mr. G. Montgomery (Ballarat)	LANTERN SLIDES: FIRST: Mr. A.J. Fuller (Capetown)	STEREOSCOPIC PAPER PRINTS: FIRST: Mr. A.J. Fuller (Capetown)

Saturday 16th September 1905
Page 10 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The South Australian Photographic Society's Exhibition was opened on Thursday evening. Lovers of photographic art will regret that it is not larger. Though quantity is wanting, quality is not and there is much of interest to be seen in the Society of Arts rooms.
CLASS 1: SECTION 1 (LANDSCAPE): the prize has been awarded to Mr. A.H. Kingsborough for a country scene showing a hut among trees and an old man carrying a bundle of sticks. The whole effect is most artistic. Among other exhibits in this class are two contrasting pictures, an English road bordered by leafless trees and a vine yard with bullock dray laden with grapes.
CLASS 2: Few seascapes are shown.
CLASS 3 (GENRE): Mr. Kingsborough has again been successful, the subject being two men working at an anvil, pose and lighting are both good.
CLASS 4: (PORTRAITS AND FIGURE STUDY): the prize goes to Mrs. M. Jay, for a study of a girl with a violin. The pose is graceful and the tone soft. Two studies of old women in this section have an interest of their own.
CLASS 5: (STILL LIFE): the exhibitors have sent, in chiefly small studies of flowers. A huge cactus in full bloom is most noticeable.
CLASS 7: (HAND CAMERA WORK): the prize has been awarded to Mr. R. Smeaton for a set of six views of Australia by land and river.
CLASS 9: (ENLARGEMENTS): is probably the strongest, the prize falling to Mr. T.B. Ragless for a picture of sea and rocky shore. Copies of paintings, figure and animal studies are shown in class 10, section 2 (landscapes): the work is varied and interesting. Mr. G. Montgomery (Ballarat) carried off the prize with a charming little bit showing still water and reflections.
CLASS 11: SECTION 2: seascapes of differing styles are shown, while class 12 (genre). has several attractively treated subjects: Mr. Montgomery is again successful.
CLASS 13: is devoted to still life, otherwise flowers, chiefly roses, some of which might well hold their own at any show.
CLASS 14: (ARCHITECTURE): has not called out much competition, but a small study of a little church surrounded by Cyprus trees is a perfect little gem. In the non competitive an old man's head, is notable.

The exhibition will be continued till to night.



Saturday 14th October 1905
Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the institute on Thursday, the President (Mr. A. Vaughan) being in the chair. Prints for criticism were submitted by Mr. A. Flint. A demonstration of the sulphide process of toning bromides was given by Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, who with his usual facility and thoroughness made the subject interesting to workers in bromide paper. The process was pronounced to be one of the most permanent and resulted in a pleasing brown color. Prints made on a large variety of brands of paper were submitted by Mr. Wedd, who had devoted a considerable amount of attention to the process. Mr. S. Smeaton supplemented the remarks of the demonstrator and showed samples of toning of glossy paper and gave his experience. Prints toned by the ferro-cyanide of copper method were also exhibited by him. The members were convinced of the superiority of the sulphide of soda bath and plied the demonstrator with pertinent and practical questions.



Friday 12th January 1906
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

The annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Institute, North-terrace, on Thursday evening. There was a fair attendance, over which Mr. A. Vaughan presided. The chairman read the annual report, which stated that an alteration of the rules had been made, which changed the end of the financial year from June to December. An exhibition was held in September under great difficulties. It was opened free to the public for several days, as the committee deemed it inadvisable to charge for admission owing principally to the paucity of exhibits and the lack of interest in the exhibition on the part of local, inter-State and oversea workers. It was proposed to arrange the program at least six months in advance. The financial statement showed that the receipts had been nearly £30. The society began the year with a credit balance of a little over £1 and ended with a balance also on the right side of approximately £10.

The election of officers resulted as follows: President, Mr. A. Vaughan; vice-Presidents, Messrs. F.E. Hayman and T.B. Ragless; committee, Messrs. R.F. Griffiths. E. Atterton, C.L. Whitham and S. Smeaton; Hon.Treasurer, F. Gabriel; Hon.Secretary, H.E. Powell.



Thursday 14th June 1906
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

Although it is not often under the limelight, the South Australian Photographic Society, which has been in existence for many years, is a most useful institution and has done some excellent work in the past. As it has just been reorganized, its sphere of usefulness will be largely extended. A determined effort is to be made to render the society more progressive and influential than ever and the results of the reorganization should be an increase of membership and the enjoyment of still greater popularity. The annual meeting takes place tonight.



Friday 15th June 1906
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the institute, North-terrace, on Thursday evening. The President (Mr. F.A. Joyner) presided over a good attendance. The draft program, for the six months ended December next was submitted and adopted. A draft of the revised rules was also submitted to the members and was adopted with slight alterations. The President stated that since their election to office the committee had given serious consideration to the society's affairs and he made a pronouncement as to their future policy for conducting the business and also submitted proposals for the advancement and encouragement of pictorial, scientific and technical photography. He stated that the committee believed that photography, as an end in itself, must necessarily die, but photography as a means to an end must live and progress until it attained proportions of which they hardly, dared to dream. The science and art of photography were dependent on each other. It was evident that the pictorial worker must possess some knowledge of the technical side of photography. With the co-operation of the members of the society the committee hoped to arrange such a series of instructive and helpful lectures and demonstrations that the progressive worker might be continually adding to his powers of observation, his artistic sympathies and his craftmanship. The committee proposed to adopt the interpretation of the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain as to the meaning of the terms technical and scientific photography and they therefore proposed to include within the scope of the society the various processes of color photography, the photographic reproduction of paintings, drawings, maps and plans, photographs by artificial light, photography as applied to industrial and educational purposes, astronomy, spectroscopy, geology, meteorology, medicine, surgery and the Rontgen rays, surveying and engineering, zoology and botany, telephotography, new processes, photography as applied to military purposes, recording instruments, negatives, transparencies, stereoscopic prints and slides, lantern slide and general work, processes of photomechanical reproduction, including photogravure, photolithography, collotype, photozincography, Woodburytype and polychromatic printing. With a view to the elevation and encouragement of the work of the whole of the members of the society, whether in relation to photography generally or particular branches of the art, the committee contemplated promoting and holding from time to time exhibitions restricted to members only. In order to cultivate harmonious relations and enable members to become better acquainted with one another, the committee intended arranging for social and informal gatherings. The first would be held in August next to commemorate the coming of age of the society.



Tuesday 19th June 1906
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Saturday 23rd June 1906
Page 37 - Chronicle (Adelaide SA)

PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORD AND SURVEY
The Hon.Secretary of the South Australian Photographic Society (Mr. A. H. Kingsborough) informs us that, judging from the hearty reception that the society's scheme for the photographic survey of the State and the collection of records by means of the camera has met with, the project is certain to succeed. The society hopes that a valuable collection of pictures of early South Australia will soon be ready for exhibition to the public.



Tuesday 19th June 1906
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The following statement was read at the latest meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society by the President (Mr. F.A. Joyner): "The committee deem the present time opportune and therefore propose to undertake as far as possible a photographic record and survey of South Australia. The foundation of this State was practically coeval with the application of photography for it was only in 1839 that the discovery of Daguerre was announced, but where are the records of the past 70 years ? Many are irretrievably lost; a few are preserved in the Art Gallery and Public Library and the Royal Geographical Society have done yeoman service, in rescuing interesting relics and records from oblivion. Our pioneers are fast lessening in numbers: the tenements of the early settlers have been swept away; old landmarks have been destroyed by the ravages of time and the hand of the builder; our aboriginals, with their unique customs and ceremonials, are fast dying out and one after another the signs and traces that link the successes of the present with the struggles of the past are being ruthlessly destroyed. Every day sees something, of the old order changing. It is certain that if we cannot collect the relics of the past within the next few years we cannot hope to obtain them later and the value of those that escape destruction will be minimized by their fragmentary and isolated character. Briefly, the purpose of the proposed survey is to acquire and preserve a permanent record of (l) The scenery, geology and natural history of the State; (2) Historic landmarks and places of interest; (3) manners, customs, ceremonies and sports of the people; (4) shipping and means of transport; (5) methods of cultivation and manufacture. In short, the social life and public events of the South Australia of today, as well as the reproduction of old prints, maps and records of the South Australia of the past. This scheme, besides doing valuable service to posterity, would bring us into touch with isolated workers throughout the State: would tend to give point and zest to our excursions; would unite the members of the society as only those are united who have a definite object in view and who work for a common end and lastly, it would add to the status of the South Australian Photographic Society in the eyes of the public".



Tuesday 3rd July 1906
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORD AND SURVEY OF THE STATE
The endeavor of the South Australian Photographic Society to obtain pictures relating to the early days as a basis for their scheme for a photographic record and survey of the State has already borne fruit in several directions. Much interest has been aroused in the matter and present indications point to the probability of the society gathering together a collection of records that in days to come will be priceless. Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, the Hon.Secretary, has received from Sir Charles Todd a number of photographs, dealing principally with the work of constructing the overland telegraph line. These are already of considerable historical value, which will of course increase as the years go by. If any South Australians have pictures dealing with the early days the society will be grateful to receive them and promise to preserve them for posterity. If the owners do not care to part with the pictures the society will copy them and return them uninjured. There must be many hundreds of such pictures scattered about the State and they ought to be in a national collection. The society have entered on a great and important work and the members are displaying the utmost enthusiasm. There are possibilities of usefulness in if that are as yet only dimly perceived.



Friday 13th July 1906
Page 2 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

A VALUABLE SET OF PICTURES
At the monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society on Thursday evening 30 pictures, presented to the Society by Sir Charles Todd, were exhibited and excited considerable attention. They dealt chiefly with the events connected with the erection of the transcontinental telegraph, with which Sir Charles was so closely identified. These pictures will form a valuable nucleus for the collection which the society is making in connection with the early history of South Australia.



Friday 13th July 1906
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

THE PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORD
A commendable spirit has been exhibited by owners of historical photographs in response to the appeal made by the South Australian Photographic Society, which desires to become possessed of photographs which were taken in the early days of the State and which will form an interesting link in the pictorial chain of the State's history. It is highly desirable that photographs of historical interest should be preserved for the benefit of the generations yet unborn and people who have pictures to which they do not attach much value and which might find their way to the fire or the dustbin, should give a thought to posterity and forward them to Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, the Hon.Secretary of the society. There must be thousands of such photographs in existence, which would be of much interest to people even of the present age - pictures showing the streets of the city in the days of their youth and of buildings which 40 or 50 years ago were regarded as mansions. Even at a more modern period there were palatial premises erected which have since succumbed to the blows of the workman's hammer, to make room for the up-to-date places which now adorn the streets. For example, hundreds of times questions have been answered through the press as to the locality of such historical places as the Hotel Europe, in Grenfell-street and the Nimble Ninepence, in King William-street. These are only two examples. Thousands could be quoted. As already mentioned in "The Advertiser", Sir Charles Todd has forwarded to Mr. Kingsborough 30 photographs connected with the erection of the overland telegraph line and the landing of the cable at Port Darwin and they will be of immense value later on. Various other pictures have been received and the Photographic Society has applied to the Public Library Board for accommodation in the Society of Arts Department of the new building in course of erection at the rear of the Institute, so that the photographs can be framed or bound and placed in safe keeping for ever. The idea is a good one and it is to be hoped the collection of pictures will be a large one.



Friday 13th July 1906
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Institute, North-terrace, on Thursday evening. There was a large attendance of members and the President (Mr. F.A. Joyner), presided. Five new members were elected and four nominations for membership were received. The committee reported that Mr. H.P. Gill had been appointed vice-President. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) announced that in connection with the photographic record and survey 30 pictures had been presented by Sir Charles Todd. They were exhibited at the meeting and excited considerable attention and interest. Mr. A.W. Dobbie, an old and enthusiastic photographer, read a short paper and gave a demonstration of stereoscopic photography. Mr. Dobbie dealt with the essentials necessary to secure successful pictures and showed apparatus to illustrate his remarks. A large number of pictures were exhibited and several astronomical and colored flower studies were specially interesting. Mr. W. Dollman also contributed a paper, taking as his subject, "Stereo-photo micrography", a scientific branch to which he has devoted considerable attention and for which he has been commended by the Royal Microscopical Society and Quekett Society of London. He detailed his methods of working and showed a number of stereographs of microscopic objects. The President announced that the nest meeting would take the form of a social to commemorate the twenty first anniversary of the society.



21st July 1906  Page 272 - The Australasian Photographic Review

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
An important meeting of members of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Institute Building, Adelaide, on the evening of Thursday 14th June, when the new committee stated their policy for the future guidance of the Society and a revision of the rules was made. Mr. F.A. Joyner (the newly-elected President) occupied the chair. Mr. Joyner said:

In August of this year the Society will complete its twenty-first year and become of age and looking back upon its history, the members review a record of which any similar association might be proud. The committee is, however, convinced that if the Society is to continue to progress it must do more than merely follow the example of its predecessors. We wish to define the inevitable course that in the future all progressive workers must follow in spite of themselves. We believe that photography, as an end in itself, must necessarily die; but photography as a means to an end must live and progress until it attains proportions of which now we hardly dare to dream.

The science and art of photography are dependent the one upon the other. It is evident that the pictorial worker must possess some knowledge of the technical side of photography. Technique must be considered because it is the foundation of Art and it is the artist-worker more than any other who needs to have the greatest technical knowledge and ability. That technical knowledge, involving among other things the theory of exposure, development, printing and elementary optics, it will be our aim to impart to all who do not possess it.

With the co-operation of the members of the Society, the committee hope to arrange such a series of instructive and helpful lectures and demonstrations that the progressive worker may be continually adding to his powers of observation, his artistic sympathies and his craftsman ship.

The beginner will be catered for to the best of our ability, so that he can have no excuse for misuse of his materials and having so catered for him, we will endeavor to cultivate and bring to its most useful and perhaps, most ornamental issue the particular branch of the art to which he is specially attracted or for which he is particularly fitted.

To those who have obtained a mastery of the theory and practice of photography, and who care not for its artistic side, special avenues will be opened, wherein they may apply their skill and fancy and in the application, whilst pleasing themselves, benefit their fellows.

For those whose tendencies are to the artistic side of things every effort will be made to encourage their endeavors and to lead them into the true channels of success.

The committee proposes to adopt the interpretation of the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain as to the meaning of the terms “technical and scientific photography” and they therefore propose to include within the scope of the Society the various processes of color photography, the photographic reproduction of paintings, drawings, maps and plans, photographs by artificial light, photography as applied to industrial and educational purposes, astronomy, spectroscopy, geology, meteorology, medicine, surgery and the Rontgen rays, surveying and engineering, zoology and botany, telephotography, new processes, photography as applied to military purposes, recording instruments, negatives, transparencies, stereoscopic prints and slides, lantern slides and general work, processes of photo mechanical reproduction, including photogravure, photo-lithography, collotype, photo-zincography, Woodburytype and polychromatic printing.

The committee intends promoting an International Exhibition of Photography for September 1907, and will invite the co-operation of photographers throughout the world and they will endeavor to arrange for a loan collection of the pictures of master workers. The committee recommend that in future public exhibitions a rigid selection be instituted, only pictures of decided artistic, scientific, or technical merit being admitted and hung. They aspire to make the admission of a picture itself an honor independent of any awards it may be expedient to offer and they believe that if the works were selected by a careful and competent jury it would tend greatly to raise the status of our work in the community.

With a view to the elevation and encouragement of the work of the whole of the members of the Society, whether in relation to photography generally or particular branches of the art, the committee contemplates promoting and holding from time to time exhibitions restricted to members only.

The committee deems the present time opportune and therefore proposes to undertake as far as possible a photographic record and survey of South Australia. The foundation of this State was practically co-eval with the application of photography, for it was only in 1839 that the discovery of Daguerrotype was announced; but where are the records of the past 70 years? Many are irretrievably lost, a few are preserved in the Art Gallery and Public Library and the Royal Geographical Society has done yeoman service in rescuing interesting relics and records from oblivion. Our pioneers are fast lessening in numbers; the tenements of the early settlers have been swept away; old landmarks have been destroyed by the ravages of time and the hand of the builder; our aboriginals with their unique customs and ceremonials are fast dying out and one after another the signs and traces that link the successes of the present with the struggles of the past are being ruthlessly destroyed. Every day sees something of the old order changing and it is certain that if we cannot collect the relics of the past within the next few years we cannot hope to obtain them later and the value of those that escape destruction will be minimized by their fragmentary and isolated character. Briefly, the purpose of the proposed survey is to acquire and preserve a permanent record of:
(1) The scenery, geology and natural history of the State;
(2) historic landmarks and places of interest;
(3) manners, customs, ceremonies and sports of the people;
(4) shipping and means of transport;
(5) methods of cultivation and manufacture; in short, the social life and public events of the South Australia of to-day, as well as the reproduction of old prints, maps and records of the South Australia of the past.

It was also announced by the Chairman that the committee intended to augment the library of the Society, to promote excursions and to arrange for social and informal gatherings. The first social would be held in August next to commemorate the coming of age of the Society.

The revision of the rules then took place, the object of the Society being declared to be “The advancement and encouragement of Pictorial, Scientific and Technical Photography".



Saturday 21st July 1906
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 38 - Chronicle (Adelaide SA)

Amongst the photographs received by Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, the Hon.Secretary of the South Australian Photographic Society, in response to the appeal for photographs associated with the early history of the State, is a daguerreotype (a positive on glass) of Mr. Hall, the first professional photographer who carried on business in Adelaide. Mr. Hall had a wooden leg and he was popularly known as "Peg-leg". The mention of that sobriquet will remind some old colonists of the gentleman who will be immortalized by his portrait, which will be exhibited in the collection being made by the Hon.Secretary. Mr. J. Western sent the portrait to Mr. Kingsborough.



Saturday 21st July 1906
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A SOCIETY'S COMING OF AGE
The South Australian Photographic Society will celebrate the twenty-first anniversary of its foundation on the 9th August and it is intended to arrange a social in honor of the occasion. Photography as an art has made such rapid strides during the last 20 years and indeed is still making such advances that its patrons who have made it a lifelong study are only beginning to realize its possibilities and regard themselves as students almost as much as the youth who has just purchased his first pocket Kodak. The skilled amateur of to-day, to say nothing of the professional, to a great extent looks back on the work done a quarter of a century ago as work of poor quality compared with the artistic productions of the present day and there are members of the society who, when it was inaugurated, thought they had almost reached the pinnacle of perfection and who now cherish the pictures they took in those days as pleasant mementoes of a past time when mechanical rather than artistic methods were regarded as the only difficulties that had to be overcome to attain efficiency. The social referred to is to be held at the society's rooms, North-terrace and guests will be able to compare the work of the present with the work of the past age, as the committee are arranging for a large collection of lantern slides, photographs and other items of interest to be on view in the room. A musical program also will be provided.



Friday 10th August 1906
Page 5 - Kapunda Herald (SA)

KAPUNDA PHOTOGRAPHIC CLUB The meeting of this club was held on Tuesday evening, The President (Rev. George Williams) in taking the chair regretted his absence at the annual meeting and wished to thank the members of the club for the honor they had bestowed upon him, which he did in interesting photographic terms. The audited balance sheet showed a credit balance of £5/9/1, which was considered highly satisfactory. The program of work, for the ensuing six months was submitted by the committee and approved. A letter was received from Mr. J. Kauffmann, of Adelaide, thanking members for his election as a life member. It was resolved to congratulate the South Australian Photographic Society on the attainment of the twenty-first anniversary of its inauguration. The President presented the club with a number of photographic magazines for the library, which were accepted with thanks. The program for the evening was the reading of selected articles by members. Discussion followed and a profitable evening was spent.



Friday 10th August 1906
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the Kapunda Photographic Club was held on Tuesday evening. The President is the Rev. G. Williams, who marked his election to the office by the gift of a number of useful magazines to the club's library. The balance-sheet, read by the Hon.Secretary (Mr. Thomas Warner), showed a satisfactory financial condition, there being a credit balance of over £5, notwithstanding that there had been unusual expenditure during the year. It was resolved to forward congratulations to the South Australian Photographic Society on the completion of its 21st year.



Saturday 11th August 1906
Page 38 - Chronicle (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN HONORED - Mr. W.P. Dollman
It is a singular fact that, through the medium of the photographic lens, some of the smallest things in existence - diatoms, have served to advertise South Australia in a manner which could not have been anticipated by anyone, while at the same time they have brought much honor to a South Australian student of micro-photography. Mr. W.P. Dollman, of North Adelaide, is the gentleman referred to. For many years Mr. Dollman has been a devotee of the art of photography and he has produced some magnificent work, some of his stereoscopic slides being comparable with anything turned out in any part of the world. It is questionable whether anyone else in Australia has such a large collection of valuable lenses as Mr. Dollman, whose great ambition is to be thoroughly up to date although he is only an amateur. For years, he has worked in a quiet way and only a few friends were aware of his high-class productions. Mr. Dollman is also a microscopist and he has combined photography and microscopy in such a way as to win the highest distinction which the Royal Microscopical Society of London can confer on anyone. When the Microscopical Society was revived in Adelaide about three years ago, Mr. Dollman became associated with it and last year he was induced to prepare a paper on photomicography. The slides exhibited were of such exceptional merit that the Hon.Secretary (Mr. E.J. Bradley) obtained some stereophotos from Mr. Dollman and forwarded them to the Hon.Secretary of the Quekett Microscopical Club in London. Some notes by Mr. Dollman accompanied the slides. The exhibits were so much admired that the Hon.Secretary of the club wrote to Mr. Dollman and asked him to send a paper on the subject, so that it could be read before the club. The slides dealt principally with diatoms. Mr. Dollman wrote the paper as requested and dispatched it to London, where the scientists connected with the Quekett Club went into raptures over the photographs. It was then ascertained that a leading member of the Royal Microscopical Society of London was compiling notes on the same subject and the Quekett Club approached the Royal Society and suggested that Mr. Dollman's paper should be read and his slides shown at the same meeting as the work of the London man. This course was agreed upon and the Royal society members were equally as enthusiastic in their admiration of Mr. Dollman's work as were those of the Quekett Club. These two microscopical institutions are the leading organizations of their kind in the world and it is a high honor to Mr. Dollman to have won such a compliment as he has won. The journal of the Royal society has now been issued and it is seen that Mr. Dollman's paper has been given pride of place, the one written by the English investigator being printed after it. Letters received from London State that Mr. Dollman's photographs have without exception, been described as the finest ever seen there. Many of the members never heard of the Adelaide Microscopicala Society before and the North Adelaide artist has therefore in an unexpected way given the State a good advertisement. The journals of the organizations mentioned are sent to all parts of the world.



Thursday 16th August 1906
Page 9 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

THE PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
TWENTY-FIRST ANNIVERSARY
The South Australian Photographic Society, founded on 15th August 1885, celebrated its 21st anniversary on Wednesday evening by a social and exhibition of pictures at Bricknell's Care. There was a large attendance, the President (Mr. F.A. Joyner) occupying the chair. The President said that he desired to extend to those present a cordial welcome. They were celebrating the 21st anniversary of the foundation of the Society and it seemed proper that he should give some short particulars of its history. Before doing so he thanked most heartily those non-members who had so largely contributed to the success of the gathering that evening. To Sir Charles Todd they were indebted for the loan of excellent examples of the application of photography to the science of astronomy, to Messrs. Radford and Kauffmann for the pictorial work which embellished the walls of the room and to Mr. Dollman for examples of his specialty micro-stereography.

The first public information of the society was contained in an advertisement which appeared in the daily newspapers of 14th August 1885, as follows: "Photography - A first general meeting will be held at A. Flegelcaub's office, Freeman Street, on Friday 15th August at 7pm, for the purpose of forming a Photographic Society. All amateurs wishing to become members are requested to attend or send their names". Following that notice, the first meeting of the society was duly held and the names of the first members were: President, Mr. S.J. Dailey; vice-Presidents, Messrs. A. Flegeltaub and D. Walker, Hon.Treasurer, Mr. F.C. Krichauff; Hon.Secretary and Librarian, Mr. James Talbot; committee, Messrs. McKenzie, Atkinson, Beare and Elliott. To these names as foundation members must be added those of Messrs. Janisch, J.H. Davidson. Henderson, Taplin, Howland, Woodward and Adcock.

He regretted to say that none of these gentlemen were now members of the society. It was an interesting fact, however, that three of the present members, Messrs. Kingsborough, Gall and Adamson were then members. From January 1889, until the present time the society had continued to progress. A room for meetings was secured in the Chamber of Manufactures and regular monthly meetings had been duly held. A year or two ago the society became affiliated with the Society of Arts and they thereby obtained a domicile in that society's rooms at the old institute building on North terrace. This present meeting would have been held there but for the fact that alterations to the building rendered it inconvenient for the purpose. The society might fairly claim to be the premier body of the kind in the States. Its individual members had won distinctions in London, Philadelphia and in all the principal cities of the Commonwealth. As far back as 1897 the society was awarded a certificate of merit at the Jubilee Exhibition in Adelaide. The society was now engaged in an undertaking of national importance, the collection and preservation of photographic records of the history of the country, its people, their manners, habitations and customs. Messrs. Gall, Adamson and Kingsborough had all rendered excellent service to the society.

Mr. Kingsborough in particular had been a veritable tower of strength. In 1891 he became Hon.Secretary and continued in that position until 1895, when, he took office as a committeeman. In 1896 he was appointed vice-President. During 1897, 1898 and 1899 he acted upon the committee. In 1900 he was again vice-President and in 1901 he was elected to the Presidential chair. In 1902 they again found him on the committee and today they had his services as Hon.Secretary. No better Hon.Secretary could be found. In whatever position he had been placed he had been energetic, devoted and loyal to its cause. In fact, he had ever been an ideal officer and to him in a large degree must be attributed the present success of the society. Realizing this, the members desired to give Mr. Kingsborough a little memento of this occasion in slight recognition of his many valuable and esteemed services. The President then handed Mr. Kingsborough a handsome case of cutlery.

There were a large number of photographs hung round the walls of the room and the collection was said to be the finest display of local photography ever exhibited in the State. Each member of the society showed his or her best work. A display of about 100 lantern slides followed. Among the objects of photographic interest scattered around the various tables were specimens of kromoscope work by Mr. E. Radcliffe and stereo micro photographs by Mr. W.P. Dollman and Mr. A.W. Dobbie. Lotus band discoursed music at intervals.



Thursday 16th August 1906
Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

THE MAJORITY CELEBRATION
The South Australian Photographic Society celebrated its twenty-first birthday on Wednesday. The occasion was marked by a social gathering in the large room of Bricknell's Cafe, which for the occasion had been transferred into an art gallery of photographic masterpieces. Around the walls and upon the tables were pictures in nearly all the varied processes — from the simplest silver print to the multi-color gum-bichromate — upon which an infinity of care and elaborate manipulation had been bestowed to bring out the latest possibilities of the picture as conceived by the artistic operator. There were also stereoscopic views in natural colors, made by the superposition of three celluloid films taken by the Brussels artist, Victor Selb, by the Sanger-Shepherd process through selective color screens and reproducing with natural faithfulness all the glories of several magnificent orchids. Another adaptation of color photography new to many of the visitors were the slides, shown by Mr. E. Radcliffe by means of the kromscop, which, with three positives seen by the aid of a magnesium lamp and suitable colored glasses, also represents articles in their natural solidity exactly as the objects themselves appear. Mr. W.P. Dollman's stereo-photo micrographs, in which the infinitely little was presented in lifelike realism on a large scale, were also objects of much interest. The President (Mr. F.A. Joyner) welcomed the large assemblage of guests and gave a resume of the history of the society. The first public information concerning it was contained in an advertisement which appeared in the daily newspapers of 14th August 1885. It was as follows: "Photography - A first general meeting will be held at A. Flegelcaub's office, Freeman street, on Friday 15th August, at 7pm, for the purpose of forming a Photographic society. All amateurs wishing to become members are requested to attend or send their names". That night 21 years ago the first meeting of the society was duly held and the following officers elected:

President, the late Mr. S.J. Dailey; vice-Presidents, Messrs. A. Flegeltaub and D. Walker, Hon.Treasurer, Mr. F.C. Krichauff; Hon.Secretary and Librarian, Mr. J. Talbot; committee, Messrs. McKenzie, Atkinson, Beare and Elliott.

The other foundation members were Messrs. Janisch, J.H. Davidson. Henderson, Taplin, Howland, Woodward and Adcock. None of these was now a member, several having died and the others had left the State. The records of meetings during the period 1885 to 1889 were incomplete: but in January, 1889, it was recorded that meetings had been held at the homes of individual members. From then to the present the society had continued to progress. A room for meeting was secured in the Chamber of Manufactures and regular monthly meetings duly held. A year or two ago it became affiliated with the Society of Arts and thereby obtained a domicile in that society's rooms at the old institute building on North terrace. The society might fairly claim to be the premier one in the Australian States. Individual members had won distinctions in London. Philadelphia and the principal cities of the Commonwealth and as far back as 1897 the society had been awarded a certificate of merit at the Jubilee Exhibition in Adelaide.

THE EXHIBITS
The exhibits on the wall were the result of an invitation issued to members to contribute specimens of the best work they had executed during the whole of their careers; so that in point of fact it was even more selective than the range of pictures which usually finds a plate at the annual exhibitions when the work done during the past year alone is displayed. It would be hard to say what exhibitors provided the gems of the collection, but certainly the examples of Mr. David Blount, the prince of English photographers, did not stand out with any great contrast of eminence beyond the best result of the front rank of local artists. Mr. A.A. Kingsborough showed a fine range of pictures, some of which have already obtained public notice through having been included in one of the Christmas numbers of The Observer. Mr. C. Radcliffe and Miss Radcliffe had a number of panels, mostly flower studies and Miss Kingsborough also showed several pictures in this section executed in carbon. Mr. C.F. Rainsford exhibited three views, in which delicate use was made of sunshine effects. Mr. W.S. Wedd and Mr. W. Andrew displayed a nice collection of gum bichromate prints, each of these gentlemen showing examples in multiple-color printing. A prominent place was given to the four pictures which have been awarded the championship prize at successive shows of the society. These were Mr. D. Blount's gum studies "A Daughter of Eve" and "Innocence", Mr. E.C. Joshua's (Vic.) "The Rigour of the Game" and Mr. F.A. Joyner's (S.A.) "Nightfall". Probably at future exhibitions it will be noted that the standard of some of these has been passed by the progressive members of the society. Mr. Andrew Scott B.A., had an attractive series of photographic copies, including two fine Hollyertypes, representing bust studies of Browning and Matthew Arnold. A charming little view on the Torrens bore the name of D.G. Scott and Mr. W. Dick was responsible for two sunset pictures, which were perfect gems. Mr. A. Flint, whose special forte is the representation of water, supplied four breezy pictures of shipping. Mr. T.B. Ragless also had some fine enlargements of yachts running before the wind. Mr. J. Smith, in a quartet of pretty pictures, showed the artistic possibilities of local scenery, which found further representation in a dozen frames, mainly containing platinum and carbon prints, shown by Mr. John Kauffmann. which were full of atmosphere and in all respects sympathetically treated. Next to these were half a dozen specimens loaned by Mr. David Blount and Mr. F. Radford, a fresh arrival from New York, exhibited efforts which he had shown at the Royal Photographic Society of London, one of the most pleasing of which was entitled "Where Teatrees Shadows Kiss the Sand" — a copy of a famous picture by Fred Leist. A farmyard in platinotype and two well executed heads were also worthy of note in this collection. The President of the Society (Mr. F.A. Joyner) was responsible for half a dozen excellent figure studies, among the best being "Waiting and Watching" and "A Field of Memories". Mr. E. Gall showed six examples of high-class home portraiture. Miss Haycraft had two pleasing landscape pictures: and Miss Archer exhibited historic photographs of Frenchman's Rock and the first mulberry tree planted on Kangaroo Island. Mr. S.P. Bond had a couple of striking views, which included a pretty vintage scene at Anidana. Mr. A.W. Dobbie showed some capital enlargements. Sir Charles Todd contributed a number of enlarged lunar photographs and Messrs. J. Gazard and W.P. Poole each hung splendid collections of their work. A striking feature was the neatly drafted pen-and-ink copy of the original rules which were photographed for distribution when the society was first formed. Prominent among the exhibits on the tables was the collection of micrographs already mentioned shown by Mr. W.P. Dollman. who has received notice for his productions from the Royal Society of London and the Quekett Society of London. Included in other unique examples by this artist, was a picture of the Stock Exchange of Adelaide taken in the narrow lane opposite to the building and showing its full elevation. Mr. E. Gall and Mr. W. McPherson exhibited photographs taken in the early days of the art. By the aid of a good lantern Mr. R.B. Adamson displayed slides, the production of the following members: Dr. A.A. Hamilton and Messrs. C. Radcliffe, T.B. Ragless, J. Gazard. A.W. Dobbie, A. Scott B.A., A.H. Kingsborough, F.A. Joyner, W.S. Wedd, E. Atterton, John Kauffmann and S.P. Bond.



21st August 1906  Page 314 - The Australasian Photographic Review

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Institute, North Terrace, on Thursday 12th July. There was a large attendance of members and the President (Mr. F.A. Joyner) presided. Five new members were elected and four nominations for membership were received. The committee reported that Mr. H.P. Gill had been appointed vice-President. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) announced that in connection with the photographic record and survey 30 pictures had been presented by Sir Charles Todd. They were exhibited at the meeting and excited considerable attention and interest. Mr. A.W. Dobbie, an old and enthusiastic photographer, read a short paper and gave a demonstration of stereoscopic photography. Mr. Dobbie dealt with the essentials necessary to secure successful pictures and showed apparatus to illustrate his remarks. A large number of pictures were exhibited and several astronomical and colored flower studies were specially interesting. Mr. W. Dollman also contributed a paper, taking as his subject, “Stereo-photo micrography”, a scientific branch to which he has devoted considerable attention and for which he has been commended by the Royal Microscopical Society and Quekett Society of London. He detailed his methods of working and showed a number of stereographs of microscopic objects. The President announced that the next meeting would take the form of a social to commemorate the twenty-first anniversary of the society.

THE PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORD
A commendable spirit has been exhibited by owners of historical photographs in response to the appeal made by the South Australian Photographic Society, which desires to become possessed of photographs which were taken in the early days of the State and which will form an interesting link in the pictorial chain of the State’s history. It is highly desirable that photographs of historical interest should be preserved for the benefit of the generations yet unborn and people who have pictures to which they do not attach much value and which might find their way to the fire or the dustbin, should give a thought to posterity and forward them to Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, the Hon.Secretary of the society. There must be thousands of such photographs in existence, which would be of much interest to people even of the present age — pictures showing the streets of the city in the days of their youth and of buildings which 40 or 50 years ago were regarded as mansions. Even at a more modern period there were palatial premises erected which have since succumbed to the blows of the workman’s hammer, to make room for the up-to-date places which now adorn the streets. For example, hundreds of times questions have been answered through the press as to the locality of such historical places as the Hotel Europe, in Grenfell Street and the Nimble Ninepence, in King William Street. These are only two examples. Thousands could be quoted. As already mentioned, Sir Charles Todd has forwarded to Mr. Kingsborough 30 photographs connected with the erection of the overland telegraph line and the landing of the cable at Port Darwin and they will be of immense value later on. Various other pictures have been received and the Photographic Society has applied to the Public Library Board for accommodation in the Society of Arts. Department of the new building in course of erection at the rear of the Institute, so that the photographs can be framed or bound and placed in safe keeping forever. The idea is a good, one and it is to be hoped the collection of pictures will be a large one.



Saturday 15th September 1906
Page 5 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Institute, North terrace, on Thursday evening. Mr. Stirling Smeaton B.A. presided. Five new members were elected. The Hon.Secretary reported that Mr. V.H.F. Cook, of Kangaroo Island, had presented, for the society's record and survey collection, a photograph of the grave of Mrs. Beare, the first white settler, buried on the island. One of the members present was a granddaughter of that lady. Mr. Andrew Scott B.A., presented a photograph of the first international cricket match played on the Adelaide Oval and the Hon.Secretary mentioned that Mr. Scott had the honor on that occasion of dismissing Dr. W.G. Grace with his second ball. Mr. F.G. Scammell added to the collection a view showing the old toll-house at Glen Osmond and gave an interesting history of the working of the toll-gates in South Australia.

Mr. Ernest Gall presented for the use of members a set of 75 volumes of the "Photo-miniature" and offered to supply others as soon as published, in order that the library should contain a complete set. Votes of thanks were passed to the donors. The committee desire to form a library of photography from its earliest days, there being no library in the State at present covering the art of photography from its inception. Mr. C. Radcliffe read an interesting paper on "Floral Photography", illustrated by examples showing the many applications of photographs of flowers to decorative work, including friezes, calendars and book covers. Mr. J. Gazard delivered an address on "Trifles", which proved of great interest, as it included many hints not to be found in the ordinary text-books. An interesting discussion followed. At the October meeting of the society a lecture on "The posing and lighting of the human figure", will be delivered by Mr. A. Collins, of the School of Design.



21st September 1906  Page 354 - The Australasian Photographic Review

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The South Australian Photographic Society celebrated its twenty-first birthday recently. The occasion was marked by a social gathering in the large room of Bricknell’s Cafe, which for the occasion had been transferred into an art gallery of photographic masterpieces. Around the walls and upon the tables were pictures in nearly all the varied processes from the simplest silver print to the multi color gum-bichromate — upon which an infinity of care and elaborate manipulation had been bestowed to bring out the latest possibilities of the picture as conceived by the artistic operator. There were also stereoscopic views in natural colors, made by the superposition of three celluloid films taken by the Brussels artist, Victor Selb, by the Sanger-Shepherd process through selective color screens and reproducing with natural faithfulness all the glories of several magnificent orchids. Another adaptation of color photography new to many of the visitors were the slides shown by Mr. E. Radcliffe by means of the kromscop, which, with three positives seen by the aid of a magnesium lamp and suitable colored glasses, also represents articles in their natural solidity exactly as the objects themselves appear. Mr. W.P. Dollman’s stereo-photo micrographs, in which the infinitely little was presented in lifelike realism on a large scale, were also objects of much interest.

The exhibits on the wall were the result of an invitation issued to members to contribute specimens of the best work they had executed during the whole of their careers; so that in point of fact it was even more selective than the range of pictures which usually finds a place at the annual exhibitions when the work done during the past year alone is displayed. It would be hard to say what exhibitors provided the gems of the collection, but certainly the examples of Mr. David Blount, the prince of English photographers, did not stand out with any great contrast of eminence beyond the best results of the front rank of local artists. Mr. A.H. Kingsborough showed a fine range of pictures. Mr. C. Radcliffe and Miss Radcliffe had a number of panels, mostly flower studies, and Miss Kingsborough also showed several pictures in this section executed in carbon. Mr. C.F. Rainsford exhibited three views, in which delicate use was made of sunshine effects. Mr. W.S. Wedd and Mr. W. Andrew displayed a nice collection of gum-bichromate prints, each of these gentlemen showing examples in multiple-color printing. A prominent place was given to the four pictures which have been awarded the championship prize at successive shows of the society. These were Mr. D. Blount’s gum studies “A Daughter of Eve” and “Innocence”, Mr. E.C. Joshua’s (Victoria) “The Rigour of the Game” and Mr. F.A. Joyner’s (S.A.) “Nightfall”. Probably at future exhibitions it will be noted that the standard of some of these has been passed by the progressive members of the society. Mr. Andrew Scott, had an attractive series of photographic copies, including two fine Hollyertypes, representing bust studies of Browning and Matthew Arnold. A charming little view on the Torrens bore the name of D.G. Scott and Mr. W. Dick was responsible for two sunset pictures, which were perfect gems. Mr. A. Flint, whose special forte is the representation of water, supplied four breezy pictures of shipping. Mr. T.B. Ragless also had some fine enlargements of yachts running before the wind. Mr. J. Smith, in a quartet of pretty pictures, showed the artistic possibilities of local scenery, which found further representation in a dozen frames, mainly containing platinum and carbon prints, shown by Mr. J. Kauffmann which were full of atmosphere and in all respects sympathetically treated. Next to these were half a dozen specimens loaned by Mr. David Blount; and Mr. F. Radford, a fresh arrival from New York, exhibited efforts which he had shown at the Royal Photographic Society of London, one of the most pleasing of which was entitled “Where Tea trees Shadows Kiss the Sand” — a copy of a famous picture by Fred Leist. A farmyard in platinotype and two well-executed heads were also worthy of note in this collection. The President of the Society (Mr. F.A. Joyner) was responsible for half a dozen excellent figure studies, among the best being “Waiting and Watching” and “A Field of Memories”. Mr. E. Gall showed six examples of high-class home portraiture. Miss Haycraft had two pleasing landscape pictures; and Miss Archer exhibited historic photographs of Frenchman’s Rock and the first mulberry tree planted on Kangaroo Island. Mr. S.P. Bond had a couple of striking views, which included a pretty vintage scene at Auldana. Mr. A.W. Dobbie showed some capital enlargements. Sir Charles Todd contributed a number of enlarged lunar photographs; and Messrs. J. Gazard and W.B. Poole each hung splendid collections of their work. A striking feature was the neatly drafted pen-and-ink copy of the original rules which were photographed for distribution when the society was first formed.

Prominent among the exhibits on the tables was the collection of micrographs already mentioned shown by Mr. W.P. Dollman, who has received notice for his productions from the Royal Society of London and the Quekett Society of London. Included in other unique examples by this artist was a picture of the Stock Exchange of Adelaide taken in the narrow lane opposite to the building and showing its full elevation. Mr. E. Gall and Mr. W. McPherson exhibited photographs taken in the early days of the art. By the aid of a good lantern Mr. R.B. Adamson displayed slides, the production of the following members: Dr. A.A. Hamilton and Messrs. C. Radcliffe, T.B. Ragless, J. Gazard, A.W. Dobbie, A. Scott, A.H. Kingsborough, F.A. Joyner, W.S. Wedd, E. Atterton, J. Kauffman and S.P. Bond.



Saturday 29th September 1906
Page 40 - Chronicle (Adelaide SA)

THE OLD GLEN OSMOND TOLL BAR
A PAGE OF EARLY SOUTH AUSTRALIAN HISTORY
Comparatively few of the present generation remember the old toll bar gate on the road at the entrance to the gorge at Glen Osmond, which was established under an Act of Parliament No. 4, of 1841, entitled, "An Act for making and maintaining the Great Eastern-road". This Act recites that the financial condition of the province rendered it necessary that the road which had been begun should not be continued at the public expense and consequently the undertaking was by that Act on and after 4th June 1841, vested in trustees, with power to levy tolls and to borrow money on credit. Three years later an arrangement was entered into between the trustees and the Government to repeal such portions of the Act as referred to the duties of the trustees and to place the road under the management of the Surveyor-General. This was sanctioned by Act No. 18 of 1844, under which the Government took over the direct control of the road. An advertisement notifying the change of management appeared in the "Gazette" of 3rd October 1844 and in this advertisement it was announced that Mr. Samuel Selby had been appointed collector of tolls. The tolls levied at the toll-gate were as follows:

For every coach, chariot, chaise, gig, hearse, caravan, or other carriage and every cart, wagon, dray, or other vehicle, if drawn by one horse or two bullocks, 1/; for every such carriage or vehicle, drawn by two horses or four bullocks, 1/6; for every such carriage or Vehicle drawn by four horses or six bullocks, 2/; for every such carriage drawn by ten or more horses or eight or more bullocks, 8/; for every such carriage or vehicle drawn by one pony, ass, or mule, not exceeding 18 hands high, 6d.; for every carriage or vehicle drawn by two or more such ponies, asses, or mules, 1/; for every saddle or led horse, mule, or ass, 6d.; for horses, mules, asses, oxen, cows, or other neat cattle, driven, per head, 1d.and for all sheep, lambs, calves, hogs, swine, or goats driven, each ½d.

The toll-bar keeper's hours were fixed by the Act and were from 12 o'clock at night to 12 of the clock of the next succeeding night. His residence was a hexagonal building, abutting the toll-gate and this building still stands, sixty years after its erection, although it has been altered slightly in appearance, a galvanized iron roof having been put on top of the old thatched covering and the walls having been used for advertising purposes. Not more than one full toll in any one day was to be demanded for any animal or vehicle repassing through the toll-gate, excepting stage coaches or carriages plying for hire. Exemptions from tolls included the Governor's horses and carriages, also horses and vehicles of the Survey and Police departments, conveyances with "agricultural produce not bought or sold, but going to be sold or disposed of" and persons traveling to Divine service on Sundays. Many were the devices resorted to by frequenters of the road to avoid the toll. Various deviations were made and if the vehicle were drawn by more than two animals the driver would unhitch all but one or two as the case might be in order to get through cheaper. Following upon the transfer of the toll-bar to the Surveyor-General, commencing on 1st December 1884, the tolls were retained by the tenderer and a fixed sum as a rental was paid to the Government monthly. During the succeeding three years, which ended on 30th November 1847, the receipts amounted to £742/7/2. On 16th November 1847, the late Sir Samuel Davenport moved in the Legislative Council for the abolition of the tolls and although the motion was opposed by the Colonial Hon.Secretary (Mr. A.M. Mundy) it was carried. Under date 17th November 1847, a notice was gazetted announcing that from and after 1st December 1847, no tolls would be levied at the Glen Osmond turnpike gate. The old building occupies a site just on the crown of the hill beyond Birksgate boundary wall, on the northern side of the road, where it begins to dip towards the quarries.

In view of the historical interest attached to the structure, Mr. F.G. Scammell has forwarded to Mr. Kingsborough, the Hon.Secretary of the South Australian Photographic Society, an old photograph of the "gate" for inclusion among the collection of photographs which the society is gathering for preservation. Directly opposite the building in the picture is to be seen a mason work fire-flue and chimney, all that remains of the original Glen Osmond Institute, built by Mr. Arthur Hardy when a resident at Birksgate. This was erected in 1854 and was formally opened on August 10 in that year. It was not only the original Glen Osmond Institute, but was the first institute building erected in South Australia.

Mr. Kingsborough has received from Mr. Andrew Scott, B.A., a photograph of the first-international cricket match played in South Australia. Mr. Scott was one of the South Australian team and bowled W.G. Grace with his second delivery. The match was played on the Adelaide Oval site and the photograph was taken from Montefiore Hill. There is a clear view of the ground, showing that the Montefiore road to the Morphett-street crossing had not in those days been constructed, while there was an almost total absence of anything in the form of trees in the neighborhood.

Mr. V.H.F. Cook, of Kingscote, Kangaroo Island, has sent a photograph of the first grave on the island. It is that of a Mrs. Beare and the bricks which indicate her last resting place were imported from England for the purpose. Recently, owing to the removal of portions of so many of the bricks by relic hunters, who have made pilgrimages to the spot, a coating of cement was put on the mound, so that it ought to remain undamaged for years to come.



Friday 12th October 1906
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Society of Arts Rooms on Thursday night. Mr. F.A. Joyner (President) occupied the chair and there was a good attendance. A photograph of the late Mr. Charles James Williams taken by Professor Hall in 1859 and presented by Mr. James Ashton, was added to the photograph records. An address was given by Mr. Collins on "The lighting and posing of the human figure". He pointed out, with, the aid of a number of beautiful pictures, how it was possible by the lighting and posing of the human figure, aided by drapery accessories, to convey, on paper, an impression of every form of beauty and express every thought and motive. One new member was nominated and five elected. An excursion was arranged for Saturday afternoon next.



Monday 15th October 1906
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

An interesting excursion was held in connection with the S.A. Photographic Society on Saturday afternoon. At the meeting held on Thursday a lecture was delivered by Mr. A. Collins on "Posing and Lighting of the Human Figure" and in order that the various principles then enunciated might be put into practice, Mr. Collins invited the members of the society to meet him at his residence on East-terrace, for a practical demonstration. A suitable model was provided and those present were invited in turn to pose the figure to illustrate the sentiment of "weariness". Many and varied were the positions chosen and as soon as prints can be made from the exposed plates they will be submitted to Mr. Collins, who has undertaken to criticize them. Mr. Collins provided afternoon tea and received the hearty thanks of those present for providing an instructive outing.



Friday 9th November 1906
Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 3 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHY
LECTURE BY Mr. F.A. JOYNER
The South Australian Photographic Society has reason to be proud of its large membership roll and of the excellent attendances at its meetings. The popularity of the society is not to be wondered at. When the excellent work it has done is taken into account the enthusiasm that is manifested by its members and the fact that its gatherings are as recreative as informative and elevating, the marvel is that it has not a membership of ten times the numerical strength. On Thursday evening, at the usual monthly meeting, when Mr. Griffiths presided over a large audience, Mr. F.A. Joyner (President of the society) delivered a chatty lecture on "Pictorial Photography". In entertaining style he referred to the difference between mere snapshotting and real pictorial work and pointed out that the ordinary photographs taken by the tourist possessed mere topographical value, which after a while ceased to interest even the person who had taken the views. A photographic picture was an endless delight, not alone to its author, but also to others outside of his own circle. With the aid of a large number of lantern views from his own negatives, some of them gems of art. Mr. Joyner enforced a great deal of useful advice regarding the subject, composition and treatment of pictorial work in photography. The lecturer is an enthusiast in genre composition and the success that he has attained, as shown by the pictures on the screen, should serve to incite similar enthusiasm in others. No one who possesses a camera could listen to such a lecture without experiencing a desire to aim at a higher standard of work. To those who would determine to carry out such a desire, Mr. Joyner's advice was "Specialize on some particular line and stick to it". Particularly interesting among the pictures shown were the series in which the lecturer depicted, by means of a living boy and girl, the nursery rhymes of Little Jack Horner and Jack and Jill. The final picture from real life in the Grecian style would form an excellent theme for decorative treatment in an artistic dado or frieze. The lantern was manipulated by Mr. R.B. Adamson.



Saturday 10th November 1906
Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Society of Arts rooms on Thursday evening when, in the presence of a large number of members, the President (Mr. F.A. Joyner) delivered a lecture, with lantern illustrations, on "Pictorial photography". Mr. Joyner said that his subject was one involving a tremendous amount of preparation. Apart from the pleasure of producing works which had something of material value to recommend them, the pursuit of pictorial photography, sincerely undertaken, so educated the eye and broadened the mind that it widened the scope of life; it opened up for the students benefit new vistas; new beauties appeared to their conception and as they progressed in the study, they became capable of seeing more and more and understanding what previously was unseen, or what, if it had been seen, would never have been understood. Mr. Joyner dealt with the enjoyments of pictorial photography and its superiority over photography as understood by the great majority. The numerous slides shown which were of a most interesting character, were from negatives made by the lecturer himself, who explained that as they were his own work he could criticize them freely. At the conclusion of the lecture Mr. A. Collins criticized the photographs taken by the members at the recent excursion of the society.



Monday 17th December 1906
Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Society of Arts rooms, North terrace, on Thursday evening, Mr. R.F. Griffiths occupying the chair. The librarian reported that two new volumes had been added to the library and that Mr. A.E. Ayers had generously given three complete sets of the "Junior and Practical Photographer" for the use of members. In connection with the photographic record and survey of South Australia which the society, is undertaking, the Chairman reported that the committee had purchased six photographs of prints of early Adelaide. The pictures were of exceptional interest and portrayed the principal streets as they appeared from 1840 to 1847 and included one depicting Captain Sturt's departure from the city on his famous exploration trip. The chief business of the evening was the discussion on "Exposure versus development as the controlling factor in negative making". The subject was introduced by Mr. S. Smeaton B.A., who urged that the importance of correctly estimating the exposure required to produce the image had been over-estimated and that by suitably modifying the developing agents it was possible to secure satisfactory results from widely divergent exposures. The subject is one which has a perennial interest for photographers and most of those present took part in the discussion that ensued. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Smeaton.



21st January 1907
Page 35 - The Australasian Photographic Review

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Society of Arts rooms, North Terrace, on Thursday evening, Mr. R.F. Griffiths occupying the chair. The librarian reported that two new volumes had been added to the library, and that Mr. A.E. Ayers had generously given three complete sets of the “Junior and Practical Photographer” for the use of members. In connection with the photographic record and survey of South Australia which the Society is undertaking, the Chairman reported that the Committee had purchased six photographs of prints of early Adelaide. The pictures were of exceptional interest, and portrayed the principal streets as they appeared from 1810 to 1847 and included one depicting Captain Sturt’s departure from the city on his famous exploration trip. The chief business of the evening was the discussion on “Exposure v. Development as the Controlling Factor in Negative Making”. The subject was introduced by Mr. S. Smeatom B.A., who urged that the importance of correctly estimating the exposure required to produce the image had been over-estimated, and that by suitably modifying the developing agents it was possible to secure satisfactory results from widely-divergent exposures. The subject is one which has a perennial interest for photographers, and most of those present took part in the discussion that ensued. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Smeaton.



January 1907
Page 23 - The Australian Photographic Journal

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Society was held in the Society's rooms on Thursday, November 8th, 1906. Mr. F.A. Joyner (President) and a large attendance of members and visitors. Mr. David Waterhouse was duly elected a member. An interesting letter was read by the Hon.Secretary from Sir John Cockburn congratulating the Society on its attaining its majority and recalling many memories of years gone by when Sir John took an active interest in the Society. The gift to the library of 86 books by Mr. E Gall had been bound by the committee and were now available for the use of members. The excursion arranged by Mr. Collins had proved most successful and the leader promises to criticize the efforts of members at the next meeting. The President wanted members to contribute to the program for the coming year and promised on behalf of the committee to give full consideration to any suggestions for improving the, usefulness and status of the Society. The President (Mr. F.A. Joyner) then delivered an interesting and instructive lecture on pictorial photography. In entertaining style he dealt with the enjoyment of pictorial photography over the mere mechanical representation of facts as practiced by the great majority of camera-workers, pointing out that the ordinary photograph taken by the tourist possesses mere topographical value and after a while, ceased to interest even the person who had taken the view; while the pursuit of pictorial work, seriously undertaken, is as an endless delight of educating the eye and broadening the mind that it widens the scope of life, enabling the worker to see beauty in the commonplace places of every-day life. With the aid of a large number of lantern views, Mr. Joyner enforced a great deal of useful advice regarding subject, composition and treatment of pictorial photography work. The lecturer is an enthusiast in figure work and the success that he has attained should serve to promote similar enthusiasm in others. To those who aimed at a high standard of work, Mr. Joyner's advice was to specialize some particular line and stick to it. The hearty thanks of the meeting was accorded Mr. Joyner on the proposition of Mr. Radcliffe, seconded by Mr. Heysen and supported by Messrs. Griffiths and Vaughan. The next meeting was held on December 13th, Mr. R.F. Griffiths in the chair. The librarian reported that two new volumes had been added to the library and that Mr. A.E. Ayers had generously given three complete sets of the Junior and Practical Photographer for the use of members. In connection with the photographic record and survey of South Australia which the Society is undertaking the chairman reported that the committee had purchased six photographs of prints of early Adelaide. The pictures were of exceptional interest and portrayed the principal streets as they appeared from 1840 to 1847 and included one depicting Capt. Sturt's departure from the city on his famous exploration trip. The chief business of the evening was the discussion on "Exposure v. Development as the controlling factor in negative making". The subject was introduced by Mr. S. Smeaton B.A., who urged that the importance of correctly estimating the exposure required to produce the image had been over-estimated and that by suitably modifying the developing agents it was possible to secure satisfactory results from widely divergent exposures. The subject is one which has a perennial interest for photographers and most of those present took part in the discussion that ensued. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Smeaton.



Friday 11th January 1907
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 8 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Institute, North terrace, on Thursday evening, when the President (Mr. F.A. Joyner) occupied the chair. The annual report of the committee stated, inter alia: The roll number now stands at 70. We are pleased to announce that permanent accommodation has been secured in the new Institute Buildings. The eastern bay of the present Gallery and the adjoining room have been allocated for the exclusive use of the society, while splendid accommodation has been provided in the new building for future exhibitions and lectures. We hope to furnish one of the rooms as an up to date dark room for the, use of members. The affiliation scheme with the Royal Society of Great Britain has been found unworkable and has been canceled. It is hoped that new arrangements for federating the Commonwealth and New Zealand societies will shortly be made. When your committee assumed office serious attention was at once given to the society's affairs and a comprehensive and progressive policy for conducting the business and for the promotion and encouragement of pictorial, scientific and technical photography was enunciated at the June meeting. The necessarily diverse interests which must exist in a large society such as ours was recognized by your committee, who submitted various schemes sufficiently varied to enlist the sympathy and support of every member. Numerous additions have been made to the library, your committee, realizing the important part that literature plays in the education of the photographer and the necessity for study if members wish to keep abreast of the times. The value of excursions as means of promoting good fellowship among the members was made evident in the outing arranged, under the leadership of Mr. Collins, on 13th October. The success of the fixture was largely due to the fact, that the gathering had a definite aim, the members being asked to illustrate the sentiment of 'Weariness' with a model provided by Mr. Collins. Photographic Record and Survey - Your committee, on assuming office, deemed the time opportune for initiating as far as possible a photographic record and survey of South Australia. Briefly, the purpose of the survey is to acquire and preserve permanent records of;
(1) the scenery, geology and natural history of the State:
(2) historic landmarks and places of interest:
(3) manners, customs, ceremonies and sports of the people:
(4) shipping and means of transport:
(5) methods of cultivation and manufacture.

In short, "the social life and public events of the South Australia of to-day, as well as the reproduction of old prints, maps and records of the South Australia of the past". Your committee are glad to be able to announce that a great measure of success has attended their efforts and the nucleus of a splendid collection has been formed. As soon as the new rooms are available the committee hope to suitably frame the most important pictures and these will be displayed to the public free of charge. The special thanks of the society are due to The Register and Advertiser for the interest they have shown in this national project. On the motion of the Chairman the report and balance sheet, which showed a small credit, were adopted.

ELECTION OF OFFICERS: The election of officers resulted as follows: Patron, His Excellency the Governor Sir George Le Hunte; President, Mr. F.A. Joyner; Vice Presidents, Messrs. A. Scott B.A. and H.F. Gill A.R.C.A.; Hon.Treasurer, Mr. E.J. Lloyd; Hon.Secretary, Mr. A.H. Kingsborough; Librarian, Mr. W.S. Wedd; Committee, executive officers and Messrs. C. Radcliffe, C.F. Rainsford and R.F. Griffiths; Auditors, Messrs. S. Smeaton B.A. and A. Middleton.



Thursday 28th March 1907
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

THE PHOTOGRAPHIC SURVEY OF ADELAIDE
Mr. Kingsborough, the Hon.Secretary of the Photographic Society, has received a parcel of old lantern slides showing buildings in Adelaide which have long since passed out of existence. They are to be added to the collection which is being made by the society, whose object is to gather together all the old photographs and negatives which are made available for the purpose of preserving them as a pictorial survey of early South Australia. Mr. Charles Radcliffe forwarded the slides, which must be 40 or 50 years of age. Mr. Kingsborough has received from Mr. A. Morison two copies of an interesting pictorial album of "Adelaide, Old and New", which was published years ago. The pictures show buildings of the early days alongside views of the modern structures which occupy the same sites and are thus a valuable contribution to the stock in hand of the society.



Thursday 25th April 1907
Page 9 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

THE PHOTOGRAPHIC SURVEY
Old photographs of buildings and views in the early days of Adelaide continue to be sent to Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, the Hon.Secretary of the South Australian Photographic Society, for inclusion in the collection which is being gathered for permanent exhibition as a photographic survey of Early South Australia. Mr. F. Jaunay has forwarded, through Mr. S. Smeaton B.A., three interesting pictures taken about 40 years ago. One shows the old auction mart which was until recently occupied by Botting & Co. and includes the adjoining shops; another is a photograph of St. Andrew's Church, in Wakefield-street and the third, which was taken at a later date, shows the central block of Prince Alfred College, which was the first portion of the building erected. Many people have old photographs to which they attach no value, but which would be welcomed by the society as records of the past.



Friday 10th May 1907
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 3 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Institute, North terrace, on Thursday evening, under the presidency of Mr. F.A. Joyner. The Hon.Secretary stated that Mr. H.H. Tillbrook had presented the society with a dozen stereoscopic glass negatives and 20 prints of views of Adelaide, some of them taken about the year 1860, to be added to the collection connected with the Photo Survey and Record of Early South Australia. A good representation which would in time prove of great value was being built up, consisting of Adelaide scenery and natural history and history landmarks. Photographs portraying the amusements, customs and sports of the people, the shipping and other means of transport and the methods used in cultivation and manufacture during the several stages of the history of the State would be welcomed for addition to the record. Arrangements were made for a photographic exhibition, to be held in June, in connection with the opening of the new building connected with the Institute. Miss Stirling was elected a member of the society. Mr. A. Vaughan (Government Photo-Lithographer) delivered a lecture on "The wet collodion process". After reviewing the beginnings of the photographic art, he expressed gratification that the prejudice that formerly existed among artists of the brush and easel against their fellows of the camera was now almost extinct. He explained the details of Scott Archer's invention of the wet plate in 1851 and mentioned that the process, slightly modified, was at the present day used in preference to the dry plate for photo-mechanical and photo-lithographic work. The lecturer concluded by a resume of the transitional stages which had led up to the perfection of the dry plate and film and mentioned that whereas a hand camera and spools could be carried in the pocket, the photographers with the early expeditions to the Northern Territory carried cameras, field dark tents and apparatus weighing 200 lb. Mr. Vaughan gave a practical illustration of the development and pyro intensification of a collodion negative. In casting about for a method of making the demonstration possible he had discovered that if the plate, after exposure, were immersed in gelatine it could be kept for hours before development in an ordinary plate box — a fact which, if known by the firms with which he had been connected in Adelaide in the early days, would have meant a fortune. Then cartes-de-visites used to sell for 30/ per dozen and the necessity of developing immediately after each sitting meant that only 35 negatives could be taken for a day's work. The device just mentioned, had it been known, would have enabled the output to be doubled. Specimens of daguerreotypes and collodion positives and negatives, with prints taken from them were exhibited and an interesting plate shown was a glass positive made in 1859 by Professor Hall, the firsts practical photographer to open business in Adelaide.



Thursday 23rd May 1907
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

SOCIETY OF ARTS EXHIBITION
In connection with the Society of Arts annual exhibition the following committees have been elected: Selection, Messrs. H.P. Gill, J. and W. Ashton, E. Davies and H. Heysen; hanging, Messrs. W. Ashton, H.P. Gill, J. Ashton, H. Heysen and E. Davies.

The exhibition is to open on 12th June in connection with the opening of the new rooms, which are approaching completion, adjoining the Institute building. The Institute of Architects and the South Australian Photographic Society intend to contribute works to this exhibition, which should prove the most interesting yet held by the society.



Saturday 1st June 1907
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

VALUABLE OLD PHOTOGRAPHS
Mr. Kingsborough, the Hon.Secretary of the South Australian Photographic Society, has received a valuable contribution of old photographs and stereoscopic slides from Mr. H.H. Tillbrook, of Norwood, for inclusion in the collection which the society is making for the purpose of preserving views of early South Australia. The whole of the pictures are over 40 years old and they were taken by the wet collodion process, which is now seldom employed, having been superseded by the dry plate. Mr. Kingsborough has now a large number of old views and the best of them will be exhibited at the conversazione in connection with the opening of the new Scientific Societies rooms on North-terrace in about a fortnight.



Tuesday 18th June 1907
Page 2 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)
Wednesday 19th June 1907
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

ART EXHIBITION
There have been good attendances during the past few days at the Society of Arts exhibition, which is now open at the Institute Building, North terrace and visitors have expressed themselves delighted with the variety and quality of the works displayed. The large new gallery, which is 54 by 35 ft, the hall and the new library room are devoted to paintings. The work of the South Australian Photographic Society is shown in the central and east rooms of the old galleries, while that of the Institute of Architects is exhibited in the west room. The combined exhibition is undoubtedly the finest yet conducted by the society during the 50 years of its existence. The large gallery is much more adapted for hanging pictures, particularly the larger ones, than were the old premises occupied by the society and the Art Society may be congratulated upon the fact that it now has at its disposal a finer suite of rooms than any similar Australian society. The present exhibition is to remain open daily until 6th July from 10am to 5pm and on Saturday and Wednesday evenings. For to-morrow evening a display of lantern slides by the South Australian Photographic Society has been, arranged and it is sure to prove most interesting.



Thursday 20th June 1907
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A PHOTOGRAPHIC DISPLAY
In connection with the annual exhibition of the Society of Arts, a limelight lecture and display of photographs was given in the new institute buildings on Wednesday evening. The work shown was that of members of the South Australian Photographic Society and in all 91 views were exhibited, some of them being reproductions of art gallery pictures. The idea carried out by the committee was specially to select photographs typical of the work of members and as wide a range of subjects as possible was exhibited. Many of the studies were very fine and elicited the repeated applause of the large audience present. The President of the society (Mr. F.A. Joyner) briefly described each picture as it was thrown on the opposite wall. Mr. Andrew Scott showed a series of eight pictures, descriptive of events in the poem of the "Ancient Mariner"; Mr. J. Kauffman had five pretty landscapes; Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, nine landscapes, seascapes and figure works; Mr. D.G. Scott, three landscapes. A series of ten mist effects by Mr. W.S. Wedd were very natural studies and a couple of Tasmanian scenes by Mr. E. Allerton were also greatly admired. Mr. C. Radcliffe's five flower pictures were artistically developed. The magnificent stalactites and stalagmites in the Jenolan and Yarrangobilly caves were shown to advantage in a series of twelve pictures, taken by Mr. A.W. Dobbie and the majestic mountain scenery of New Zealand, was realistically depicted by Mr. F.A. Joyner in 25 views. Mr. J. Gazard contributed some clever work of a miscellaneous nature and Mr. W.B. Poole exhibited some interesting photo-micrographs, showing portions of flies, bees and insects highly magnified. The pictures were all shown to the best advantage in the new lecture-hall.



Friday 21st June 1907
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

ART EXHIBITION
The first of the series of limelight lectures was given at the new Institute Buildings on Saturday evening, when Mr. F.A. Joyner delivered an interesting address on "Pictorial photography" to an appreciative audience. The lantern slides with which Mr. Joyner illustrated were made entirely from his own negatives and were admirable. The next lecture of the series will take place on Wednesday, entitled "Miscellaneous slides" - South Australian Photographic Society.



Friday 21st June 1907
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

ART, ARCHITECTURE and PHOTOGRAPHY
The pictures of the Society of Arts and the South Australian Photographic Society and the architectural drawings by members of the Institute of Architects have been viewed by a large number of persons during the week, at the Institute Building. The new galleries are lighted from above and admirably adapted for the display of works of art. The lectures on the Wednesday and Saturday evenings have proved most successful. To-morrow evening Mr. W.J. Sowden will give a lecture entitled "Around Australia with a camera" and as Mr. Sowden's lecture is of exceptional interest and illustrated by a series of excellent lantern slides, the new lecture room is expected to be taxed to its utmost capacity. The galleries will remain open daily until 6th July from 10am to 5pm and on Wednesday and Saturday evenings from 7.30pm to 10pm. The lectures for next week are - Wednesday, "Coral islands", Mr. A.W. Dobbie and Saturday, "Art and Shakespeare", Mr. F.F. Wholohan.



Thursday 27th June 1907
Page 3 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

SOCIETY OF ARTS EXHIBITION
The exhibition of the Society of Arts, South Australian Photographic Society and Institute of Architects was again well patronized on Wednesday. The visitors were unanimous in their encomiums on the works displayed especially the photographs, which this year have reached a scale of excellence never before attained. No one can doubt the legitimacy of the claim of photography to admission as one of the fine arts after viewing the specimens at the North terrace Institute. Two paintings were sold on Wednesday, viz., No. 14. "Cherry Blossom", by Mrs. Scott, £7/7/; and No. 204, "Yellow Roses", by Miss Amy Bosworth, £3/3/. The purchaser in both instances was Mrs. E. Gault, of Magill. In the evening, Mr. A.W. Dobbie entertained a large audience in the lecture hall with a discourse on "The formation of coral islands". His subject was illustrated with a number of plaster models, showing how the reefs and atolls are raised, from the seabed to the surface. About 50 lantern slides of high artistic excellence, most of them photographs taken by Mr. Dobbie, were shown on the screen by Mr. R.B. Adamson.



Thursday 20th August 1907
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

SOCIETY OF ARTS
INTERESTING LECTURES
The inaugural lecture in connection with the evening sessions of the exhibitions now being held under the auspices of the Society of Arts, the Institute of Architects and the South Australian Photographic Society, to commemorate the opening of the new buildings, was given on Saturday last by the President of the last named body (Mr. F.A. Joyner) in the spacious lecture hall attached to the new suite of rooms at the Institute, North terrace. The subject chosen was appropriately "Pictorial photography". The lecturer is an enthusiastic photographer and for many years has studied and advocated the possibilities open to the serious camera worker. In entertaining style he dealt with the enjoyment to be derived from picture making as opposed to the mere mechanical representation of facts as practiced by the great majority of workers, pointing out that the ordinary photograph taken by the tourist possessed mere topographical value, which after a while ceased to interest even the person who had taken the view, while the pursuit of pictorial work sincerely undertaken was an endless delight not only to the artist himself, but to all interested in the study of the beautiful. It enabled the worker to see beauty in the commonplace phases of everyday life and many of the illustrations shown were revelations of what could be accomplished with the most prosaic of materials. With the aid of 50 lantern slides of pictures from his own negatives Mr. Joyner enforced a great deal of useful advice regarding the selection of the subject composition and treatment of pictorial photographic work. The lecturer's forte was evidently figure work and the success he has attained should serve to incite similar enthusiasm in others. No one who possesses a camera could listen to such a lecture without experiencing a desire to aim at a higher standard of work. To those who determined to carry out such a desire Mr. Joyner's advice was to specialize on some particular, line and stick to it.

The lantern was satisfactorily manipulated by Mr. R.B. Adamson. On Wednesday night the second of the series of lectures was taken in charge by the South Australian Photographic Society and comprised the exhibition of 93 specially selected lanterns from the work of its members. A number of the pictures thrown on to the screen were reproductions of exquisite photographs in the Gallery and a large attendance of spectators were pleased to see them again in an enlarged form, splendidly illuminated. The work of a dozen skilled camera men was presented and in each case the views had been chosen as typical examples. The selectors had no difficulty in providing the necessary numbers, as there were quite 300 slides high merit placed at their disposal. As it was the range of style exhibited was commendably wide. The President of the South Australian Photographic Society (Mr. F.A. Joyner) gave brief notes on the views wherever necessary and his comments were appreciated by the audience. Mr. Andrew Scott accompanied his studies of "The Ancient Mariner" with selections from Coleridge's famous rhyme and Mr. Dobbie gave graphic word pictures in collaboration with the Jenolan Cave slides. Not the least interesting of the works thrown on the screen were Mr. W.B. Poole's unique examples of photo-micrographic illustration.

The following is a list of the slides shown: John Kauffmann (5), landscape (carbon slides); A.H. Kingsborough (9), landscape, sea and figure work; Andrew Scott (8), "Ancient Mariner"; S.P. Bond (2), views at Port Adelaide; D.G. Scott (3), landscape; W.S. Wedd (10), mist effects; E. Atterton (2), Tasmanian views; C. Radcliffe (5), flowers; A.W. Dobbie (12), Jenolan Caves; J. Gazard (9), miscellaneous; W.B. Poole (6), photo-micrographic; F.A. Joyner (20), views in New Zealand and genre pictures. The exhibition of paintings, photographic work and architectural designs in connection with the affiliated societies is daily attracting considerable numbers of spectators.



Saturday 10th August 1907
Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Institute Rooms on Thursday evening, Mr. F.A. Joyner presiding over a fair attendance. The business of the evening was the recital of "photographic experiences" by the various members and many and varied were the incidents related by those present, Messrs. A.W. Dobbie, F.A. Joyner, A.H. Kingsborough, E. Gall and J. Gazard each, in turn, described in detail the most striking events in their photographic careers and the stories proved highly diverting and interesting.



Friday 13th September 1907
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Institute, North-terrace, on Thursday evening. Mr. F.A. Joyner, who presided over a fair attendance, explained that he was starting a portfolio club between Adelaide, Melbourne and Sydney. Miss Archer read an interesting paper on "Picturesque Kangaroo Island". The various beauty spots were described and photographs of different placed that lend themselves for artistic treatment were shown. The cliffs and beaches, rivers and coves were brought under review, Frenchman's Rock, American River, Wilson's River and Hog Bay were treated from the picturesque point of view and roads that vied with English lanes in leafy greenness were described in word pictures and by the work of the camera, Miss Radcliffe dealt in admirable manner with "Byways of Photography".



Saturday 9th November 1907
Page 12 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

THE LATE Mr. ANDREW SCOTT
Teachers of the Education Department and prominent educationists have decided fittingly to perpetuate the memory of Mr. ANDREW SCOTT B.A. and the following circular will be sent to every school and other association with which Mr. Scott was connected:- "The late Mr. ANDREW SCOTT was closely connected with education in this State and was thoroughly in sympathy with every movement made towards its extension and perfection. He actively supported everything that was for the good of the schools and of the students. His energy and ability found room for exercise in nearly every department of educational life, from the kindergarten to the University and his advice and help were freely given to young and old alike. He gained the respect and affection of all and those who were privileged to come under his influence and to call him friend were indeed fortunate. He rendered great assistance to many societies, among which may be mentioned the Public Schools Floral and Industrial Society, the Public Schools Decoration Society, the Kindergarten Association and the South Australian Photographic Society. Above all, the great personal interest he took in every individual student endeared him to a host of young men and women now at work in various parts of the Commonwealth. It is impossible to calculate the influence of his life. Many of his friends are anxious that something should be done to honor his memory and to perpetuate his name. It is thought that a sum will be subscribed to provide an amount sufficient to give an annual prize, to be called the ANDREW SCOTT PRIZE, at, say, the Adelaide University. This would be both a perpetual memorial and a constant incentive". The following will act on the committee: Mr. M.M. Maughan B.A. (Acting Director of Education), Professor Henderson M.A. (University), Mr. W.H. Cherry (President S.A.P. Teachers Union), Mr. V.J. Pavia (President Headmasters Association), Mr. F.F. Wholohan (vice-President Adelaide Teachers Association), Mr. W.J. George (President Country and Suburban Association), Mr. Roy Bromley (President Male Assistants Association), Miss L.A. Hales (President Female Assistants Association), Mr. John Harry is Hon.Secretary and Mr. V.J. Pavia Hon.Treasurer to the movement.



Friday 15th November 1907
The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

Reference was made at the monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society on Thursday evening to the death of Mr. Andrew Scott B.A. Mr. Scott became a member of the society in 1893, was elected President in 1899 and was vice-President at the time of his death. It was mentioned that the deceased had been one of the most useful members of the society and it was resolved to record in the minutes an expression of deep regret at his death.



Friday 15th November 1907
Page 1 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

At the monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society on Thursday evening a resolution of sympathy with the relatives of the late Mr. Andrew Scott B.A., was passed on the motion of the Chairman (Mr. F.A. Joyner). Mr. Scott was elected to membership in 1893, was President of the society in 1899 and Vice-President at the time of his death and during all the period was one of its chief and most enthusiastic workers.



Friday 15th November 1907
Page 9 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The South Australian Photographic Society's monthly meeting took place on Thursday evening at the Institute Buildings, North-terrace, Mr. F.A. Joyner presiding. A competition in "The improvement of negatives with knife and pencil" was introduced by Mr. A.H. Kingsborough (Hon.Secretary) and the innovation promises to be productive of good results. Several members have taken up the idea heartily and they will state at the next meeting the results of the experiments to be undertaken by them. Mr. C. Radcliffe contributed a highly interesting and suggestive paper on "Floral photography". He said that in photographing flowers and foliage backed chromatic plates should be used, as well as a light colored screen. He preferred doing the work indoors and a most suitable substance in which to set the subject was "plasticene". A fairly long exposure should be given, as plenty of detail was desirable. Mr. Radcliffe exhibited some artistic prints he had made and members were delighted with his work, which suggested dozens of applications to which the camera could be usefully and pleasingly put when outdoor photography could not be undertaken.



Friday 15th November 1907
Page 3 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Society of Arts room at the Institute, North terrace, on Thursday evening. The chair was occupied by Mr. F.A. Joyner and there was a large attendance. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) introduced a competition in the improvement of negatives with knife and pencil, on the lines of a similar contest in connection with the Kapunda Society, which for six years had done splendid work in the advancement of artistic and pictorial education. An interesting paper on "Floral photography was read by Mr. C. Radcliffe, who recommended the use of a light color screen and isochromatic plates and a background of light gray to white, plasticene being employed for holding the stems in position. Focusing should be done on the screen with a magnifier, the exposure should be fairly long and the negative not too dense, but with plenty of detail. He emphasized the importance of flower photography as a basis for conventional treatment in decorative art and exhibited a number of beautiful flower pictures. The Chairman pointed out that flower photography was largely used in connection with design work in several industries and Mr. A. Vaughan (Government photo-lithographer) mentioned the interesting fact that the State duty stamp had been produced by photo-lithography. For the design of the King's head upon it a penny piece had been black leaded and photographed and the eucalyptus seed pod and leaves had been introduced in the ornamental work.



Friday 13th December 1907
Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

PHOTOGRAPHS OF EARLY ADELAIDE
The South Australian Photographic Society, which last year set itself the task of collecting and preserving portraits of topographical or historical value in connection with the history of the State, is gradually getting together a valuable collection of pictures of Adelaide views taken in the pioneer days of the State. At the annual meeting, held at the North Terrace Institute on Thursday evening, the Hon.Secretary (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) announced that during the year 38 pictures had been presented to the society, including 28 albumen prints and other photographs and 12 wet-plate negatives. The committee desires to extend its collection and rescue from oblivion and destruction all pictorial records of historical interest in connection with the development of South Australia, whether relating to places, incidents, or people.



Friday 13th December 1907
The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

The annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held on Thursday evening at the society's rooms in the Institute, North-terrace. Mr. F.A. Joyner (President) occupied the chair and there was a fair attendance. The report showed that good progress had been made during the year and a number of valuable volumes added to the library. Regret was expressed at the death of Mr. A. Scott, B.A., who was President of the society in 1889 and vice-President at the time of his death. The work of collecting and preserving historic records connected with the early days of the State, was being continued, with highly satisfactory results. Interest in the society had been revived during the past few months. The Hon.Treasurer's report showed a credit balance of £1 12s 5d. The report and balance-sheet were adopted. Mr. F.A. Joyner gave an instructive address on "Recent advances in color photography", in which he outlined the autochrome process of the Brothers Lumiere. Examples of improvement of negatives were shown.



Friday 13th December 1907
Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the society's room, North terrace, Institute, on Thursday evening and presided over by Mr. F.A. Joyner (President). The Hon.Secretary (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough) presented an encouraging report, which showed that there were 57 members on the roll and that nine meetings had been held. The society had contributed an excellent exhibit to the display of art works in connection with the opening of the Institute additions and for the first time in many years no prizes or awards had been given, an innovation that had proved a wise step. The epidiascope lantern, towards which the society had subscribed £5 had been ordered by the Public Library board and was expected to be shortly available. There had been a decided revival of interest in the society's meetings and the papers read had been of an interesting and educational nature. Officers elected: Patron, His Excellency the Governor (Sir George Le Hunte): President, Mr. F.A. Joyner; vice Presidents, Messrs. C. Radcliffe and H.P. Gill; Hon.Treasurer, Mr. E.I. Lloyd; Lanternist, Mr. R.B. Adamson; Librarian, Mr. W.S. Wedd; Committee, the executive officers and Messrs. S. Smeaton B.A., E. Atterton and R.F. Griffiths; Hon.Secretary, Mr. A.H. Kingsborough; Auditors, Messrs. A. Middleton and F.E. Havman. The President gave an address on "Recent advances in color photography". He noted especially the discovery by the Lumiere Brothers of the autochrome starch grain process of photography in natural colors. Mr. E. Radcliffe showed negatives improved by treatment with the knife and pencil in connection with an improvement competition and also **** from ***. Mr. Gazard gave a practical demonstration of taking out the density of negatives by rubbing with a stick dipped in spirits of ****.



Friday 31st January 1908
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

INTERESTING AND HISTORICAL PHOTOGRAPHS
Mr. J.W. Manfield, of Glenelg, who spent many years of his life in the interior of South Australia, has forwarded to Mr. Kingsborough, the Hon.Secretary of the South Australian Photographic Society, a number of interesting photographs and negatives of Central Australian natives. Some of the studies are in the nude and in others the natives are in ceremonial attire ready for war dances, Mr. Manfield is an expert photographer and the collection is a valuable one, as the aboriginals are fast dying out and the growing generation are more civilized and consequently less disposed to indulge in tribal displays than their fathers and mothers.



Thursday 12th March 1908
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Friday 13th March 1908
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY
The opening meeting of the 1908 session of the South Australian Photographic Society will be held at the society's rooms, in the Institute, North-terrace, this evening and the principal item on the program is a lecture and demonstration by Mr. A.A. Stump on autochromes, or color photographs. Mr. Stump has produced beautiful specimens of color photography, which will be exhibited during the evening.



Friday 13th March 1908
Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Institute, North terrace, on Thursday evening. Mr. Radcliffe presided over a small attendance. The Hon.Secretary Mr. A.H. Kingsborough reported that the collection of old South Australian views in the possession of the Society had been enhanced by the receipt of eight or nine first-rate photographs of aborigines from Mr. J.W. Manfield and an extensive array of small pictures from Miss Ruby Patterson, of Blackwood. Mr. A.A. Stump gave an interesting and instructive chat on "Autochromes" and with the assistance of Mr. Kingsborough, a practical demonstration of the process adopted in connection with the development of the pictures. A comprehensive description of the "autochrome" was published in The Register recently.



Monday 30th March 1908
Page 4 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 3 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Saturday 4th April 1908
Page 38 - Chronicle (Adelaide SA)

SOME OLD PHOTOGRAPHS
Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, the Hon.Secretary of the South Australian Photographic Society, has received a valuable addition to the collection of old photographs being made by the society for preservation as a pictorial record of early South Australia. A letter, signed "Ruby M. Paterson, Craigburn, Blackwood", has reached him, stating that having read paragraphs in "The Advertiser" about the photographic library she had taken a number of old pictures from books in her possession for presentation to the society and hoped they would be found interesting. The parcel comprises 90 small photographs of early Adelaide and places in the country, but, unfortunately, as the majority of them are not named it is difficult to identify the buildings and localities. The collection is none the less exceedingly interesting and the gift is much appreciated. Mr. Kingsborough says the society has in hand hundreds of historical views, entirely as the result of the paragraphs on the subject which appeared in "The Advertiser" and he hopes to receive still further supplies.



Friday 10th April 1908
Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society took place at the Institute, North-terrace, on Thursday evening, the chair being occupied by Mr. C. Radcliffe. The feature of the evening was a lecture by Mr. A.W. Dobbie, describing his recent trip through New Zealand. Some 60 slides were shown, the lantern being manipulated by Mr. C. Sim. A capital specimen of color photography was exhibited by Mr. E. Radcliffe, of Hindmarsh. It was a life like portrait of a lady, taken in London, where such a print costs about £5. It was executed by the Sanger-Shepherd process and is the first specimen of the kind seen in South Australia.



Friday 10th April 1908
Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society at the Institute on Thursday evening was well attended and presided over by Mr. C. Radcliffe. The major part of the evening was taken up by a lecture on the "Wonders of New Zealand", delivered by Mr. A.W. Dobbie. About 75 photographic pictures mostly from Mr. Dobbie's own negatives, were shown with the limelight lantern by Mr. C. Sim and the lecturer graphically described the views. The series representing the Tasman Glacier was especially fine and the physical features and phenomena of glaciers and mor--nes were presented pictorially and verbally in a form that could be comprehended as readily as by a personal visit to the districts. The distance effects were remarkable and after seeing Mr. Dobbie's views one could much more easily interpret the artist's meaning in the glacier painting in the National Art Gallery.



Saturday 30th May 1908
Page 11 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

Mr. Alfred Vaughan, the Government photo-lithographer (says the "Public Service Review"), is a son of the late Mr. Richard Vaughan, the founder of the East End Market. He entered the Government service first in 1868, but went afterward into the employ of Mr. Duryea, a leading Adelaide photographer. Mr. Vaughan returned to the service in 1874 as assistant photo-lithographer and in 1891 was appointed to his present position. He has been President of the South Australian Photographic Society and is an expert in all branches of the profession and the adoption of photographic processes of reproduction for various kinds of Government work will materially increase the usefulness and importance of his office. He has been connected with the Literary Societies Union and Union Parliament, is a life member of the Norwood Institute and is actively interested in the work of the Institutes Association. He was on the council of the Public Service Association for some years. His three sons are Mr. Crawford Maughan, M.P., Mr. J.H. Vaughan, LL.B. and Mr. R.W. Vaughan, of Sydney.



Friday 12th June 1908
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the society's rooms, North-terrace, on Thursday evening. The President (Mr. F.A. Joyner) was in the chair. A pleasant evening was spent by members in inspecting stereoscopic views provided by Veterinary Surgeon Desmond. A photographic competition was also held. The latter took the form of posing a lady model to represent "Curiosity" and several, members exposed plates which should give pictorial effects. Miss Archer consented to fill the position of model and draped in a yellow gown, she showed considerable adaptability in interpreting the conceptions of the competitors. The plates will be developed during the week and will be submitted for comparison at the next meeting.



Friday 12th June 1908
Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

There was a large attendance at the monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society on Thursday evening at its room in the Institute Building, North terrace. Mr. F.A. Joyner (President) occupied the chair. Regret was expressed at the serious illness of Inspector Whitman and the Hon.Secretary announced that another member (Mr. A.W. Dobbie) had nearly recovered from his recent accident. Veterinary Surgeon Desmond exhibited a number of excellent stereo views. Several taken in the vicinity of Mount Serle camel station showed clear definition over a range of 15 miles of country. There were also stereo portraits of aboriginals and several well produced representations of Pathological specimens. An instructive demonstration and competition in the posing of the human figure followed. Miss E.M. Archer, an enthusiastic member of the society, acted as a model and several members competed for the best photographic rendering of the subject "Curiosity". The plates will be developed and printed during the month and presented for criticism at the next meeting.



Thursday 16th July 1908
Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

The monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the society's rooms, Institute, North terrace, on Wednesday evening. The President (Mr. F.A. Joyner) occupied the chair and on his motion the Hon.Secretary was instructed to forward a letter of condolence to the widow of the late Inspector Whitham. The deceased, he said, had been for many years a prominent worker in the society. The presentation album which is to be forwarded to Melbourne to Mr. R.F. Griffiths, who was formerly actively connected with the committee, was laid on the table for inspection. It contained a single photographic print representing what each member contributing considered his best effort. The collection was in every respect a worthy one and a noteworthy feature was the striking individuality shown in the selective treatment of subject and the pictorial composition. A fine range of autochromes (the most recent style of color photography) were shown by the President and Mr. A.W. Dobbie and were greatly admired. Mr. Dobbie's work included several effective interiors and a couple of stereoscopic outdoor studies. Lantern slides, representing figure compositions, "Curiosity" and "The Wheelwright", were thrown on a screen. These were the work of members at two previous gatherings and the results were instructively criticized by Mr. A. Collins (instructor at the School of Design), who awarded pride of place in each instance to the composition by the Hon.Secretary (Mr. A.H. Kingsborough).



Thursday 16th July 1908
Page 9 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Institute, North-terrace, on Wednesday evening. The President (Mr. F.A. Joyner) occupied the chair. A number of lantern slides were shown of studies representing "Curiosity", taken by members in a posing competition recently, in some instances the pictorial effect and composition being very fine. Mr. A. Collins, art master of the School of Design, criticized the work and also that done by members in connection with plate exposures on a recent visit to a wheel wright's shop. The Chairman and Mr. A.W. Dobbie exhibited several attractive auto-chrome plates, which were excellent specimens, of color photography.

RUGGED AND BARE
T.B. RAGLESS

Friday 11th September 1908
Page 10 - The Register (Adelaide SA)
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

PHOTO-ENGRAVING EXEMPLIFIED
The South Australian Photographic Society held its monthly meeting on Thursday evening at Mr. S.R. Delmont's Engraving Studio, Grenfell street, the proprietor having invited the members to witness a demonstration of one of the most useful of the many commercial applications of photography. A large number attended. The visitors were first shown the large camera and copying board, connected together and swinging loosely in a frame to obviate trouble from vibration. A drawing and a photograph were respectively copied in line and half-tone, the use of the reversing mirror and of the ruled screen to break the image into dots being explained by the President (Mr. F.A. Joyner). All the operations of coating the collodion plate, exposing in the light of two large electric arc lamps, developing, intensifying, zinc etching, routing out and printing were performed by Mr. Delmont, who carefully pointed out the details of each successive stage of the processes and spared no pains to make the demonstration intensely interesting. The members thoroughly appreciated the courtesy afforded them and Mr. Joyner conveyed their thanks to Mr. Delmont.



Friday 9th October 1908
Page 5 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held in the Society's Rooms, Institute, North-terrace on Thursday evening. There was a fair attendance. Mr. Ernest Gall presented nine volumes of "Photo Miniature Series" to the library. He had previously donated 80 volumes and his new gift was much appreciated. A set of six fine reproductions of the late Horsley Hinton's pictures was exhibited by Mr. W.S. Wedd and much admired. New autochromes were also shown by Messrs. W.S. Wedd and A.H. Kingsborough. The meeting concluded with a demonstration of "The Donisthorpe Process", by Mr. Kingsborough, the Hon.Secretary. The lecturer clearly illustrated the theoretical and practical sides of the process and the demonstration was interesting.



Friday 9th October 1908
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

At a meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society, held in the Institute, North-terrace, on Thursday evening, eulogistic reference was made to the excellent services of the late Mr. W.P. Dollman in connection with the society. Mr. Dollman had been a member for several years and sincere regret was felt at the news of his death.



Friday 11th December 1908
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Page 1 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)

PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORDS OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA
About two and a half years ago the South Australian Photographic Society decided to take steps to acquire and preserve a permanent record of (1) the scenery, geology and natural history of the State; (2) historic landmarks and places of interest; (3) the manners, customs, ceremonies and sports of the, people; (4) shipping and means of transport and (5) methods of cultivation and manufacture; in short, a record of the social life and public events of the South Australia of to-day, as well as the reproduction of prints, maps and records of the South Australia of the past. Since the inauguration of the scheme the society has received from numerous sources photographs and prints, the most interesting of which will be framed for purposes of exhibition, while the remainder will be otherwise carefully preserved. At the annual meeting of the society on Thursday evening the committee mentioned that contributions had been received during the year from Miss M. Rees George (secretary of the local branch of the League of the Empire), Mrs. Ruby Paterson and Messrs. J.W. Manfield and W.J. Henderson. The collection forwarded by Miss George comprises splendid prints of pioneers, explorers, Governors, notable objects, aborigines and various industries. The whole forms an exceedingly valuable addition to the pictorial possessions relating to the early history of the State. While acknowledging the excellent assistance already rendered, the society will be pleased to accept the custody of further records of the character indicated.



Friday 11th December 1908
Page 3 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

The annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Institute Building, North terrace, on Thursday evening. The President (Mr. F.A. Joyner) occupied the chair. There was a good attendance. The committee's report stated: "The number of members on the roll is 50. A varied and instructive program was presented during the year and members had opportunities to keep in touch with the latest advances in photography. Prominent among the subjects dealt with were, "Autochromes", by Messrs. A.A. Stump and A.W. Dobbie; a lantern lecture on "Glimpses of New Zealand", by Mr. Dobbie; "Photo-micrography", by Mr. W.P. Dollman; "Posing of the Human Figure", by members, "Criticism of Pictures", by Mr. A. Collins; A demonstration with the episcope; "The Line and Half Tone Process", by Mr. S.R. Delmonte and "The Donisthorpe Process", by Mr. A.H. Kingsborough. The committee recommends members to cordially assist the Government Tourist Bureau in its endeavors to advertise the resources and beauty spots of the State, partly as an acknowledgment of the generous support and help which art societies in general have received at the hands of the Government. Several useful additions were made to the library. On the occasion of his departure from the State Mr. R.F. Griffiths was presented with an album and made a life member as a mark of appreciation of his splendid services to the society. The committee deplores the loss sustained through the death of Messrs. C.L. Whitham and W.P. Dollman". The report was adopted. Officers elected: Patron, his Excellency the Governor; President, Mr. C. Radcliffe; Vice-Presidents, Messrs. H.P. Gill and F.G. Scammell; Treasurer, Mr. E.J. Lloyd; Librarian, Mr. W.S. Wedd; Committee, Messrs. F.A. Joyner, E. Gall and A. Vaughan; Auditors. Messrs. A. Middleton and C. Piggott; Hon.Secretary, Mr. A.H. Kingsborough. At the conclusion of the meeting members and their friends inspected the Society of Arts exhibition.



Saturday 12th December 1908
Page 7 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The annual meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held on Thursday evening, the President (Mr. F.A. Joyner) presiding. The committee's report stated: The membership numbers 50. During the year instructive programs enabled members to keep in touch with the latest advances in photography. The committee recommend members to assist the Tourist Bureau in advertising the beauties and fertility of the State as an acknowledgment of generous support received by art societies from the Government. The committee regret that serious illness prevented Mr. S. Smeaton B.A., from being present at recent meetings and desire to place on record the loss the society sustained through the death of Messrs. W.P. Dollman and C.L. Whitham. Members and their friends at the close of the meeting inspected the Society of Arts' exhibition.



Friday 12th March 1909
Page 1 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Saturday 20th March 1909
Page 45 - Chronicle (Adelaide SA)

DEATH OF Mr. STIRLING SMEATON
Mr. Stirling Smeaton, B.A., A.M.I.C.E., London died on Friday morning after a long illness. He was the eldest son of the late Mr. T.D. Smeaton, who was for many years associated with the Bank of South Australia. Mr. Smeaton, who was the second student of the Adelaide University to take the degree of Bachelor of Arts, joined the Government service under Mr. H.C. Mais when that gentleman occupied the position of Engineer-in-Chief and his first appointment of importance was that of assistant engineer on the Adelaide to Melbourne railway, of which work he was practically in charge so far as the South Australian portion of the line is concerned. Subsequently he was the engineer-in-charge of the railway to Broken Hill for the contractors. After the completion of that work he went to Victoria and served as engineer during the construction of the railway from Ararat to Avoca. He then lived in Melbourne in retirement for a time and afterwards went to the Western Australian gold fields to carry out engineering duties connected with railway construction. His health broke down while there and he retired for about 12 months, when he rejoined the department of the Engineer-in-Chief in this State. He continued his duties until about 12 months ago, when he was granted sick leave and he was never well enough to resume duties. Mr. Stirling was a Fellow of the Royal Society for many years, chairman of the Field Naturalists Section, chairman of the South Australian Photographic Society, a member of the Scientific Society of the University, the leader of the Boys Field Club and a contributor of scientific papers to the Australasian Society for the Advancement of Science and as a scholar and active member of these organizations he will be much missed.



Wednesday 7th July 1909
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A TREAT FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS
In response to a request made on behalf of the South Australian Photographic Society. Mr. Mawson has consented to entertain the members at the reopening meeting of the society on 13th July, by exhibiting a large collection of new slides which have been prepared from photographs taken in the Antarctic regions. Mr. Mawson was placed in charge of the photographing department of the expedition by Lieutenant Shackleton and one of the first works he undertook was the building of the necessary dark room, in which later on his bottles of chemicals became obscured by the thick blocks of ice which formed inside the chamber. The work was carried on under the greatest difficulty, but in spite of all the drawbacks Mr. Mawson preserved a large number of beautiful negatives which were secured by himself and other members of the party. Some idea of the extent to which photography was pursued may be gathered from the fact that a parcel containing 1,800 of the best of the views has been sent to Lieutenant Shackleton, who will select those which he considers most suitable for reproduction in his book dealing with the expedition. All but five members of the expedition were able to operate cameras successfully and the result was that many thousands of pictures were taken. Mr. Mawson has just received a large consignment of slides from Sydney and he has promised to show these to the members of the society on the occasion mentioned. The meeting will be held in the lecture-hall in the new portion of the Institute building, so that the powerful electric light used for the projection lantern may be availed of.



Saturday 10th July 1909
Page 39 - Chronicle (Adelaide SA)

In response to a request made on behalf of the South Australian Photographic Society. Mr. Mawson has consented to entertain the members at the opening meeting of the society on 14th July by exhibiting a large collection of new slides which have been prepared from photographs taken in the Antarctic regions.



Monday 12th July 1909
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 4 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)
Tuesday 13th July 1909
The Register (Adelaide SA)

The South Australian Photographic Society monthly meeting, Institute, North-terrace, Tuesday 13th July, 8pm. Address by Douglas Mawson, Esq., B.E., B.J.C. (of Lieutenant Shackleton's Expedition). "Photography in the Antarctic", Lantern Illustrations.

A.H. KINGSBOROUGH
HON.SECRETARY



Tuesday 13th July 1909
The Register (Adelaide SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Institute, North terrace, on Thursday evening. Mr. Radcliffe presided over a small attendance. The Hon.Secretary Mr. A.H. Kingsborough reported that the collection of old South Australian views in the possession of the Society had been enhanced by the receipt of eight or nine first-rate photographs of aborigines from Mr. J.W. Manfield and an extensive array of small pictures from Miss Ruby Patterson, of Blackwood. Mr. A.A. Stump gave an interesting and instructive chat on "Autochromes" and with the assistance of Mr. Kingsborough, a practical demonstration of the process adopted in connection with the development of the pictures. A comprehensive description of the "autochrome" was published in The Register recently.



Tuesday 13th July 1909
Page 4 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

ANTARCTIC PHOTOGRAPHS
At the monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society, in the Institute, North terrace, this evening, Mr. Douglas Mawson B.Sc., will deliver an address on "Photography in the Antarctic" illustrated with lantern views of scenes in the "coldest south". The subject will be of special interest, illustrating the work accomplished in little known realms and under peculiar conditions of lighting and as visitors are invited, there is sure to be a large attendance of amateur photographers and the general public.



Wednesday 14th July 1909
Page 2 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)
Page 7 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

POLAR SCENES
PHOTOGRAPHY IN THE ANTARCTIC
A delightful lecture on "Photography in the Antarctic", was given before the South Australian Photographic Society at the Lecture Hall of the Institute, North Terrace, on Tuesday evening, by Mr. Douglas Mawson, B.Sc., who was a member of the Shackleton Antarctic Expedition. Mr. C. Radcliffe (President of the Society), presided over a crowded audience.

The lecturer exhibited a large portion of the photographic kit of the expedition and explained that most of the outdoor manipulations had to be done with outside bags like, an enlarged boxing gloves fitted over ordinary woolen gloves, on account of the extreme cold. Ordinarily, the exposure required was 10 times as quick as in this latitude, owing to the reflection of light from the ice and snow, the less absorption of light rays by dust particles and the greater actinicity of the rays. Mr. Mawson said that the snow "down south" was not of the flaky kind that is known in England or upon Mount Lofty in winter, but resembled course or fine sand and was frozen very hard. A splendid view like huge pieces of trap rock on a hillside turned out to be a picture of the forecastle of the steamship Nimrod, with parts of the capstans and other fixtures showing on the lee of the storm, the rest of the vessel being coated a foot thick in snow. Some of the photographs of snow and ice grottoes were like the interior of glorious white caves, resplendent with stalactites. A snapshot of the party's main camp, with Mount Erebus 14 miles off, showed every detail so clearly that the mountain appeared just behind the foreground and some wonderful glimpses of animal and bird life represented the Antarctic as a paradise where "Nature red in tooth and claw with ravine" was never known. The idyllic picture of a man seated beside three sleeping seals and others representing close views of penguins sitting on eggs or with their chicks, seemed to realize the happy age when the lion shall lie down with the lamb. Beautiful views of the summit formations of Mount Erebus and of Mount Hope (84 deg. S.), were much admired and the lecturer was given a hearty cheer when the slide appeared which represented his own triumph - the fixing of the magnetic pole. The interior views of camp life spoke mutely but eloquently of the enormous sacrifices made by the explorers for the sake of science. The lecturer's verbal descriptions of the scenes gave a realistic idea of the marvelous beauty of the Antarctic; but none could look on the photographs without realizing how often the men must have longed for home, sweet home, during those long months of the polar night. At the conclusion of the address the lecturer was thanked by the Chairman and Messrs. Commissioner Russell and F.G. Scammell.



Wednesday 14th July 1909
Page 2 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)
Saturday 17th July 1909
Page 39 - Chronicle (Adelaide SA)

ANTARCTIC PHOTOGRAPHY
LECTURE BY Mr. DOUGLAS MAWSON
An interesting lecture on photography in the Antarctic was delivered at the South Australian Photographic Society's rooms, Institute, North-terrace, on Tuesday evening by Mr. Douglas Mawson. B.Sc, a member of Lieutenant Shackleton's expedition. Mr. Charles Radcliffe (President of the society) presided over a large attendance and briefly introduced the lecturer, who had a flattering reception.

Mr. Mawson remarked that all told about l8 cameras were used by different members of the expedition and the greatest difficulty was experienced in manipulating them. The excessive cold numbed the hands and clogged the delicate mechanism of the cameras, so that failures in photography were frequent. He explained that on an ordinary sunny day in the Antarctic the exposure needed was shorter than in a temperate climate on account of the brightness of the prospect, caused by the presence of so much snow. Then again, they found that in the Antarctic the sun's light contained more of the actinic rays than was experienced in lower altitudes and exposures were very short indeed, especially on the plateaus. The lecturer showed a large number of fine photographs taken by different members of the expedition and those of the audience who had the rare privilege of being present at Lieutenant Shackleton's lectures a couple of months ago renewed an acquaintance with the historic pictures shown on those occasions. The lecturer's remarks and the views were highly appreciated and at the close of a delightful evening Mr. Mawson was heartily thanked.



Thursday 14th October 1909
Page 9 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, SA)
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide, SA)

At the monthly meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society, to be held at the Institute this evening, a lecture on "Color and color photography" will be delivered by Mr. E. Radcliffe, who will give a brief account of the most important processes in use. A number of illustrations will be shown by means of the powerful electric lantern.



Tuesday 9th November 1909
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, SA)
Page 2 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide, SA)

South Australian Photographic Society
MEETING at the INSTITUTE, North-terrace,
Wednesday 10th November, 8pm,
Lecture on "Control in Development of Bromide and Gaslight Papers",
by John Sterry Hon.FRPS and Progress Medallist, 1909.

A.H. KINGSBOROUGH
HON.SECRETARY



Wednesday 10th November 1909
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, SA)

There is at present residing in Blackwood an interesting figure in the photographic world in the person of Mr. John Sterry. He is the treasurer of theRoyal Photographic Society of Great Britain, Hon. FRPS and progress medalist for 1909 the latter distinction, being awarded for his photo-chemical investigation and especially for researches and writings on sensitometry and on the action of substances on the latent image.

For many years past Mr. Sterry has devoted a great capacity for scientific research to the elucidation of photo-chemical problems. He took a prominent part in the advocacy of the speed testing system introduced by Messrs. Harter and Driffield and besides being a prolific writer on theoretical problems, has also published a book entitled "Photography by Rule". The Photographic Society has been fortunate in securing the services of Mr. Sterry for to-morrow evening's meeting, when a demonstration will be given on the latest researches on "Control in development of gaslights and bromide papers".



Thursday 11th November 1909
Page 12 - The Advertiser (Adelaide, SA)

A meeting of the South Australian Photographic Society was held at the Institute, North-terrace, on Wednesday evening. Mr. F.A. Joyner presided over a large attendance of members and friends. An interesting and instructive evening was spent. Mr. Joyner, in introducing Mr. John Sperry FRPS, said South Australians should be proud of having such a clever photographer among them. He had discovered a new method of developing bromide and gaslight papers. Mr. Sperry delivered a lecture on this subject and gave a good deal of information, which was new to his hearers. He was heartily thanked by the chairman and officers of the society.



Thursday 11th November 1909
Page 6 - The Register (Adelaide, SA)

INTERESTING TO PHOTOGRAPHERS
Mr. John Sterry (Treasurer of the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain) is visiting South Australia and on Wednesday evening he gave an account of his photo-chemical investigations, which won him the progress medal last year. The lecture was delivered at the North-terrace Institute, under the auspices of the South Australian Photographic Society. Mr. F.A. Joyner presided. Mr. Sterry dealt with the "Control in development of bromide and gaslight papers" and his discourse, combined with demonstrations, was warmly appreciated by the members.



Thursday 3rd February 1910
Page 8 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A TROPHY FOR AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHERS
The fine work done by many of the amateurs who are members of the South Australian Photographic Society has been commented upon by the leading periodicals which devote attention to the art in England, the Continent and America and at various times pictures by South Australians have been reproduced in the art journals, which fact alone is a recognition of their merit. Not merely lovers of art work in the old land but manufacturers of photographic apparatus also have complimented the local photographers on their work and one of the largest manufacturing firms in London, Messrs. W. Butcher & Sons, has given evidence of its appreciation of the development of the study among amateurs here in a practical way. It has forwarded to Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, the Hon.Secretary of the society, a beautifully fitted quarter plate Climax Kodak camera, with an Aldis Uno anastigmat lens and half a dozen plate holders, the whole thing being enclosed in a polished leather case. The present came as a surprise to Mr. Kingsborough and in the letter which accompanied it the firm mentioned that it wished to encourage the amateur photographers of Adelaide, who had done such creditable work of late and desired that the camera should be competed for by members of the society on terms which the committee of the institution were asked to arrange, as they were better acquainted with local conditions than the donors. The news of the English firm's generosity has not yet been made known to the members, but it is probable that the committee will announce the terms of the competition at the reopening meeting of the Society in March. There are 75 members on the roll at present and it is anticipated that the numbers will be augmented shortly.



Tuesday 12th April 1910
Page 4 - Daily Herald (Adelaide SA)

DEATH of Mr. A.H. KINGSBOROUGH
We much regret having to announce the death, which took place yesterday, of Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, Hon.Secretary of the South Australian Photographic Society. Mr. Kingsborough was stricken with serious illness about 18 months ago and although he rallied somewhat after a long period of suffering, was never able to regain complete health. His kindly disposition endeared him to a large circle of friends and he will he greatly missed, particularly in photographic circles. Mr. Kingsborough was highly skilled in all branches of photography and was always ready to give advice and assistance to any less skilled than himself. He was at one time connected with the Education Department and was 38 years of age and unmarried.

A.H. KINGSBOROUGH

Tuesday 12th April 1910
Page 2 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Members of the South Australian Photographic Society are informed that the Funeral of the late Mr. A.H. KINGSBOROUGH will leave the residence of Mr. H.B. Hotham, Park-street, Unley, on Tuesday 12th April, At 3.30pm, for the West-terrace Cemetery.



Saturday 16th April 1910
Page 36 - Observer (Adelaide SA)

Mr. A.H. KINGSBOROUGH
The death of Mr. A.H. Kingsborough on Monday morning after a long illness will be a great loss to the South Australian Photographic Society, of which he was Hon.Secretary. F.A. Joyner, who had had a long experience with the deceased gentleman in official work in connection with the society, said on Monday, "He was one of the most conscientious and painstaking amateurs, always working on the artistic side and following closely every development of the photographic art. He spared no trouble to afford help to any other worker, even to the veriest novice. His own work was of high order and every year he showed great improvement. He was a tower of strength to the society. From 1891 to 1895 he was Hon.Secretary and then took office as a committeeman, In 1896 he was appointed Vice-President. During the next three years he acted upon the committee and in 1900 was again Vice President. He was elected to the Presidential chair in 1901; afterwards served on the committee and as Hon.Secretary to the time of his death. Mr. Kingsborough was an ideal officer and to him in a large degree must be attributed the present success of the society". Many of Mr. Kingsborough's artistic productions in photography have been published in Christmas and other special numbers of The Observer. The deceased gentleman was for some time prior to his death a member of the firm of S.P. Bond, Limited, of Rundle street. He was an ardent Freemason and had filled all the more important offices in the Lodge of Friendship.



Tuesday 30th August 1910
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

Some of the finest scenery in South Australia is found in the far north and for a fortnight the Government photographer (Mr. A. Vaughan) and an assistant have been engaged securing pictures for advertising purposes. They started out from Parachilna and went to Moolooloo, thence through Wirrealpa to Wooltana and Paralana. From the latter place they proceeded to Mount Searle and then came into Leigh Creek. They are now traveling back through Hawker to Wilpena and expect to return to Adelaide this week.



Friday 19th August 1910
Page 6 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

The Photographic Society of New South Wales, has recently brought to a successful conclusion an exhibition of pictorial photography, which ranks as one of the finest ever held in Australia. The exhibition comprised, amongst others, sections for invitation works, pictorial work open to all members of all photographic societies and a section limited to the work of members of the society promoting the exhibition. The "Invitation" section was represented by 106 prints from the foremost of English workers, the cream of who's work was selected for the purpose by Mr. F.J. Mortimer, as one of the best of English pictorialists. The society offered ten bronze plaques to be awarded by the judges to any work they considered of sufficient merit in the pictorial section, open to members of any photographic society. Ten medals were available, for work of the members of the New South Wales Society and certificates of merit for any works in the whole exhibition deemed worthy of such an award. The exhibition consisted of works from all the Australian States, New Zealand and England and the exhibits reached a total of 444. The judges were well known New South Wales artists, Messrs. Henry King, W. Tyree and Norman Lindsay. South Australia was well to the fore, as Mr. F.A. Joyner's seven exhibits gained for him the society's bronze plaque and four certificates of merit.



Friday 19th July 1912
Page 2 - Evening Journal (Adelaide SA)

DEATH OF Mr. A.W. DOBBIE
A MAN OF MANY PARTS
Mr. A.W. Dobbie died at his residence, Balliol street, College Park, at 11.20pm last night. He had been confined to his bed for only a week, but the beginning of his illness dated back 10 or 12 years, when his health was undermined by an attack of malarial fever contracted when he was on a visit to the South Sea Islands. For many years he had been a prominent figure in mercantile, scientific, philanthropic and religious circles and was one of Adelaide's busiest and most useful citizens. On Wednesday special reference was made to his illness at the meeting of the South Australian branch of the Royal Geographical Society of Australasia. He was a man of singularly broad views and cosmopolitan sympathies and was always ready to give his time and influence to benefit his fellow-men. In his efforts to do that he was brought into close relationship with practically every section of the community.

EARLY DAYS
Scotsmen are proverbially well to the front in most departments of human life and among other things they make excellent colonists. Shrewd, cautious, energetic and persevering, they have exactly the qualities that ensure success in a new country. Mr. Dobbie was a Scotsman and essentially a man of this class. He was born in Glasgow on November 12, 1843. His father was well known in the busy city on the Clyde as a skillful engineer and his mother was a descendant of the Campbells. Mr. A.W. Dobbie was only eight years of age when the family came to South Australia in 1851 and he received his education under the late Mr. James Bath, who was afterwards Hon.Secretary to the Minister of Education.

YOUTHFUL DIVERSIONS
After spending a few months in the drapery business, Mr. Dobbie was apprenticed to the brass founding and engineering firm of Messrs. G. E. Schwann and Co., of Gawler place. He was active and diligent in business hours, but gave evidence of the tastes and inclinations which did so much to shape his future course. Scientific magazines had an attraction for him that is not usually felt by one so young and he had a strong disposition to try his hand at doing things about which he read. As an apprentice, he filled up a good deal of spare time by grinding malachite for brooches, studs and rings and after hearing a lecture on the subject from Mr. Francis (then Director of the Botanic Garden) he turned his attention to modeling fruit and flowers in wax. While occupations like these were subsidiary and partly of the nature of amusements, they proved profitable in more senses than one. Grinding malachite was no bad preparation for the subsequent labor of constructing lenses for astronomical telescopes and modeling flowers was in some sort an introduction to scientific botany. Besides these advantages, the financial results were more than respectable, for Mr. Dobbie was able to provide for his own modest wants without touching his wages—which were handed intact to his mother — and to purchase various appliances, including a turning lathe. The knowledge thus gained and the habits acquired proved of priceless value in later life. Electricity was much more rudimentary as a science then than now and it exercised a powerful fascination over young Dobbie's mind. Scientific periodicals gave him information as to the discoveries that were being made and his own mechanical skill enabled him to construct apparatus for experimenting. He thus became familiar at an early age with electrotyping and electroplating and thoroughly understanding the processes, it became a valuable branch of his business in after years.

A BOLD STEP
Mr. Dobbie had only been a journeyman three months when he decided, at 19 years of age, to launch out on his own account as a general manufacturer in metals. From the first his enterprise had the reward of success and within three years, in addition to his manufacturing business, his establishment in Gawler place consisted of several departments. The factory contained appliances for working in brass and iron and for electroplating, but the importation of special lines of merchandise speedily became much the more important branch. For 50 years Mr. Dobbie has been a busy and prosperous merchant, as well as a skilled manufacturer and the concern of which he was the head attained large dimensions.

FIRST WORLD TOUR
In 1876, the year of the Philadelphia Exhibition, Mr. Dobbie made a tour of the world, which had unexpected results. His object was to visit various important manufacturing centers, to gain knowledge and extend his business connections. The great exhibition itself proved a valuable educator; but Mr. Dobbie's quickness of perception and readiness of application enabled him to acquire more than he had deemed possible. The agency for many American and British lines of merchandise was one of the gains of the excursion, but incidentally it led to his entering the fields of literature. The fulfillment of a promise made to the editor of The Methodist Journal, a number of descriptive letters were sent to that paper. They were racy, graphic and picturesque. In response to the wishes of his friends they were subsequently published in a volume entitled "Rough Notes of a Traveler", which was received with marked approbation.

THE FIRST TELEPHONE IN ADELAIDE
Mr. Dobbie's readiness to try to make things about which he read was one of the features of his career. When he read an account of Professor Bell's invention of the telephone, he promptly set to work to construct one for himself and thus had the honor of being the maker of the pioneer telephone of the southern hemisphere. It was the same with the equally wonderful, though less useful, microscope, but in this case the printed description, was improved upon. Then came a reproduction of Elison's phonograph and when these inventions were startling novelties Mr. Dobbie gave interesting lectures upon them, illustrating his explanations with apparatus of his own manufacture.

ASTRONOMICAL RESEARCH
The same combination of abilities enabled Mr. Dobbie to derive and impart infinite pleasure from the science of astronomy. This was to him more a recreation than a serious pursuit, though in connection with it he expended a wonderful amount of patient labor. He first constructed a large reflecting telescope from descriptions in The English Mechanic and obtained results that whetted his appetite for more. He spent much of his time during 11 years in grinding and polishing a 12 1/2 -inch speculum and through the telescope of which it forms a part, one of the largest and best in South Australia, the glories of the heavens delighted hundreds of his friends. Another and still larger one followed. Mr. Dobbie went to the south of Tasmania with the astronomical expedition which had for its object the observation of the last total eclipse of the sun witnessed in the southern hemisphere. Unfortunately, however, the station where most of the scientific apparatus had been erected was in such a position that the eclipse was obscured by cloud and the observers had no opportunity to get the data they desired.

HYPNOTIC STUDIES
Another of his hobbies was hypnotism. Shortly after returning from his first visit to Europe, Mr. Dobbie undertook the study of this phenomenon and developed remarkable powers as a hypnotist. He always treated the subject seriously and regarded hypnotic control as an agency to be used rather to ameliorate suffering and relieve pain than for mere curiosity or amusement. His subjects were generally regarded as patients by medical men and in many instances his agency proved extremely valuable. Several of his public demonstrations of the efficacy of hypnotism to enable subjects to endure severe dental and surgical operations without pain or discomfort attracted large attention and elicited appreciative comments. In this connection his power to allay headaches and his influence on drunkards were remarkable.

AN ARTISTIC PHOTOGRAPHER
About 1890 Mr. Dobbie, having added photography to the list of his accomplishments, took his camera with him on a trip through India, where he used it to good purpose. He had previously completed a second tour through some of the most interesting scenes of the old world and a volume containing nearly 500 pages of what were rough notes only in the name, was one of the results. Mr. Dobbie had a good descriptive faculty and his account of what he saw — as the title page of his book puts it in England, Scotland, France, Holland, Belgium, Switzerland, Italy, Germany, Austria, Greece, Egypt and elsewhere", maintained the reputation created by his former book. As a photographer he evinced the same thoroughness and manifested the excellence as in other pursuits, which was recognized in his appointment as President of the South Australian Photographic Society for several years.

SKILL IN THE GARDEN
Where there is such extraordinary versatility some characteristics of the subject may easily be overlooked, but Mr. Dobbie's skill and success as a horticulturist must not be forgotten. Mr. Dobbie's home was one of genuine domestic comfort and electrical appliances of various kinds met the visitor at every turn. An observatory and a laboratory were matters of course. The grounds were tastefully laid out and at certain times of the year were gorgeous with bloom. Numerous prizes at exhibitions testified to the care and skill with which they were cultivated. Mr. Dobbie's services were utilized at nearly every flower show in adjudicating on the chief exhibits.

A LECTURER
Public recognition of the deceased diversified talents was frequently shown by invitations to deliver lectures on the many subjects in which he ranked as an expert. These were given with unlimited generosity on behalf of charitable and philanthropic objects and in scores of cases were illustrated by scientific experiments, with apparatus of the lecturer's own construction, or magic lantern slides, the materials for which were supplied by his own camera. In connection with the Chamber of Manufactures, the Horticultural Society and other associations. Mr. Dobbie gave much useful service and occupied honorable positions. As indefatigable as versatile, he crowded his time with work and found his chief relaxation in change of employment.

METHODIST INTERESTS
At the age of 18 years Mr. Dobbie united himself with the Methodist Church and retained his association with that body all his life. When the late Rev. John Watsford was in charge of the Pirie Street Circuit many years ago Mr. Dobbie became intimately associated with him. The two used to experiment with the electrical and pneumatic apparatus of the Pirie Street Wesleyan Mutual Improvement Association (the most flourishing institution of the kind the State has ever known), numbering over 200 members and of which he was the Hon.Secretary for some time. That intercourse had great influence upon his character. At that period, too, he anticipated his future lecturing excursions by going all over the country exhibiting magic lantern pictures to Sunday schools. After being engaged as a Sunday school teacher in the Franklin Street Sunday School for six years he became superintendent of the Harriet Street Sunday School (now Halifax Street). After a few years, there he became class leader, teacher and visitor in Pirie street. He helped in the founding of Prince Alfred College and the Starting of the Draper Memorial Church. Having migrated to College Park in 1875, he became a trustee of the Kent Town Church and had since filled all the various positions of trusts in the shape of stewardships that Methodism confers and for eight or nine years was superintendent of Hackney Sunday School. A man with so many gifts and such a faculty of making use of them naturally had an uncommonly wide circle of acquaintances and friends. Frank, genial, kindhearted, ready to help and glad to render a service to any one with a genuine claim, his character was altogether one worthy of emulation.

THE FAMILY
The deceased left a widow, two daughters and three sons — Mrs. Sutton (Mount Gambier), Mrs. L.M. Hodge (Queensland) and Messrs. A.H. and M.M. Dobbie (College Park) and L.C. Dobbie (Queensland).



Wednesday 22nd October 1913
Page 3 - The Express and Telegraph (Adelaide SA)
Page 18 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

SOCIETY OF ARTS
THE ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of the South Australian Society of Arts was held at the Institute, North-terrace, on Tuesday 21st October 1913.

The South Australian Photographic Society, which was an affiliated branch, having disbanded, the council had been able to admit the Adelaide Camera Club as a branch and the club now held its meetings in the society's rooms.



Saturday 24th January 1914
Page 18 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

A PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORD
For several years the late Mr. A.H. Kingsborough, who acted as Hon.Secretary of the South Australian Photographic Society, collected old photographs of Adelaide for the purpose of establishing a gallery of pictorial records of the early buildings in the city and other objects of interest and contributors became so generous in their donations of both negatives and painted pictures, that the collection promised to become valuable as a record of the progress of the State from the early days. Unfortunately, Mr. Kingsborough died about a couple of years ago and nobody seems to have continued the valuable work. Quite unaware of what Mr. Kingsborough had done in the matter. Mr. H.W. Marshall, of the Public Library Board staff, has, with the authority of the Board, undertaken the formation of a photographic record on precisely similar lines and a little booklet has been prepared for circulation inviting owners of old pictures to send them to him for preservation in the Public Library. It is stated that: "The photographic record of South Australia will comprise photographs of ceremonies and events of public interest, such as laying of foundation stones, opening of public buildings, bridges, railways, public welcomes to prominent visitors, officials. persons of note in South Australia, old colonists, at various periods of their age; views, buildings, which tend to show the growth and progress of South Australia from time to time; old paintings and pictures of historic interest to South Australia and generally any photographs which may be of historic interest in the future. Such photographs will be uniformly mounted and filed so as to be readily accessible in the buildings under the control of the Board of Governors of the Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia, at Adelaide. Photographs for filing should be accompanied by a form giving information, as far as available, regarding the name of donor, subject, date of photograph, size of negative, name and address of photographer, name and address of present holder of negative. Copyright in all photographs contained in the record will remain the property of the photographers, unless specifically transferred to the Board of Governors". It will be a great pity if the valuable pictures gathered together by Mr. Kingsborough cannot be added to the collection being made by Mr. Marshall.



Thursday 7th February 1924
Page 10 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

ADELAIDE'S FIRST TELEPHONES
DEATH OF Mr. C.A. UNBEHAUN
It is difficult to realize that the elaborate system of telephonic communication in south Australia has developed in less than half a century from the two instruments made and installed by Mr. C.A. Unbehaun on behalf of the Post-office Department on Christmas Day, 1877. Mr. Unbehaun, who died at his residence, Halifax-street on Wednesday, was 72 years of age. He was only 25 years old when Sir Charles Todd decided that he was the man to introduce the new means of communication to South Australia, but he was already holding an important post with the New South Wales Telegraph Department. Always of a progressive nature, he had tired as a lad of the humdrum existence of a sewing machine mechanic, to which trade he had been apprenticed in his native town of Rudolstadt, Germany and when he was 14 years old he ran away, eventually finding his way to New York, after many hardships and adventures. The training he had received stood him in good stead and he became associated with the Singer Sewing Machine Company and in the course of his duties with that firm traveled over a great part of the United States. Having met Mr. A.G. Bell, the inventor of the modern electric telephone, who was then engaged in research work in connection with the subject, Mr. Unbehaun became deeply interested in the invention and enthusiastically took up the new work. While he was in the United States the Franco-Prussian war began and Mr. Unbehaun, in common with other young men of German nationality, was called to the colors. A man of strong principles at all times, he refused to plead an disability, but stated frankly to the German authorities that he was opposed to the war, which he believed to be unjust and unnecessary and definitely refused to return to the fatherland. For this he was formally ostracized in Germany and all his legal and civil rights were forfeited. His adventurous disposition and love of civil freedom turned his thoughts towards the new world and in the early seventies he worked his passage to Sydney, where the intimate knowledge of the telephone system, which he had gained from Dr. Bell himself, was of inestimable value. He entered the New South Wales Telegraph Department as instrument fitter to assist in the equipment of the operating room in the Sydney Post-Office, which was then being built. In 1877 he was transferred to Adelaide at the request of Sir Charles Todd. There were only eight instruments of the Simplex-Morse system in the Adelaide telegraph operating room when he arrived and there were no dynamos, electric motors, electric lighting, typewriters, or telephones. There were two or three private telegraph instruments in the State, but it was not until 14th May 1883, that the first telephone exchange was established in Adelaide. The system, which had then only 48 subscribers, had a corner of the telegraph operating-room allotted as its headquarters and from that small beginning the present elaborate network of lines, giving inter-State as well as metropolitan and country communication, has been evolved. Mr. Unbehaun's early faith in the vast possibilities of the telephone had never faltered and that first pair of instruments which he had personally completed and installed six years before the first exchange was opened proved the forerunners of a new era in the commercial and social life of the State. It was his ambition to see the most distant portions in the State as well served as the city with regard to communication and every fresh improvement which could help towards that end found in him an ardent champion.

In addition to Mr. Unbehaun's supervision of the Telegraph and Telephone Departments, the submarine cables from Edithburgh to Trowbridge Island were laid under his supervision in 1881 and five years later he supervised the laying of the cable from the Althorpes to Cape Spencer. Mr. Unbehaun also took a prominent part in the wireless experiments carried out by Sir Charles Todd and Professor Bragg between Adelaide and Henley Beach 24 years ago. His deep knowledge of electrical engineering made him much sought after as a lecturer on the subject and he was always ready to place his knowledge at the disposal of others in this manner. Mr. Unbehaun was a well-known Freemason, having held high office in the Mostyn Lodge. He was for many years honorary Hon.Secretary of the Institute of Electrical Engineers and was a prominent member of the South Australian Photographic Society. He was twice married. There were no children of the second marriage. In addition to his widow, the following members of his family survive: Messrs. Albert (Perth), Gus (Melbourne) and Charles Unbehaun (Singapore) and Miss Lena Unbehaun (Perth).



Monday 20th April 1925
Page 9 - The Register (Adelaide SA)

OBITUARY - ERNEST GALL
The death Mr. Ernest Gall, who was well known in photographic and other circles in Adelaide, occurred on Sunday at his residence, Tynte street, North Adelaide. The deceased, who was 62 years of age, was a son of the late Mr. David Gall, who at one time had a successful printing business in the city. Many years ago he was employed by McLean Brothers, Rigg and Co., Limited, Ironmongers, in Hindley street, but owing to ill health had to relinquish his position there. He then took up photography as a hobby and later made it his occupation. Mr. Gall was the first in South Australia to do work in half tone prints. He was of a retiring nature and played only a small part in public affairs, but, his friends knew him as a courteous and urbane gentleman of eminently artistic tastes. The deceased was one of the oldest members of the South Australian Photographic Society, which he joined prior to 1889. During more than 30 years he had been among the leading exponents of the photographic art in this State.



Wednesday 13th March 1929
The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

STRUCTURE DESIGNERS
Mr. F.C. KRICHAUFF
SCHOOL OF MINES
FOUNDATION MEMBER
of the
SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Mr. Frederic Charles Krichauff was responsible for the designing of the fine School of Mines and Industries building on North terrace. He drew the plans for the structure when he was chief draftsman in the office of the Superintendent of Public Buildings. Instructed to draw a sketch of the elevation of the proposed building, Mr. Krichauff produced one in the perpendicular Gothic style of architecture which met with the approval of the council of the school and he then drew up the necessary plans for the structure. Brick was the chief material used in the school relieved by dressed freestone. It was chiefly through the munificence of Sir Langdon Bonython and the late Sir George Brookman that the pile came into being, replacing the eastern annexe of the Exhibition Building. Owing to the fall of the ground to the north the site was somewhat limited and as an imposing building was desired the school was designed to be of three stories and a basement. The chief task set the designer was the provision of as many classrooms as possible, with natural lighting and these were planned to give ample accommodation for future expansion of the institution. On the first floor is Brookman Hall, capable of holding 800 persons. In the original design provision was made for a fire escape, which, however, was not constructed. Mr. Krichauff also drew the plans of the Art Gallery and those of the eastern wing of the Museum. Although the latter is similar in exterior design to the older western wing, the interior structure is different. He also was associated with the designing of other government buildings. After 43 years of Government service Mr. Krichauff retired in 1919 and lives at Portrush road, Toorak. He is still in private practice as an architect. He was born at Bugle Ranges in 1861, his father having been a colonist since 1841 and a member of the first South Australian Parliament in 1856. Mr. Krichauff was a founder of the South Australian Philatelic Society and was also one of those responsible for starting the now defunct South Australian Photographic Society. In his younger days he won a number of medals for photography. Now he is a keen gardener in the spacious grounds surrounding his home.



Wednesday 10th April 1929
Page 2 - The Register News-Pictorial (Adelaide SA)

CHILDREN HER ONE SUBJECT
Woman's Prize in Snaps Competition
WINNER'S HOBBY
The winner of the first prize in last week's Register News-Pictorial Sunshine Snaps competition is one of the best known amateur photographic artists in South Australia. The winner of the second prize is a woman who takes only pictures of her own children and has never before seen her work published. Both were very pleased at having won a prize. "It is not the prize alone", said Mr. T.H. Stoward, who sent in the best picture, yesterday. "The man with a hobby always likes to have his work recognized". Mr. Stoward, who is a director of Thomas Hardy and Sons, Ltd., is an amateur photographer of high standing. He was one of the founders and is vice President, of the South Australian Photographic Society, which held a fine exhibition recently.

WASTED NEGATIVES
"I cannot remember when I did not take snapshots", he said, "but my wasted negatives would tell an interesting story. In the favorable times of the year, I never go out without a camera". My father was an artist and I suppose I inherit, an instinct for seeing a picture where there is one. "The snapshot which won the competition is an old one, of my two boys when they were small. They knew I was taking it, but were of an age to be more interested in Easter eggs than in a camera. "Children are comparatively easy to handle, but with amateur photographers of figures, I would give one piece of advice; avoid posing; it leads to stiffness".

HER CHILDREN ONLY
Mrs M.A. McKenzie, winner of the second prize, had a double reason for pleasure in her success. "It's such a joy for the children", she said yesterday. "They have just been looking at the paper. "I told them to see if they could recognize any of the pictures in it and the baby noticed the snapshot first. It was taken when they were smaller; but they all remembered it. "I have a small camera, which I got just for taking my children and I never take anyone or anything else. If you don't have a record of your children's baby days - well, they never come back. "One day when they were all eating melons, it struck me that it would make a funny picture to keep and I snapped them before they saw me. That was the picture which got second prize in The Register News-Pictorial competition".



Wednesday 4th December 1929
Page 6 - The Register News-Pictorial (Adelaide SA)

PHOTOGRAPHY AND EYES
P.A. Roberts, Port Elliot, writes: "Dear Rufus - The death of Sir John Cockburn revives memories of the nineties, when the genial doctor resided at Mount Barker and was a member of our Legislature". He was also one of the patrons of the South Australian Photographic Society, of which I was Hon.Secretary. Every year he invited us to a day's excursion in the hills with our cameras. I think there were about 50 members on the roll. Anyhow, most of us used to take the morning train to the Mount, where the doctor was waiting to take us to breakfast at Gray's Inn. Then various conveyances, including the Cockburns farm wagon, with improvised seats, conveyed the party to scenic spots, including Hahndorf and Grunthal. We were served with an al fresco luncheon, followed by tea in a marquee in the doctor's garden. Amateur photographers who enjoyed this hospitality of himself and his charming wife will no doubt recall pleasant memories. En passant, I might relate that the member who provided the most mirth was the late Mr. A.W. Dobbie, who, although he did some good work, was so absent-minded that he frequently made several exposures on one plate, with the result that some of his pictures were grotesque. I believe he once depicted on ocean liner at anchor in King William street. He generally wore a frock coat and on one occasion his wife had given him some ripe plums in a paper bag just as he was leaving home. He put the fruit into his coat-tail pocket and sat on it until the train was well on the journey. What followed may be imagined and every succeeding year, when congratulatory speeches were being made, some wag would refer to this occasion as the 'plum year'. Dr. Cockburn, who was himself an amateur photographer, told us that he did not know what it was to have eyes until he took up photography, a sentiment I heartily reciprocated".



Tuesday 7th January 1930
Page 18 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)
Thursday 9th January 1930
Page 32 - Chronicle (Adelaide SA)

Mr. R.F. GRIFFITHS
Word has been received from Melbourne of the death of Mr. R.F. Griffiths who was for a number of years attached to the State Observatory and was for a time acting Government Meteorologist. He was transferred to Melbourne in 1907 and retired four years ago. The Divisional Meteorologist (Mr. E. Bromley) stated last night that he had known Mr. Griffiths for many years, both as his chief and his friend. He was held in the highest esteem by all who knew him and although he was of a retiring disposition, he attracted many friends while in Adelaide. He was for a considerable time connected with the local astronomical and the South Australian Photographic Society. Mr. Griffiths was born in Manchester, England, in 1857 and was a son of Mr. Samuel Griffiths. He came to Victoria with his parents in 1861 and was educated at the Hawthorn Grammar School, near Melbourne. He was appointed assistant at the Adelaide Observatory in 1880 and promoted to the position of chief meteorological assistant two years afterwards. He received the appointment of Chief Assistant Astronomer on the retirement of Mr. W.E. Cooke in 1896 and acting Government Meterologist in 1907. When the Commonwealth took over the department in the end of that year, he was transferred to Melbourne as assistant Commonwealth Meteorologist and held that position until his retirement in 1927. He was married in 1899 to Emma, daughter of Mr. Phillip C. Greayer, of Adelaide and leaves four children, Messrs G. Griffiths, of Horsham, H. Griffiths, of Melbourne and Misses W. and M. Griffiths. On the death of his first wife he married again and his widow survives him.



Thursday 16th January 1930
Page 18 - The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

THE LATE Mr. R.F. GRIFFITHS
From P.A. Roberts, Port Elliot
The obituary notice in your columns last week, besides reviving the memory of one who was an ornament to his profession, recalls the time when Governor Sir Fowell Buxton arrived in Adelaide. The Mayor (Mr. Charles Tucker) arranged for a grand conversazione to be held in the Exhibition Building, to celebrate the occasion and invited the various musical, artistic and scientific societies to take part. Mr. E.W. Belcher (President) and Mr. P.A. Roberts (Hon.Secretary) were the accredited representatives of the old South Australian Photographic Society, whose members made an attractive display of their work. Every evening there was a lecture in the eastern annexe and Mr. Griffiths, with some excellent lantern slides, profoundly interested his hearers, as he told them of the many wonders of the starry depths and with the deep, thoughtful mind of the astronomer, descanted upon the scintillating jewels of the heavens. The immense and staggering distances of some of the nebulae—always, of course, expressed in light-years—must have mystified many of those who had the pleasure of listening to him, some of whom were probably reminded of the series of astronomical lectures delivered before crowded audiences in the Adelaide Town Hall by the great Richard A. Procter, somewhere in the early nineties. Mr. Griffiths was once President of the South Australian Photographic Society, to which he made valuable contributions, notably in relation to stellar photography, on which he was an authority. His passing will be much regretted by old devotees of the camera who had the privilege of his friendship.



Thursday 15th August 1935
The Advertiser (Adelaide SA)

FIFTY YEARS AGO
From "The Advertiser" - 15th August 1885

With Mr. Flegeltaub in the chair, a meeting yesterday decided to form the South Australian Photographic Society, with amateurs and professionals as member. The object is to encourage the exchange of ideas, photographs and suggestions in all branches of photographic chemistry.



July 1954
Page 447 - Australasian Photo-Review

FREDERIC CHARLES KRICHAUFF
1861-1954 (April 25th)
We have only just learned of the passing, at his residence in Portrush Road, Toorak Gardens, Adelaide, at the advanced age of ninety-three, of Frederic Charles Krichauff. Mr. Krichauff, it will be remembered, was the subject of a biographical sketch (by E. Robertson) in our issue of June, 1949. On this occasion he was termed “Australia’s Oldest Amateur” — a title which he well deserved, for his experiences in photography went back to the dawn of the home-made dry plate in the early eighties. When the South Australian Photographic Society was formed in 1883, he became its first Hon.Secretary and four years later his work gained “First Order of Merit” at the Adelaide Jubilee International Exhibition. As his biographer pointed out, those were the days when “one’s success depended not only on one’s genius as a photographer, but also on one’s ability to prepare the various materials in the first place.

© PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITIONS OF AUSTRALIA